2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-37 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Phone ...... 7-49 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Trademarks and License Vehicle Features ...... 1-17 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Agreements ...... 7-73 Performance and Maintenance ...... 1-22 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Air Vents ...... 8-6 Windows ...... 2-1 Indicators ...... 5-10 Maintenance ...... 8-6 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Information Displays ...... 5-27 Doors ...... 2-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Vehicle Security...... 2-18 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-21 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-46 Starting and Operating ...... 9-16 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-23 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-23 Windows ...... 2-24 Lighting ...... 6-1 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-24 Roof ...... 2-27 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Drive Systems ...... 9-28 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Brakes ...... 9-29 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-32 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Cruise Control ...... 9-36 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-38 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Introduction ...... 7-1 Fuel ...... 9-46 Safety Belts ...... 3-14 Radio ...... 7-11 Towing...... 9-52 Airbag System ...... 3-23 Audio Players ...... 7-19 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-61 Child Restraints ...... 3-37 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-3 General Information ...... 11-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Cadillac Premium Care Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Maintenance ...... 11-3 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-4 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-41 Special Application Customer Information ...... 13-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-49 Services ...... 11-9 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-19 Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Additional Maintenance Vehicle Data Recording and Towing...... 10-93 and Care ...... 11-10 Privacy...... 13-21 Appearance Care ...... 10-97 Recommended Fluids, OnStar ...... 14-1 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-13 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 OnStar Additional Information ...... 14-5 Index ...... i-1 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features Canadian Vehicle Owners that may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because Propriétaires Canadiens they are options that you did A French language copy of this not purchase or due to changes manual can be obtained from your subsequent to the printing of this dealer or from: owner manual. Please refer to the The names, logos, emblems, purchase documentation relating On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and to your specific vehicle to confirm ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in each of the features found on your concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited vehicle. For vehicles first sold in suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, Canada, substitute the name the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath, Helm, Incorporated “General Motors of Canada Limited” and SRX are trademarks and/or Attention: Customer Service for Cadillac Motor Car Division 47911 Halyard Drive service marks of General Motors wherever it appears in this manual. LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Plymouth, MI 48170 or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information The vehicle has components and about the vehicle, use the Index These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of in the back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number information relating to a specific where it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result Danger, Warnings, and in property or vehicle damage. M : This symbol is shown Cautions This would not be covered by when you need to see your owner the vehicle's warranty. manual for additional instructions Warning messages found on vehicle or information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown reduce them. when you need to see a service manual for additional instructions Danger indicates a hazard with a or information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it hazard that could result in injury or is a safety symbol which means death. “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge Here are some additional symbols + : Fuses that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information on the symbol, refer Changer to the Index. ( : Heated Steering Wheel 9 : Airbag Readiness Light j : LATCH System Child # : Air Conditioning Restraints ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls : Oil Pressure or OnStar® g : Outside Power Foldaway $ : Brake System Warning Light Mirrors } " : Charging System : Power / I : Cruise Control : Remote Vehicle Start B : Engine Coolant Temperature > : Safety Belt Reminders O : Exterior Lamps 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d # : Fog Lamps : Traction Control/StabiliTrak M : Windshield Washer Fluid Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-11 Rear Vision In Brief Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-21 Adjustment ...... 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-21 Throttle and Brake Pedal Storage Compartments ...... 1-21 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-13 Power Outlets ...... 1-21 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Interior Lighting ...... 1-13 Universal Remote System . . . 1-22 Initial Drive Information Exterior Lighting ...... 1-14 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-14 Performance and Maintenance Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Traction Control Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Climate Controls ...... 1-16 Transmission ...... 1-16 System (TCS) ...... 1-22 System ...... 1-4 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-22 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Vehicle Features Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-23 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Radio(s) ...... 1-17 Tire Sealant and Liftgate ...... 1-6 Satellite Radio ...... 1-18 Compressor Kit ...... 1-23 Windows ...... 1-6 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-18 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-23 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Bluetooth® ...... 1-18 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-24 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Mobile Apps ...... 1-19 Driving for Better Fuel Heated and Ventilated Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-19 Economy ...... 1-24 Seats ...... 1-10 Cruise Control ...... 1-20 Roadside Service ...... 1-24 Head Restraint Navigation System ...... 1-20 OnStar® ...... 1-25 Adjustment ...... 1-10 Driver Information Safety Belts ...... 1-10 Center (DIC) ...... 1-20 Passenger Sensing System ...... 1-11 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑6. G. Driver Information Center (DIC) J. Exterior Lamp Controls on Display. See Driver Information page 6 1. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ Center (DIC) on page 5 27. See Turn and Lane-Change ‑ Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 Signals on page 6‑6. H. Clock (Analog Clock) on (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) page 5‑7 or Clock (Digital Instrument Panel Illumination Clock) on page 5 8. Controls. See Driver Information ‑ Control on page 6‑7. Center (DIC) on page 5‑27. I. Navigation Display Control K. Data Link Connector (DLC) (If Equipped). See Navigation C. Cruise Control on page 9‑36. (Out of View). See Malfunction System Manual. Heated Steering Wheel on Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. Safety Locks on page 2 14. page 5‑3 (If Equipped). ‑ L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on D. Instrument Cluster on Power Door Locks on page 5‑2. page 2 12. page 5‑11. ‑ M. Horn on page 5‑4. E. Steering Wheel Controls on Hazard Warning Flashers on N. Adjustable Pedal Control page 6 5. page 5‑2. ‑ (If Equipped). See Adjustable Phone Button (If Equipped). Throttle and Brake Pedal on F. AM-FM Radio on page 7‑11. See Bluetooth (Voice page 9‑16. Navigation System Recognition) on page 7‑55 O. Start/Stop Button. See Ignition (If Equipped). See Navigation or Bluetooth (Overview) on Positions on page 9‑17. System Manual. page 7‑49 or Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on page 7‑62 P. Windshield Wiper/Washer on or Bluetooth (Infotainment page 5‑4. Controls) on page 7‑51. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 5‑6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Q. Heated and Ventilated Initial Drive Front Seats on page 3‑10 (If Equipped). Information R. Parking Brake on page 9‑30. This section provides a brief S. Shift Lever. See Automatic overview about some of the important features that may Transmission on page 9‑24. or may not be on your specific ® T. StabiliTrak System on vehicle. page 9‑34. For more detailed information, refer Ultrasonic Parking Assist on to each of the features which can be page 9‑38 (If Equipped). found later in this owner manual. Economy Mode (If Equipped). See Fuel Economy Mode on Remote Keyless K : Press to unlock the driver page 9‑28 Entry (RKE) System door or all doors depending on the vehicle personalization settings. U. Dual Automatic Climate Control The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 8‑1. transmitter is used to lock and Q : Press to lock all doors. unlock the doors from up to 60 m Lock and unlock feedback can (195 ft) away from the vehicle. be personalized. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

8 : Press and hold to open or Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start close the liftgate. With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start, do any of L : Press and release to locate started from outside of the vehicle. the following: the vehicle. Starting the Vehicle . Press and hold / until the Press and hold L for parking lamps turn off. 1. Press and release on the three seconds to sound the Q . RKE transmitter. Turn on the hazard warning panic alarm. flashers. 2. Within two seconds, press Press L again or start the vehicle / . Turn the vehicle on and then off. to cancel the panic alarm. and hold until the turn signal lamps flash, or for at See Remote Vehicle Start on Press the key release button near least two seconds if the vehicle page 2‑10. the bottom of the transmitter to is not in view. remove the key. The key can be Door Locks used for the driver door and the When the vehicle starts, the parking glove box. lamps will turn on and remain on To lock or unlock the doors from as long as the engine is running. the outside, press or K on the See Keys on page 2 2 and Remote Q ‑ The doors will be locked and the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keyless Entry (RKE) System climate control system may transmitter. See Remote Keyless Operation on page 2 3. ‑ come on. Entry (RKE) System Operation on The engine will continue to run for page 2‑3. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a To unlock a door from the inside, 10-minute time extension. Remote pull once on the door handle to start can be extended only once. unlock it, and a second time to open it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Power Door Locks Power Liftgate Operation Windows There is a power door lock switch on the instrument panel and on the front door panels. Q : Press to lock the doors. K : Press to unlock the doors. See Power Door Locks on page 2‑12. Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation For vehicles without keyless access, unlock the vehicle before opening On vehicles with a power liftgate Pushing or pulling the switch part the liftgate. the switch is located on the driver of the way will open or close the door. The vehicle must be in window as long as the switch is Press the touch pad located in the P (Park) to use the power feature. operated. handle of the liftgate, above the The taillamps flash when the power license plate, and lift up to open. liftgate moves. Fully push the front of the switch down and release it Do not press the touch pad while Choose the power liftgate mode to express‐down the window. closing the liftgate. This will cause by turning the dial on the switch Fully pull the switch up and release the liftgate to be unlatched. until the indicator lines up with the it to express‐up the window. desired position. Press the center See Power Windows on page 2‑24. of the switch. See Liftgate on page 2‑14 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Remote Window Operation Seat Adjustment 3. Release the handle to stop the seat from moving. Manual Seats 4. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place. To raise or recline the seatback, use the lever on the outboard side of the seat. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6.

The vehicle may have remote operating windows that will open all the windows from outside To adjust a manual seat: the vehicle by pressing and 1. Pull the handle at the front of the holding K on the Remote Keyless seat cushion. Entry (RKE) transmitter. 2. Move the seat forward or See Power Windows on page 2‑24. rearward to adjust the seat position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Power Seats To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Memory Features . Slide control (A) forward or rearward, and up or down to adjust the power seat. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5. . Raise or recline the seatback by tilting control (B) forward or rearward. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. . Increase or decrease the lumbar A. Seat Position Control support by pressing and holding the front or rear of control (C). On vehicles with the memory B. Seatback Adjustment Control See Lumbar Adjustment on feature, the “1” and “2” buttons C. Lumbar Adjustment Control page 3‑5. on the outboard side of the driver seat are used to manually save and recall the positions of the driver seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals, if available. These manually stored positions are referred to as Button Memory positions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

The vehicle will also automatically To recall the manually saved Easy Exit Driver Seat save driver seat, outside mirror, Button Memory positions, press This feature moves the seat and adjustable throttle and brake and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat, rearward allowing the driver more pedal positions to the current driver outside mirrors, and adjustable room to exit the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) pedals, if available, move to the transmitter when the ignition is positions stored to those buttons To activate, place the ignition in turned off. These automatically when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” OFF and open the driver door. If the stored positions are referred to before the stored positions are driver door is already open, placing as RKE Memory positions. reached stops the recall. the ignition in OFF will activate the easy exit driver seat. Storing Button Memory Positions To automatically recall RKE Memory positions, unlock the driver door This feature is turned on or off using To save positions into Button with the RKE transmitter, and open the vehicle personalization menu. Memory: the driver door. On vehicles with See Vehicle Personalization on 1. Adjust the driver seat, Keyless Access, opening the driver page 5‑40. seatback recliner, both outside door when an RKE transmitter mirrors, and adjustable pedals, is present will activate the RKE if available, to the desired driving Memory recall. If the driver door positions. is already open, pressing the 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) RKE transmitter K button will also and “1” at the same time until a activate the RKE Memory recall. beep sounds. The driver seat, outside mirrors, and pedals, if available, will move to 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a the previously saved RKE Memory second driver using 2. “ ” positions. See Memory Seats on page 3‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Heated and Ventilated Press C or { , if available, Safety Belts Seats to ventilate the driver or passenger seat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑10. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback Heated and Ventilated Seat recline angle as little as necessary Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use Buttons Shown, Heated Seat while keeping the seat and the safety belts properly: Buttons Similar head restraint height in the proper position. . Safety Belts on page 3‑14. If available, the buttons are near the climate controls on the instrument See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 . How to Wear Safety Belts panel. To operate, the ignition must and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4. Properly on page 3‑15. be in ON/RUN/START. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑17. Press M or L to heat the driver or . Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger seat. Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status 2. Press the arrows on the control indicator will be visible on the pad to move each mirror to the System overhead console when the vehicle desired position. is started. See Passenger Sensing 3. Return the selector switch to the System on page 3‑30 for more center position. information. Manual Folding Mirrors Mirror Adjustment Vehicles with manual fold mirrors Exterior are folded inward toward the vehicle United States to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position.

Canada and Mexico The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. Manual Folding Mirrors Shown No other airbag is affected by To adjust the mirror: the passenger sensing system. 1. Move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose the driver or passenger mirror. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Power Folding Mirrors Automatic Dimming Mirror Steering Wheel If the vehicle has the automatic Adjustment dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror and the inside rearview mirror automatically adjust for the glare of headlamps behind you. See Automatic Dimming Mirror on page 2‑22 or Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror on page 2‑23.

Vehicles with power folding mirrors, to fold the mirrors: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. With the selector switch in 1. Pull the lever down. the ) position, press the down arrow on the control pad. Both 2. Move the steering wheel up mirrors will automatically fold. or down. 2. Pressing the down arrow again 3. Pull or push the steering wheel will return the mirrors to their closer or away from you. original position. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑21. steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting Reading Lamps Adjustment Dome Lamps There are reading lamps located on the overhead console and over the If the vehicle has this feature, the The dome lamp controls are located rear passenger doors. These lamps position of the throttle and brake in the overhead console. come on automatically when any pedals can be adjusted. door is opened. The switch used to adjust the To manually turn the reading lamps pedals is located on the right side on or off: of the steering column, below the wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward . For the overhead console you to move the pedals further from reading lamps, press the button the floor, or push the switch away next to each lamp. from you to move the pedals closer . For the rear passenger reading to the floor. lamps, press the lamp lens. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake For more information on interior Pedal on page 9‑16. lighting, see Instrument Panel Illumination Control on page 6‑7. To change the dome lamp settings, press the following: * : Turns the lamp off, even when a door is open. 1 : The lamp comes on automatically when a door is opened. + : Turns the dome lamp on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Exterior Lighting AUTO: Turns the headlamps on Windshield Wiper/Washer automatically at normal brightness, together with the parking lamps, taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. ; : Turns the parking lamps on together with the taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. The windshield wiper/washer 5 : Turns the headlamps on lever is located on the right side together with the parking lamps, of the steering column. With the The exterior lamps control is located taillamps, license plate lamps, ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY on the instrument panel to the left of and instrument panel lights. or ON/RUN/START, move the the steering column. # : For vehicles with fog lamps, windshield wiper lever to select The exterior lamps control has four press to turn the lamps on or off. the wiper speed. positions: HI: Use for fast wipes. O For more information, see: : Briefly turn to this position to LO: Use for slow wipes. turn the automatic light control off . Exterior Lamp Controls on or on again. page 6‑1. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on page 6‑3. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/Washer Pull the windshield wiper lever The rear wiper controls are on the toward you to spray windshield end of the windshield wiper lever. washer fluid and activate the wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/ INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move Washer on page 5‑6, if equipped. the lever up to INT for intermittent Rainsense™ wipes, then turn the x INT band For vehicles with Rainsense: up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If the INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity ON: Press the upper portion of the vehicle has Rainsense™, see the Control): Move the windshield button for continuous rear window following Rainsense information. wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT wipes. band on the wiper lever to adjust the OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. OFF: The rear wiper turns off when sensitivity. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move the button is returned to the middle the wiper lever down. For several . Turn the band up for more position. sensitivity to moisture. wipes, hold the wiper lever down. INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): . Turn the band down for less Press the lower portion of the button sensitivity to moisture. to set a delay between wipes. . Move the windshield wiper = : Push the windshield wiper lever out of the INT position lever forward to spray washer fluid to deactivate Rainsense. on the rear window. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/ Washer on page 5‑6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1 and The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Rear Climate Control System on this system. page 8‑5, if equipped. Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows you to shift an automatic transmission similar to a manual transmission. To use the DSC feature: 1. Move the shift lever to the left from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode). 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), A. Fan Control H. Driver and Passenger Heated press the shift lever forward (+) B. Power and Ventilated Seats to upshift or rearward (−) to downshift. C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) I. Air Conditioning See Manual Mode on page 9‑26. D. ZONE J. Recirculation E. Defrost K. Outside Air F. Air Delivery Mode Control L. Rear Window Defogger G. Driver and Passenger Temperature Control Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Vehicle Features For more information about these Turning the Digital Clock On or Off and other radio features, see 1. Press the CONFIG button. Operation on page 7‑7. Radio(s) 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Storing a Favorite Station VOL/ O : Press to turn the system 3. Select Clock Displayed. Stations from all bands can be on and off. Turn to increase or 4. Press the MENU/SELECT decrease the volume. stored in the favorite lists in any order. Up to six stations can be button to turn the clock on or off. RADIO/BAND: Press to choose stored in each favorite page and Setting the Time and Date between FM, AM, or XM™, the number of available favorite if equipped. pages can be set. 1. Press the CONFIG button. TUNE or TUNE/INFO: Turn to To store the station to a position 2. Select Time and Date Settings. select radio stations. in the list, press the corresponding 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. numeric button 1-6 until the station Press the TUNE or TUNE/INFO 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to button to show available information can be heard again. adjust the highlighted value. about the current station or track. For more information, see “Storing 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob g SEEK: Press to seek the a Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM to select the next value. previous station or track. Radio on page 7‑11. 6. To save the time or date and l SEEK: Press to seek the next Setting the Clock return to the Time and Date station or track. The vehicle has a digital and an Settings menu, press the / BACK or BACK / : Press to exit analog clock. BACK / button at any time or move backwards in a menu. For detailed instructions on or press the MENU/SELECT Buttons 1 - 6: Press to save and setting either clock, see Clock knob after adjusting the minutes or year. select favorite stations. (Analog Clock) on page 5‑7 or Clock (Digital Clock) on page 5‑8. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices 1. Press the CONFIG button. Vehicles with an XM™ satellite Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm 2. Select Time and Date Settings. radio tuner and a valid XM satellite (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB radio subscription can receive XM port located in the center console. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. programming. External devices such as iPods®, 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob laptop computers, MP3 players, to select the 12 hour or 24 hour XM Satellite Radio Service CD changers, and USB drives may display format. XM is a satellite radio service based be connected, depending on the audio system. Setting the Month & Day Format in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. See Auxiliary Devices (Radio with 1. Press the CONFIG button. XM satellite radio has a wide CD/DVD and MEM) on page 7‑35 or 2. Select Time and Date Settings. variety of programming and Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD) commercial-free music, coast to on page 7‑29. 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. coast, and in digital-quality sound. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob A fee is required to receive the Bluetooth® to select MM/DD (month/day) or XM service. The Bluetooth system allows users DD/MM (day/month). Refer to: with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone Setting the Auto Time Adjust . www.xmradio.com or call to make and receive hands-free (If Equipped) 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). calls using the vehicle audio system 1. Press the CONFIG button. . www.xmradio.ca or call and controls. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone See Satellite Radio on page 7‑14. must be paired with the in-vehicle 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. Bluetooth system before it can be 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob used in the vehicle. Not all phones to turn Auto Time Adjust on will support all functions. or off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) Steering Wheel Controls + x −: Press + to increase the on page 7‑55 or Bluetooth volume, press − to decrease the (Overview) on page 7‑49 or volume. Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on page 7‑62 or Bluetooth b / g : Press to interact with the (Infotainment Controls) on available Bluetooth, OnStar, page 7‑51. or Navigation system. 0 / c : Press to silence the Mobile Apps vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles Mobile apps are available for with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, download through iTunes® to then press to reject an incoming call, access the iPhone® App Store or end a current call. and Google™ Marketplace for Android™. Search for the apps to SRCE: Press to select an audio download. The apps are free of If available, some audio controls source. charge; however, the myCadillac can be adjusted at the steering For more information, see Steering app requires the user to link their wheel. Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. own vehicle and OnStar MyLink requires an active OnStar y or z : Press y to select the subscription. next favorite radio station or next CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Press z to select the previous favorite radio station or previous CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Cruise Control J OFF: Press to disengage cruise Driver Information control without erasing the set Center (DIC) speed from memory. The DIC display is located in the See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. center of the instrument panel cluster. It shows the status of many Navigation System vehicle systems. The controls for If the vehicle has a navigation the DIC are located on the turn system, there is a separate signal lever. navigation system manual that includes information on the radio, audio players, and navigation system. The navigation system provides J : Press to turn cruise control on detailed maps of most major and off. freeways and roads. After a destination has been set, the + RES: Press briefly to make A. SET/CLR: Press to set or the vehicle resume to a previously system provides turn-by-turn instructions for reaching the clear the menu item when set speed or press and hold to it is displayed. accelerate. destination. In addition, the system can help locate a variety of points −SET: Press to set the speed and B. w / x : Use the thumbwheel of interest (POIs), such as banks, to scroll through the items in activate cruise control or make the airports, restaurants, and more. vehicle decelerate. each menu. See the navigation system manual for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

C. MENU: Press to display the Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle Information menu. This button If available, Ultrasonic Front and The accessory power outlets can be is also used to return to or exit Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) used to plug in electrical equipment, the last screen displayed on uses sensors on the front and rear such as a cell phone or MP3 player. the DIC. bumpers to detect objects while The vehicle has four accessory parking the vehicle. It operates at power outlets. The power outlets See Driver Information Center (DIC) speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). on page 5‑27. located below the climate control UFRPA uses audio beeps to provide system inside the front storage distance and system information. Rear Vision bin, inside the center floor console, Keep the sensors on the vehicle's and on the rear of the center floor Camera (RVC) front and rear bumpers clean to console are powered while the If available, the RVC displays a ensure proper operation. vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or view of the area behind the vehicle See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until the driver door is opened within when the vehicle is shifted into page 9‑38 for more information. R (Reverse). The display will appear 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. on either the inside rearview mirror Storage Compartments The power outlet located in the rear or navigation screen, if equipped. cargo area is powered at all times. The glove box is air conditioned To clean the camera lens, located and can be used to store items at a Open the protective cap to use the above the license plate, rinse it with lower temperature. Move the slide accessory power outlet. water and wipe it with a soft cloth. control to open or close the opening See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on to adjust the air flow. See Glove Box page 9‑42. on page 4‑1 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Universal Remote System Performance and StabiliTrak® System Maintenance The StabiliTrak system assists with directional control of the Traction Control vehicle in difficult driving conditions. The system is on when the vehicle System (TCS) is started. The traction control system limits . To turn off both Traction Control wheel spin. The system is on when and StabiliTrak, press and This system provides a way the vehicle is started. hold until and i illuminate to replace up to three remote g g . To turn off traction control, and the appropriate DIC control transmitters used to message displays. See Vehicle activate devices such as garage press and release g located on Messages on page 5 32. door openers, security systems, the console. i illuminates and ‑ and home automation devices. the appropriate DIC message . Press g again to turn on both Read the instructions completely displays. See Vehicle Messages systems. on page 5‑32. before attempting to program For more information, see ® the Universal Remote system. . Press and release g again to StabiliTrak System on page 9‑34. Because of the steps involved, turn traction control back on. it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you with For more information, see Traction programming the Universal Remote Control System (TCS) on system. page 9‑32. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑46. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Tire Pressure Monitor indicator that the tire pressures are Engine Oil Life System getting low and the tires need to be This vehicle may have a Tire inflated to the proper pressure. The engine oil life system calculates Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). engine oil life based on vehicle use The TPMS does not replace normal and displays the CHANGE ENGINE monthly tire maintenance. It is the OIL SOON message when it is time driver’s responsibility to maintain to change the engine oil and filter. correct tire pressures. The oil life system should be reset See Tire Pressure Monitor System to 100% only following an oil on page 10‑58. change. Resetting the Oil Life System The TPMS warning light alerts you Tire Sealant and to a significant loss in pressure of Compressor Kit 1. Using the DIC MENU button and one of the vehicle's tires. If the thumbwheel on the turn signal warning light comes on, stop as This vehicle may come with a spare lever, display REMAINING OIL soon as possible and inflate the tire and tire changing equipment or LIFE on the DIC. See Driver tires to the recommended pressure a tire sealant and compressor kit. Information Center (DIC) on shown on the Tire and Loading The kit can be used to temporarily page 5‑27 and Engine Oil Information label. See Vehicle Load seal small punctures in the tread Messages on page 5‑35. Limits on page 9‑10. The warning area of the tire. 2. Press the SET/CLR button to light will remain on until the tire See Tire Sealant and Compressor reset the oil life at 100%. pressure is corrected. Kit on page 10‑73 for complete Be careful not to reset the oil During cooler conditions, the low tire operating information. life display accidentally at any pressure warning light may appear If the vehicle came with a spare tire time other than after the oil is when the vehicle is first started and and tire changing equipment, see If changed. It cannot be reset then turn off. This may be an early a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71. accurately until the next oil change. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

The oil life system can also be reset Driving for Better Fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with as follows: the same TPC Spec number Economy molded into the tire's sidewall 1. Turn the ignition on with the near the size. engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving . Follow recommended scheduled 2. Fully press and release the tips to get the best fuel economy maintenance. accelerator pedal three times possible. within five seconds. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Service If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL smoothly. SOON message is not on, the U.S.: 1-800-224-1400 system is reset. . Brake gradually and avoid Canada: 1-800-882-1112 abrupt stops. See Engine Oil Life System on TTY Users (U.S. only): . Avoid idling the engine for long page 10‑10. 1-888-889-2438 periods of time. Mexico: 01-800-466-0805 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . When road and weather conditions are appropriate, As the owner of a new Cadillac, Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge use cruise control. you are automatically enrolled in and a yellow fuel cap can use either the Roadside Service program. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel . Always follow posted speed containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). limits or drive more slowly when See Roadside Service (U.S. and See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on conditions require. Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside Service (Mexico) on page 13‑10. page 9‑49. For all other vehicles, . Keep vehicle tires properly use only the unleaded gasoline inflated. described under Recommended . Fuel on page 9‑46. Combine several trips into a single trip. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

Roadside Service and OnStar Sign up today at: (U.S. and Canada) U.S.: cadillac.com If you have an active OnStar Click on “Owners,” then “Manage subscription, press the Q button My Cadillac/Owners Login.” and the current GPS location will be sent to an OnStar advisor who Canada: cadillacowner.ca will assess your problem, contact ® Roadside Service, and relay your OnStar exact location to get the help If equipped, this vehicle has you need. a comprehensive, in-vehicle Online Owner Center system that can connect to a live (U.S. and Canada) Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connection, and The Online Owner Center is a Diagnostic Services. See OnStar complimentary service that includes Overview on page 14‑1. online service reminders, vehicle maintenance tips, online owner manual, special privileges, and more. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Liftgate ...... 2-14 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-23 Windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Vehicle Security Mirror ...... 2-23 Vehicle Security ...... 2-18 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-18 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Windows ...... 2-24 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-20 Power Windows ...... 2-24 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors ...... 2-27 System ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors ...... 2-21 Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Power Mirrors ...... 2-21 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-10 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Door Locks ...... 2-12 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 Power Door Locks ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-22 Safety Locks ...... 2-14 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-23 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous for many reasons; children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power This key, located inside the Remote windows or other controls or Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, even make the vehicle move. is used for the driver door and The windows will function with glove box. the RKE transmitter in the vehicle and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in a vehicle with children. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

With an active OnStar subscription, . Check the transmitter's battery. an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later unlock the vehicle. See OnStar in this section. Overview on page 14‑1. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your Remote Keyless dealer or a qualified technician Entry (RKE) System for service. See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry page 13‑23 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation Communications Commission The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) (FCC) rules and Industry Canada transmitter functions will work up to To remove the key, press the button Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. near the bottom of the transmitter, 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. and pull the key out. Never pull the If there is a decrease in the RKE Keep in mind that other conditions, key out without pressing the button. operating range: such as those previously stated, See your dealer if a new key is . Check the distance. can impact the performance of the needed. The transmitter may be transmitter. too far from the vehicle. Contact Roadside Service if locked out of the vehicle. See Roadside . Check the location. Other Service (U.S. and Canada) on vehicles or objects may be page 13‑8 or Roadside Service blocking the signal. (Mexico) on page 13‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing Q may also arm On some models, pressing and the theft-deterrent system. holding K will open all of the See Anti-theft Alarm System on windows. page 2‑18. / (Remote Start): For vehicles K (Unlock): Press to unlock with this feature, press Q and the driver door or all doors, see then press and hold / within “Door Unlock Options” under Vehicle Personalization on two seconds to start the engine from outside the vehicle using page 5‑40. When remotely unlocking the vehicle at night the the RKE transmitter. See Remote fog lamps and reverse lamps will Vehicle Start on page 2‑10 for come on for about 20 seconds to additional information. With Remote Start and Power light your approach to the vehicle. L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Liftgate Shown, Without Similar The turn signal indicators may Alarm): Press and release Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. flash and/or the horn may sound one time to locate the vehicle. The turn signal indicators may to indicate unlocking. See “Unlock The exterior lamps flash and the flash and/or the horn may sound Feedback” under Vehicle horn chirps. Press and hold L for to indicate locking, see “Locking Personalization on page 5‑40. three seconds to sound the panic Feedback” under Vehicle Memory seat positions may be alarm. The horn sounds and Personalization on page 5‑40. recalled when unlocking the vehicle. the turn signal lamps flash for If the driver door is open when Q is See “Memory Remote Recall” 30 seconds, or until L is pressed under Vehicle Personalization on pressed, all doors lock except the again or the vehicle is started. page 5‑40 for more information. driver door, if enabled through 8 (Remote Liftgate Release): the vehicle personalization. If the Pressing K will disarm Press until the liftgate begins to passenger door is open when Q is the theft-deterrent system. move to open or close the power pressed, all doors lock. See Anti-theft Alarm System on liftgate. page 2‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Access Operation Keyless Locking You may temporarily disable the keyless locking feature by pressing Some vehicles have the keyless If the vehicle has the keyless and holding the power door unlock access system that lets you lock access system, this feature allows button on the instrument panel for and unlock the doors and access you to select whether the doors several seconds with a door open. the liftgate without removing the automatically lock during normal Keyless locking will then remain remote transmitter from your pocket, vehicle exit. When the vehicle is disabled until the door lock switch purse, briefcase, etc. The keyless turned off and all doors become is pressed, or until the vehicle is entry transmitter must be within closed, the vehicle will determine turned on. 1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened. how many keyless access If the vehicle has this feature, there transmitters remain in the vehicle To customize whether the doors will be a body colored touch pad on interior. If at least one keyless automatically lock when you exit the outside front door handles. access transmitter has been the vehicle, see “Passive Locking” removed from the interior of the under Vehicle Personalization on Keyless Unlocking vehicle, the doors will lock after page 5‑40. With the transmitter within 1 m (3 ft), eight seconds. approach the front door and pull If there are two keyless access the handle. If the transmitter is transmitters in the vehicle and recognized, the door will unlock one is removed, the other will be and open. locked in. A person approaching Entering any door other than the the outside of the locked vehicle driver door will always cause all without an authorized keyless of the doors to unlock. This is not access transmitter will not be able customizable. to open the door, even with the transmitter in the vehicle. To customize which doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened, see “Passive Unlock” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Lock Sensor Keyless Liftgate Opening Programming with a Recognized Press the touch pad on the liftgate Transmitter (Keyless Access handle to open the liftgate if the Vehicles Only) keyless entry transmitter is within A new transmitter can be range. programmed to the vehicle when there is one recognized transmitter. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle To program, the vehicle must be off and all of the transmitters, both Only keyless entry transmitters currently recognized and new, must programmed to the vehicle will work. be with you. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and 1. Place the recognized programmed through your dealer. transmitter(s) in the cupholder. The vehicle can be reprogrammed 2. Insert the vehicle key of the When all doors are closed and the so that lost or stolen transmitters no new transmitter into the key lock ignition is off, the vehicle can be longer work. Each vehicle can have cylinder located on the outside locked by pressing this area on the up to eight transmitters matched of the driver door and turn the door handle. This feature will be to it. key to the unlock position five available for several minutes after times within ten seconds. the vehicle has been turned off. The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays READY TO LEARN ELECTRONIC KEY #2, 3, 4, ETC. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

4. Press the ignition. When the Programming without a transmitter is learned the DIC Recognized Transmitter display will show that it is ready (Keyless Access Vehicles Only) to program the next transmitter. If there are no currently recognized 5. Remove the transmitter from transmitters available, follow this the transmitter pocket and procedure to program up to eight press K on the transmitter. transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure To program additional will take approximately 30 minutes transmitters, repeat Steps 3 to complete. The vehicle must be off through 5. and all of the transmitters you wish When all additional transmitters to program must be with you. 3. Place the new transmitter are programmed, press and hold 1. Insert the vehicle key of the into the transmitter pocket. the ignition for 10 seconds to transmitter into the key lock The transmitter pocket is inside exit programming mode. cylinder located on the outside the center console storage of the driver door and turn area located between the driver the key to the unlock position and front passenger seats. five times within ten seconds. The storage area will need to be opened and the storage The Driver Information tray lifted up to access the Center (DIC) displays transmitter pocket. REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Wait for ten minutes until the 5. Press the ignition. When the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter is learned the DIC START BUTTON TO LEARN display will show that it is ready and then press the ignition. to program the next transmitter. The DIC displays will again 6. Remove the transmitter from show REMOTE LEARN the transmitter pocket and PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. press K on the transmitter. 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional To program additional times. After the third time all transmitters, repeat Steps 4 previously known transmitters through 6. will no longer work with the vehicle. Remaining transmitters When all additional transmitters can be relearned during the 4. Place the new transmitter are programmed, press and hold next steps. into the transmitter pocket. the ignition for 10 seconds to The transmitter pocket is inside exit programming mode. The DIC display should the center console storage now show READY FOR area located between the REMOTE # 1. driver and front passenger seats. The storage area will need to be opened and the storage tray lifted up to access the transmitter pocket. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Starting the Vehicle with a Low Battery Replacement Transmitter Battery Notice: When replacing the If the transmitter battery is weak, battery, do not touch any of the DIC may display NO REMOTE the circuitry on the transmitter. DETECTED when you try to Static from your body could start the vehicle. The REPLACE damage the transmitter. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY Replace the battery if the message may also be displayed REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE at this time. KEY message displays in the DIC. To start the vehicle: 1. Press the button near the bottom 1. Open the center console storage of the transmitter and pull the area and the storage tray. 2. Place the transmitter in the key out. transmitter pocket. 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and the START button. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible.

2. Use the key blade to separate the two halves of the transmitter. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

3. Remove the old battery. When the ON/RUN/START ignition Starting the Engine Using Remote Do not use a metal object. mode is selected, the climate Start 4. Insert the new battery, positive control system will return to its setting from when the vehicle 1. Press and release Q on the side facing down. Replace with RKE transmitter. a CR2032 or equivalent battery. was last turned off. 2. Within two seconds, press and 5. Snap the transmitter back Laws in some local communities hold / until the turn signal together. may restrict the use of remote starters. For example, some laws lamps flash. This confirms may require a person using remote the request to remote start the Remote Vehicle Start start to have the vehicle in view. vehicle has been received. If the If available, this feature allows you Check local regulations for any vehicle' s lamps are not visible, to start the engine from outside the requirements. press and hold / for at least vehicle. Other conditions can affect the two seconds. / (Remote Vehicle Start): performance of the transmitter. During the remote start the This button will be on the RKE See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) doors will be locked and the transmitter if the vehicle has remote System on page 2‑3 for additional parking lamps will remain on as start. information. long as the engine is running. Vehicles with an automatic climate The engine will shut off control system will automatically after 10 minutes unless a time change to a heating or cooling extension is done or the ignition mode depending on the outside is put in ON/RUN/START. temperature during a remote start. 3. Press the brake pedal and select the ON/RUN/START ignition mode to drive the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Extending Engine Run Time Shutting the Engine Off After a Conditions in Which Remote Start For a 10-minute extension, repeat Remote Start Will Not Work Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is To cancel a remote start, do any of The remote start will not operate if still running. The remote start can the following: any of the following occur: only be extended once. . Press / until the parking lamps . The ignition is in any mode other When the remote start is extended, turn off. than OFF. the second 10-minute period will . The transmitter is in the vehicle. start immediately. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . The hood is not closed. For example, if the vehicle has been running for five minutes, and . Turn the vehicle on and then . The hazard warning flashers 10 minutes are added, the engine back off. are on. will run for a total of 15 minutes. . There is an emission control A maximum of two remote starts, system malfunction. or a remote start with an extension, . The engine coolant temperature are allowed between ignition cycles. is too high. The vehicle's ignition must be . The oil pressure is low. changed to ON/RUN/START and then back to OFF before the remote . Two remote vehicle starts have start procedure can be used again. already been used. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door Unlocked doors can be when slowing or stopping dangerous. the vehicle. Lock the doors . Passengers, especially to help prevent this from children, can easily open the happening. doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The chance of being To lock or unlock the doors from thrown out of the vehicle in the outside, press Q or K on a crash is increased if the the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) doors are not locked. So, all transmitter. See Remote Keyless passengers should wear Entry (RKE) System Operation on Instrument Panel safety belts properly and page 2 3 or use the key in the driver the doors should be locked ‑ door. Turn the key counterclockwise whenever the vehicle is once to unlock the driver door; driven. turning the key again will unlock . Young children who get into the passenger doors. unlocked vehicles may be To unlock a door from the inside, unable to get out. A child can pull once on the door handle to be overcome by extreme heat unlock it, and a second time to and can suffer permanent open it. injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Lockout Deterrent Delayed Locking Lockout deterrent decreases the When this feature is enabled and chances that the keys may be the doors are locked with the power accidentally locked in the vehicle. lock switch on the instrument panel When door locking is requested by or front door panels, three chimes sound to signal that the delayed pressing Q on the instrument panel locking feature is in use. All doors or front door panels, or the RKE lock five seconds after the last door transmitter and the driver door is is closed. open, all doors will lock and the driver door will immediately unlock. When the delayed locking feature The driver door must be closed is in use, pressing Q on the Front Door Panels when Q is pressed for all doors instrument panel or front door to remain locked. panels, or the RKE transmitter Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. will override the feature and K (Unlock): Press to unlock the This feature can be programmed lock all doors immediately. doors. to provide the lockout deterrent feature only when the ignition This feature can be programmed mode is ACC/ACCESSORY, or by using the Driver Information ON/RUN/START. See “Power Door Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door Locks” in Vehicle Personalization on Lock” in Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. page 5‑40. The delayed locking feature is only available if “Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout” is disabled. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Safety Locks Doors WARNING (Continued) Rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear Liftgate . Adjust the climate control doors from the inside. system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains For more information about carbon monoxide (CO) which carbon monoxide, see Engine cannot be seen or smelled. It can Exhaust on page 9‑23. cause unconsciousness and even death. Notice: If you open the liftgate Press { to activate the safety locks, If the vehicle must be driven with without checking for overhead the LED in the switch illuminates. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: obstructions such as a garage Press { to deactivate the safety . Close all of the windows. door, you could damage the locks. liftgate or the liftgate glass. . Fully open the air outlets Always check to make sure the on or under the instrument area above and behind the liftgate panel. is clear before opening it. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Manual Liftgate Power Liftgate { WARNING For vehicles without keyless access, unlock the vehicle before opening You or others could be injured if the liftgate. caught in the path of the power Press the touch pad located in the liftgate. Make sure there is no one handle of the liftgate, above the in the way of the liftgate as it is license plate, and lift up to open. opening and closing. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This will cause Choose the power liftgate mode by the liftgate to be unlatched. turning the dial on the switch until the indicator lines up with the Always close the liftgate before desired position. driving. The three modes are: On vehicles with a power liftgate, MAX: The liftgate opens to the full the switch is on the driver door. open height. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to use the power feature. 3/4: The liftgate opens to a reduced The taillamps flash when the height that can be set by the vehicle power liftgate moves. operator in a range of approximately three‐quarters open to full open. Use this setting to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead obstructions such as a garage door or roof mounted cargo during power operation. The liftgate can still be manually opened all the way. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

OFF: The liftgate only operates The power liftgate may be manually in this position. temporarily disabled under Manual operation of a liftgate that extreme temperatures or low also has power operation requires battery conditions. If this occurs, more effort than with a standard the liftgate can still be operated manual liftgate. manually. In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, If you shift the transmission out of the liftgate can be power opened P (Park) while the power function and closed by: is in progress, the liftgate power function will continue to completion. . Pressing 8 on the Remote If you shift the transmission out of Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter P (Park) and accelerate before the until the liftgate starts moving. Press and release 8 on the power liftgate latch is closed, the liftgate may reverse to the open See Remote Keyless Entry liftgate next to the latch to close position. Cargo could fall out of (RKE) System Operation on the liftgate. page 2‑3. the vehicle. Always make sure the Pressing any liftgate button, power liftgate is closed and latched . Pressing 8 on the center of or the touch pad switch while the before you drive away. the mode switch on the driver liftgate is moving, stops it. Pressing If you power open the liftgate and door, with the driver door the button or RKE switch again the liftgate support struts have lost unlocked. reverses the direction. There is a pressure, the turn signals flash and minimum distance that the power . Pressing the touch pad switch a chime sounds. The liftgate stays liftgate must already be open for the on the liftgate outside handle, open temporarily, then slowly system to hold it open. If movement with all doors unlocked, to open closes. See your dealer for service is stopped below that minimum, the the liftgate. before using the liftgate. liftgate closes. Do not force the liftgate open or closed during a power cycle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Obstacle Detection Features Setting the Power When power opened with the 3/4 mode selected, the liftgate If the liftgate encounters an Liftgate 3/4 Mode stops at the new set position. obstacle during a power open To change the liftgate stop position. or close cycle, a warning chime If you do not receive the audible and 1. Turn the liftgate switch to will sound and the liftgate will visual feedback when setting the either the MAX, or the 3/4 mode automatically reverse direction to intermediate stop position, you are position and power open the the full closed or open position. attempting to set the height below liftgate. After removing the obstruction, the 3/4 open height minimum the power liftgate operation can be 2. Stop the liftgate movement at (approximately 1.52 m or 5 ft). used again. If the liftgate encounters the desired height by pressing The liftgate cannot be set below multiple obstacles on the same any liftgate switch. Manually that minimum and the new setting power cycle, the power function adjust the liftgate position if will not be recorded. will deactivate. After removing the required. obstructions, the liftgate will resume 3. Press and hold the button on normal power operation. the liftgate next to the latch The vehicle has pinch sensors until the turn signals flash and located on the side edges of the a beep sounds to indicate that liftgate. If an object is caught the new setting is recorded. between the liftgate and the body and presses against this sensor, the liftgate will reverse direction and open fully. The liftgate will remain open until it is activated again or closed manually. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Operation of Power To close the liftgate, use the pull Vehicle Security Liftgate cup to lower the liftgate and close. With the power liftgate disabled, the This vehicle has theft-deterrent To change the liftgate to manual liftgate electric latch will still power features; however, they do not operation, turn the mode switch to latch once contact is made with the make it impossible to steal. the OFF position. striker. Always close the liftgate With the power liftgate disabled before driving. Anti-theft Alarm System and all of the doors unlocked, If the RKE button is pressed while This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm the liftgate can be manually opened power operation is disabled, the turn system. and closed. The effort required to signals flash and the liftgate will operate a power liftgate is greater not move. The LED light, located on than the effort required to operate the instrument panel near the a non-power liftgate. The liftgate has an electric latch. windshield, indicates the status If the battery is disconnected or of the system. To open the liftgate, press the touch has low voltage, the liftgate will pad on the handle on the outside of not open. The liftgate will resume Arming the System the liftgate, and lift the gate open. operation when the battery is 1. Close all doors, liftgate, reconnected and charged. and hood. 2. Lock the vehicle using the transmitter or the power door lock button. The LED on the instrument panel should come on and stay on for about 30 seconds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

3. After 30 seconds, the alarm Disarming the System How to Detect a Tamper system will arm, and the To disarm the system, either unlock Condition LED will begin to slowly flash the doors using the transmitter, indicating the alarm is operating. If K is pressed and the horn chirps or start the vehicle with a three times, an attempted break-in If a door, the hood, or liftgate is recognized transmitter in the has occurred while the system was opened without first unlocking with vehicle. armed. the transmitter, the turn signals will To avoid setting off the alarm by flash and the horn will sound for If the alarm has been activated, the accident: about 30 seconds. The alarm THEFT ATTEMPTED message will system will then re-arm to monitor . Lock the vehicle with the appear on the DIC. See Key and for the next unauthorized event. transmitter after all occupants Lock Messages on page 5‑36 for have left the vehicle and all additional information. The theft-deterrent alarm system will doors are closed. not activate if the doors are locked with the key. You can start the . Always unlock a door with the Immobilizer vehicle with a recognized transmitter transmitter. Unlocking a door any See Radio Frequency Statement on in the vehicle if the alarm has been other way will not disarm the page 13‑23 for information set off. alarm. regarding Part 15 of the Federal If you set off the alarm by accident, Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada turn off the alarm by pressing K on Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. the transmitter. The alarm will not stop if you try to unlock a door any other way. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Immobilizer Operation The system has one or more If the ignition modes will not RKE transmitters matched to an change with the other transmitter, This vehicle has a passive immobilizer control unit in your your vehicle needs service. If the theft-deterrent system. vehicle. Only a correctly matched ignition does change modes, the The system does not have to be RKE transmitter will start the first transmitter may be faulty. manually armed or disarmed. vehicle. If the transmitter is ever See your dealer who can service damaged, you may not be able the theft-deterrent system and have The vehicle is automatically to start your vehicle. a new RKE transmitter programmed immobilized when the vehicle to the vehicle. is turned off. When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when It is possible for the immobilizer The immobilization system is the ignition is turned on. system to learn new or replacement disarmed when the pushbutton RKE transmitters. Up to eight start is activated to enter the If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a transmitters can be programmed for ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the the vehicle. To program additional ON/RUN/START mode and a valid problem with the system. Turn the transmitters, see “Programming transmitter is present in the vehicle. ignition off and try again. Transmitters to the Vehicle” under If the vehicle will not change Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, System Operation on page 2‑3. ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE transmitter appears to be Do not leave the key or device undamaged, try another transmitter. that disarms or deactivates the Or, you may try placing the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. transmitter in the transmitter pocket The security light, located in the located in the center console. instrument panel cluster, comes on See “NO REMOTE DETECTED” if there is a problem with arming under Key and Lock Messages on or disarming the theft-deterrent page 5‑36. system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the Convex Mirrors desired direction. 3. Return the selector switch to the center position. { WARNING

A convex mirror can make things, Folding Mirrors like other vehicles, look farther Manual Folding Mirrors away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, Vehicles with manual fold mirrors you could hit a vehicle on the are folded inward toward the vehicle right. Check the inside mirror or to prevent damage when going glance over your shoulder before through an automatic car wash. changing lanes. Manual Folding Mirrors Shown Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position. To adjust the mirror: The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Move the selector switch to shaped. A convex mirror's surface is L (Left) or R (Right) to choose curved so more can be seen from the driver or passenger mirror. the driver seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Mirrors 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Reset the power folding mirrors if: Press to heat the mirrors. . The mirrors are accidentally See “Rear Window Defogger” under obstructed while folding. Dual Automatic Climate Control . They are accidentally manually System on page 8‑1 for more folded/unfolded. information. . The mirrors do not stay in the Automatic Dimming unfolded position. Mirror . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds. If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside Fold and unfold the mirrors one mirror automatically adjusts for the Vehicles with power folding mirrors, time using the mirror controls to glare of headlamps behind you. to fold the mirrors: reset them to their normal position. 1. With the selector switch in A noise may be heard during the ) resetting of the power folding the position, press the down mirrors. This sound is normal after arrow on the control pad. Both a manual folding operation. mirrors will automatically fold. 2. Pressing the down arrow again will return the mirrors to their original position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming If the vehicle is equipped with Rearview Mirror memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic to have the mirrors tilt down, when Adjust the inside rearview mirror dimming inside rearview mirror. in R (Reverse), to more easily see for a clear view of the area behind Automatic dimming reduces the the ground near the vehicle. your vehicle. To avoid glare of the glare from the headlamps of the When the vehicle is shifted to headlamps from behind, push the vehicle behind you. The dimming R (Reverse), both the driver and tab forward for daytime and pull it feature and the indicator light come passenger mirrors will tilt downward. for nighttime use. on each time the vehicle is started. They will return to their previous Vehicles with OnStar® have three Vehicles with OnStar have three position when the vehicle is shifted control buttons at the bottom of the control buttons located at the out of R (Reverse), the ignition is mirror. See your dealer for more bottom of the mirror. See your turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left information about OnStar and how dealer for more information about in R (Reverse) for an extended to subscribe to it. See OnStar OnStar and how to subscribe to it. period of time. Overview on page 14‑1. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. This feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization on Cleaning the Mirror page 5‑40. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows Power Windows

{ WARNING { WARNING

Leaving children, helpless Leaving children in a vehicle adults, or pets in a vehicle with the RKE transmitter is with the windows closed is dangerous for many reasons; dangerous. They can be children or others could be badly overcome by the extreme heat injured or even killed. They could and suffer permanent injuries operate the power windows or or even death from heat stroke. other controls or even make the Never leave a child, a helpless vehicle move. The windows will adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, The vehicle aerodynamics are function with the RKE transmitter designed to improve fuel economy especially with the windows in the vehicle and they could be performance. This may result in a closed in warm or hot weather. seriously injured or killed if caught pulsing sound when a window is in the path of a closing window. partially open. To reduce the sound, Do not leave the RKE transmitter open another window or the sunroof in a vehicle with children. (if equipped). When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-25

Pushing or pulling the switch part Programming the Power of the way will open or close the Windows window as long as the switch is operated. Programming the power windows may be necessary if the vehicle's Express‐Down/Up Windows battery has been disconnected or discharged. Windows that have the express‐down/up feature If the window will not express up allow the windows to be lowered after power has been restored and a and raised fully without holding the message is displayed in the Driver window switch. Press the window Information Center: switch fully and release it to activate 1. Close all doors. The power windows: the express‐down feature. Pull the window switch fully up and release 2. Place the ignition in . Can be operated with the it to activate the express‐up feature. ACC/ACCESSORY or ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY The express mode can be canceled ON/RUN/START. or ON/RUN/START. at any time by briefly pressing or 3. From any partial open position, . Can be operated within pulling the switch. close the window and continue 10 minutes of switching the to pull the switch briefly after the ignition off. See Retained window has fully closed. Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑21. . Will stop operation when any door is opened. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

2-26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Obstacle Detection Feature If conditions prevent the window Remote Window Operation from closing and the window The Obstacle Detection Feature is continues to auto-reverse, it is part of the express-up feature and is possible to close the window with active: the ignition in ON/RUN/START by . In the middle and upper portions holding the window switch in the of the window opening. partially or fully pulled up position. . During window up movements. Release of the switch from the partially pulled up position will . In ignition OFF during all window cause the window to stop. Release up movements and during of the switch from the fully pulled up express-up window movements position will activate the express-up in ignition ON/RUN/START. and related obstacle detection If there is something blocking the features. window during automatic closing, Overload The vehicle may have remote the window will reverse direction operating windows that will open for a short distance. Weather If the windows are repeatedly all the windows from outside the conditions such as extreme cold operated within a short time, the and/or ice may cause the window window operation is disabled for a vehicle by pressing and holding K to auto-reverse. The window will short time. on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) return to normal operation once the transmitter. object or condition is removed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-27

Window Lockout Sun Visors Roof Sunroof On vehicles with a sunroof, the switches are on the overhead console. The sunroof only operates when the ignition is in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). Pull the sun visor down to block See Ignition Positions on page 9‑17 glare. Detach the sun visor from and Retained Accessory Power the center mount to pivot to the side (RAP) on page 9‑21. This feature prevents the rear window, or to extend along the rod, passenger windows from operating, if available. except from the driver position. Press o to activate the rear window lockout, the LED in the switch illuminates. Press o to deactivate the rear window lockout. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

2-28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

release again, to open the sunroof Anti-Pinch Feature to the full open position. Press the If an object is in the path of the front of the switch to second detent sunroof when it is closing, the and release, to express close the anti-pinch feature detects the sunroof. object and stops the sunroof Press the front of the sunroof switch from closing at the point of the to the first detent and hold, to close obstruction. The sunroof then the sunroof to a desired position at returns to the full-open position. a normal speed. Press the front of the switch to the second detent and release, to express close the sunroof. A. Sunroof Switch To open or close the sunshade, B. Sunshade Switch press the open or close sunroof To open the sunroof, press the back switch (B). of the sunroof switch (A) to the first Press the front or back of the detent and release, the sunroof will sunshade switch to the first detent open to the vent position. and hold, to open or close the Dirt and debris may collect on the sunshade to a desired position at sunroof seal or in the track. This Press the back of the sunroof switch could cause an issue with sunroof to the first detent and hold, to open a normal speed. Press the switch to the second detent and release, operation, noise, or plugging the the sunroof to a desired position at water drainage system. Periodically a normal speed. Press the rear of to express open or close the sunshade. open the sunroof and remove any the switch to the second detent obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the and release, to express open the Fully close the glass before fully sunroof seal and roof sealing area sunroof to an automatically adjusted closing the sunshade. using a clean cloth, mild soap, and comfort position. Press the rear of water. Do not remove grease from the switch to the second detent and the sunroof. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Rear Seats Airbag System Seats and Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Airbag System ...... 3-23 Restraints Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-13 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-25 Rear Seat When Should an Airbag Pass-Through Door ...... 3-13 Inflate? ...... 3-26 What Makes an Airbag Head Restraints Safety Belts Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-27 Safety Belts ...... 3-14 How Does an Airbag Front Seats How to Wear Safety Belts Restrain? ...... 3-28 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Properly ...... 3-15 What Will You See after an Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-17 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-28 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Safety Belt Use During Passenger Sensing Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5 Pregnancy ...... 3-21 System ...... 3-30 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-21 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Safety System Check ...... 3-21 Vehicle ...... 3-34 Heated and Ventilated Front Safety Belt Care ...... 3-22 Adding Equipment to the Seats ...... 3-10 Replacing Safety Belt System Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-35 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-22 Airbag System Check ...... 3-36 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-36 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints Head Restraints Older Children ...... 3-37 Infants and Young Children ...... 3-39 { WARNING Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-42 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-44 With head restraints that are Lower Anchors and Tethers not installed and adjusted for Children (LATCH properly, there is a greater System) ...... 3-45 chance that occupants will suffer Replacing LATCH System a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Parts After a Crash ...... 3-53 Do not drive until the head Securing Child Restraints restraints for all occupants are (Rear Seat) ...... 3-54 installed and adjusted properly. Securing Child Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-56 top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats the button located on the side of the head restraint, and pull The vehicle's front seats have up or push the head restraint adjustable head restraints in the down, and release the button. outboard seating positions. Pull and push on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not designed to be removed. Rear Seats The vehicle's rear seats have The height of the head restraint can adjustable head restraints in the be adjusted. Pull the head restraint outboard seating positions. up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. The height of the head restraint To lower the head restraint, press can be adjusted. To raise or the button, located on the top of lower the head restraint, press the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do The vehicle's rear seat has an To adjust a manual seat: not want to. Adjust the driver seat adjustable headrest in the center only when the vehicle is not 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seating position that can be seat cushion. adjusted the same way as the moving. outboard head restraints. 2. Move the seat forward or rearward to adjust the seat If you are installing a child restraint position. in the rear seat, see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the 3. Release the handle to stop the LATCH System” under Lower seat from moving. Anchors and Tethers for Children 4. Try to move the seat back and (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. forth to be sure it is locked in place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Thigh Support Power Lumbar Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. If available, press and hold the front If available, adjust the manual leg . Raise or lower the front or or rear of the control to increase or extension by pulling up on the lever, rear part of the seat cushion decrease lumbar support. Release and then pulling or pushing on the by moving the front or rear the control when the seatback support to lengthen or shorten it. of the control up or down. reaches the desired level of lumbar Release the lever to lock it in place. . Raise or lower the seat by support. moving the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline a manual seatback: could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving. other injuries. 1. Lift the lever. Manual Reclining Seatbacks The lap belt could go up over 2. Move the seatback to the your abdomen. The belt forces desired position, and then would be there, not at your pelvic { WARNING release the lever to lock the seatback in place. bones. This could cause serious If either seatback is not locked, it internal injuries. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to could move forward in a sudden make sure it is locked. For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are safety belt properly. locked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

To adjust a power seatback, if available: On vehicles with the memory . Tilt the top of the control feature, the “1” and “2” buttons on rearward to recline. the outboard side of the driver seat . Tilt the top of the control forward are used to manually save and to raise. recall the positions of the driver seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedal positions, if available. These manually stored positions are referred to as Button Memory positions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

The vehicle will also automatically Recalling Button Memory Recalling RKE Memory Positions save driver seat, outside mirror, Positions (Memory Remote Recall) and adjustable throttle and brake To recall the manually saved The Memory Remote Recall feature pedal positions to the current driver Button Memory positions, press can recall the driver seat, outside Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat, mirrors, and adjustable pedals, transmitter when the ignition is outside mirrors, and adjustable if available, to previously stored turned off. These automatically pedals, if available, move to the RKE Memory positions when stored positions are referred to positions stored to those buttons entering the vehicle. as RKE Memory positions. when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” Every time the ignition is placed See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) before the stored positions are System Operation on page 2‑3. in OFF, the positions of the reached stops the recall. driver seat, outside mirrors, and Storing Button Memory Positions If something has blocked the adjustable pedals, if available, are To save positions into Button driver seat and/or the adjustable automatically stored to the RKE Memory: pedals, if available, while recalling transmitter that was used to start a memory position, the recall may the vehicle. These positions are 1. Adjust the driver seat, stop. Remove the obstruction; called RKE Memory positions and seatback recliner, both outside then press and hold the appropriate may be different than the previously mirrors, and adjustable pedals, manual control for the memory item mentioned Button Memory positions if available, to the desired driving that is not recalling for two seconds. saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. positions. Try recalling the memory position 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) again by pressing the appropriate and “1” at the same time until a memory button. If the memory beep sounds. position is still not recalling, 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a see your dealer for service. second driver using “2.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

To automatically recall RKE Memory To stop recall movement, press Easy Exit Driver Seat positions, unlock the driver door one of the memory, power mirror, This feature moves the seat with the RKE transmitter, and open or power seat controls, or the rearward allowing the driver the driver door. On vehicles with adjustable pedal switch, if available. more room to exit the vehicle. Keyless Access, opening the driver If something has blocked the To activate, place the ignition in door when an RKE transmitter driver seat and/or the adjustable is present will activate the RKE OFF and open the driver door. If the pedals, if available, while recalling driver door is already open, placing Memory recall. If the driver door a memory position, the recall may is already open, pressing the RKE the ignition in OFF will activate the stop. Remove the obstruction; then easy exit driver seat. transmitter K button will also press and hold the appropriate activate the RKE Memory recall. manual control for the memory item This feature is turned on or off using The driver seat, outside mirrors, that is not recalling for two seconds. the vehicle personalization menu. and pedals, if available, will move Try recalling the memory position See Vehicle Personalization on to the previously saved RKE again by opening the driver door page 5‑40. Memory positions. and pressing the RKE transmitter K To stop recall movement, press one This feature is turned on or off using button. If the memory position is still of the memory, power seat controls, the vehicle personalization menu. not recalling, see your dealer for or the adjustable pedal switch, See Vehicle Personalization on service. if available. page 5‑40. If something has blocked the driver seat while recalling the exit position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the power seat control rearward for two seconds. Try recalling the exit position again. If the exit position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Heated and Ventilated Press M or L to heat the driver or Front Seats passenger seat. Press C or { , if available, to { WARNING ventilate the driver or passenger seat. If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the Press the button once for the seat heater may cause burns highest setting. With each press of even at low temperatures. the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to To reduce the risk of burns, the off setting. The lights indicate people with such a condition three for the highest setting and should use care when using Heated and Ventilated Seat one for the lowest. the seat heater, especially for Buttons Shown, Heated Seat The passenger seat may take long periods of time. Do not Buttons Similar place anything on the seat that longer to heat up. insulates against heat, such as If available, the buttons are near the a blanket, cushion, cover, climate controls on the instrument or similar item. This may cause panel. To operate, the ignition must the seat heater to overheat. be in ON/RUN/START. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Remote Start Heated and Rear Seats Ventilated Seats During a remote start, the heated or Split Folding Seatbacks ventilated seats can be turned on With this feature, either side of the automatically. They are canceled rear seatback can be folded down when the ignition is turned on. for more cargo space. Press the button to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle Folding the Seatbacks is started. Notice: Folding a rear seat with The heated or ventilated seat the safety belts still fastened may indicator lights on the button do cause damage to the seat or the not turn on during a remote start. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to 3. Lift the lever on the top of The temperature performance of an their normal stowed position the seatback. A tab near the unoccupied seat may be reduced. before folding a rear seat. seatback lever raises when This is normal. the seatback is unlocked. To fold the seatback: The heated or ventilated seats will 4. Fold the seatback forward. A tab 1. Unbuckle the rear safety not turn on during a remote start near the seatback lever retracts belts and move the front unless they are enabled in the when the seatback is locked in seatbacks to the upright vehicle personalization menu. place. See Remote Vehicle Start on position. See Reclining page 2‑10 and Vehicle Seatbacks on page 3‑6. Keep the seatback in the upright, locked position when not in use. Personalization on page 5‑40. 2. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Raising the Seatbacks To raise the seatback: Reclining the Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever on top of the To recline the seatback: { WARNING seatback. Raise the seatback 1. Lift and hold the lever on top and release the lever. A tab near of the seatback. A tab near the If either seatback is not locked, it the seatback lever raises when seatback lever raises when the could move forward in a sudden the seatback is unlocked. stop or crash. That could cause seatback is unlocked. 2. Push the seatback rearward until injury to the person sitting there. 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, it locks in the upright position. Always push and pull on the and then release the lever when A tab near the seatback lever the seatback is in the desired seatbacks to be sure they are retracts when the seatback is position. A tab near the seatback locked. locked in place. lever retracts when the seatback 3. Make sure the rear safety is locked in place. belts are not twisted or caught { WARNING between the seat cushion and the seatback. A safety belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Heated Rear Seats Rear Seat Pass-Through Door { WARNING

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. See the Warning under Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑10. If available, the buttons are on the Rear Sear Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the center console. With the ignition in ON/RUN/START, press L or M to heat the left or Some vehicles have a rear seat right outboard seat cushion and pass-through door in the center of seatback. An indicator on the RSA the rear seatback. Fold down the display appears when this feature center armrest and push down on is on. the latch to open the door. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat changes to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights indicate the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts WARNING (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to properly. It also describes some ride in a cargo area, inside or things not to do with safety belts. outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas { WARNING are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow Do not let anyone ride where passengers to ride in any area of a safety belt cannot be worn the vehicle that is not equipped properly. In a crash, if you or your with seats and safety belts. passenger(s) are not wearing Always wear a safety belt, and safety belts, injuries can be much check that all passenger(s) are worse than if you are wearing restrained properly too. When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. It could be the windshield, the In addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on page 5 15. instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other ‑ passengers in the vehicle. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

When you wear a safety belt, you Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why How to Wear Safety Belts and the vehicle slow down together. should I have to wear safety There is more time to stop because belts? Properly you stop over a longer distance and, A: Airbags are supplemental This section is only for people of when worn properly, your strongest systems only; so they work with adult size. bones take the forces from the safety belts— not instead of There are special things to know safety belts. That is why wearing them. Whether or not an airbag about safety belts and children. safety belts makes such good is provided, all occupants still And there are different rules for sense. have to buckle up to get the smaller children and infants. If a Questions and Answers About most protection. child will be riding in the vehicle, Safety Belts Also, in nearly all states and in see Older Children on page 3‑37 all Canadian provinces, the law or Infants and Young Children on Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle requires wearing safety belts. page 3‑39. Follow those rules for after a crash if I am wearing a everyone's protection. safety belt? It is very important for all occupants A: You could be— whether you to buckle up. Statistics show that are wearing a safety belt or not. unbelted people are hurt more often Your chance of being conscious in crashes than those who are during and after a crash, so you wearing safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

There are important things to know . Wear the lap part of the belt about wearing a safety belt properly. low and snug on the hips, just { WARNING touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong You can be seriously injured, pelvic bones and you would or even killed, by not wearing be less likely to slide under the your safety belt properly. lap belt. If you slid under it, the . Never allow the lap or belt would apply force on your shoulder belt to become abdomen. This could cause loose or twisted. serious or even fatal injuries. . Never wear the shoulder belt . Wear the shoulder belt over the under both arms or behind shoulder and across the chest. your back. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining . Never route the lap or forces. The shoulder belt locks if shoulder belt over an . Sit up straight and always keep there is a sudden stop or crash. armrest. your feet on the floor in front of you. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Lap-Shoulder Belt 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to All seating positions in the vehicle the height that is right for you. have a lap-shoulder belt. See “Shoulder Belt Height The following instructions explain Adjuster” later in this section how to wear a lap-shoulder belt for instructions on use and properly. important safety information. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the get twisted. buckle until it clicks. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if Pull up on the latch plate to you pull the belt across you very make sure it is secure. If the belt quickly. If this happens, let the is not long enough, see Safety belt go back slightly to unlock it. Belt Extender on page 3‑21. Then pull the belt across you Position the release button on more slowly. the buckle so that the safety belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull If the shoulder portion of a could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt. necessary. passenger belt is pulled out It may be necessary to pull all the way, the child restraint stitching on the safety belt locking feature may be engaged. through the latch plate to fully If this happens, let the belt go tighten the lap belt on smaller back all the way and start again. occupants. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of To unlatch the belt, just push the the safety belt in a crash. See How Move the height adjuster up to the button on the buckle. to Wear Safety Belts Properly on desired position by pushing up on the height adjuster. Before a door is closed, be sure page 3‑15. the safety belt is out of the way. If a After the height adjuster is set to door is slammed against a safety the desired position, try to move belt, damage can occur to both the it up or down without pressing the safety belt and the vehicle. release button (A) to make sure it has locked into position. Press the release button to lower the height adjuster. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt: This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder 1. Remove the guide from its occupants. Although the safety belt comfort guides for the outboard storage pocket on the side belt pretensioners cannot be seen, passenger positions in the rear of the seat. they are part of the safety belt seat. If not, they are available assembly. They can help tighten the through your dealer. The guides safety belts during the early stages may provide added safety belt of a moderate to severe frontal and comfort for older children who have near frontal crash and will deploy in outgrown booster seats and for side, rear and rollover events if the some adults. When installed on a threshold conditions for pretensioner shoulder belt, and properly adjusted, activation are met. the comfort guide positions the belt Pretensioners work only once. away from the neck and head. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, they will need to be replaced, and probably other new parts for the vehicle's safety belt system. See Replacing Safety Belt System 2. Place the guide over the belt, Parts after a Crash on page 3‑22. and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 3. Be sure that the belt is 4. Buckle, position, and release not twisted and it lies flat. the safety belt as described The elastic cord must be under previously in this section. Make the belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide back into its storage pocket located on the side of the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts, including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety and anchorages are all working be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them properly. Look for any other loose or wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in around you, you should use it. a crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑15. long enough for you. To help avoid Keep safety belts clean and dry. personal injury, do not let someone See Safety Belt Care on page 3 22. else use it, and use it only for the ‑ seat it is made to fit. The extender A pregnant woman should wear has been designed for adults. a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap Never use it for securing child seats. portion should be worn as low To wear it, attach it to the regular as possible, below the rounding, safety belt. See the instruction sheet throughout the pregnancy. that comes with the extender. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that Crash were used during any crash may { WARNING have been stressed or damaged. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety Do not bleach or dye safety belts. belt assemblies inspected or It may severely weaken them. A crash can damage the safety replaced. In a crash, they might not be able belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be to provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. serious injury or even death in Have the safety belt pretensioners a crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon Readiness Light on page 5‑16. as possible. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG on the trim or on an to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following attached label near the deployment airbags: opening. { WARNING . A frontal airbag for the driver. For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the You can be severely injured . A frontal airbag for the front or killed in a crash if you are outboard passenger. steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the not wearing your safety belt, . A seat-mounted side impact front outboard passenger. even with airbags. Airbags are airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety For seat-mounted side impact belts, not replace them. Also, . A seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on airbags are not designed to inflate airbag for the front outboard the side of the seatback closest passenger. to the door. in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are the only restraint. . A roof-rail airbag for the For roof-rail airbags, the word See When Should an Airbag driver and for the second row AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. Inflate? on page 3 26. passenger seated directly ‑ behind the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement Wearing your safety belt during the protection provided by safety a crash helps reduce the chance . A roof-rail airbag for the front belts. Even though today's airbags of hitting things inside the vehicle outboard passenger and the are also designed to help reduce or being ejected from it. Airbags second row passenger seated the risk of injury from the force of directly behind the front outboard an inflating bag, all airbags must are “supplemental restraints” to passenger. inflate very quickly to do their job. the safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a safety belt properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, force and faster than the blink or very close to, any airbag of an eye, anyone who is up when it inflates can be seriously against, or very close to any injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, which shows the airbag symbol. sit unnecessarily close to any but not for young children and airbag, as you would be if sitting infants. Neither the vehicle's The system checks the airbag on the edge of the seat or leaning safety belt system nor its airbag electrical system for malfunctions. forward. Safety belts help keep system is designed for them. The light tells you if there is an you in position before and during Young children and infants need electrical problem. See Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety the protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑16 belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always for more information. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in while still maintaining control of the vehicle. To read how, see the vehicle. Older Children on page 3‑37 or Occupants should not lean on or Infants and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑39. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Where Are the Airbags?

The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, frontal airbag is in the passenger Passenger Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel. The driver and front outboard center of the steering wheel. passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag { WARNING Inflate? If something is between Frontal airbags are designed an occupant and an airbag, to inflate in moderate to severe the airbag might not inflate frontal or near frontal crashes properly or it might force the to help reduce the potential for object into that person causing severe injuries mainly to the driver's severe injury or even death. or front outboard passenger's The path of an inflating airbag head and chest. However, they must be kept clear. Do not put are only designed to inflate if the anything between an occupant impact exceeds a predetermined Driver Side Shown, and an airbag, and do not attach deployment threshold. Deployment Passenger Side Similar or put anything on the steering thresholds are used to predict how wheel hub or on or near any other severe a crash is likely to be in time The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering. for the airbags to inflate and help right front passenger, and second restrain the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the Do not use seat accessories ceiling above the side windows. that block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or seat-mounted side impact airbag. should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Never secure anything to the roof It depends on what is hit, the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags direction of the impact, and how by routing a rope or tie‐down quickly the vehicle slows down. through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Frontal airbags may inflate at The vehicle has seat-mounted struck. Both roof-rail airbags will different crash speeds depending side impact and roof-rail airbags. deploy when either side of the on whether the vehicle hits an See Airbag System on page 3‑23. vehicle is struck, or if the sensing object straight on or at an angle, Seat-mounted side impact and system predicts that the vehicle is and whether the object is fixed or roof-rail airbags are intended to about to roll over, or in a severe moving, rigid or deformable, narrow inflate in moderate to severe side frontal impact. or wide. crashes depending on the location In any particular crash, no one can Thresholds can also vary with of the impact. In addition, these say whether an airbag should have specific vehicle design. roof-rail airbags are intended to inflated simply because of the inflate during a rollover or in a vehicle damage or repair costs. Frontal airbags are not intended to severe frontal impact. Seat-mounted inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear side impact and roof-rail airbags will impacts, or in many side impacts. inflate if the crash severity is above What Makes an Airbag In addition, the vehicle has the system's designed threshold Inflate? dual-stage frontal airbags. level. The threshold level can In a deployment event, the sensing Dual-stage airbags adjust the vary with specific vehicle design. system sends an electrical signal restraint according to crash severity. Seat-mounted side impact airbags triggering a release of gas from the The vehicle has electronic frontal are not intended to inflate in frontal inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the sensors, that help the sensing impacts, near frontal impacts, airbag causing the bag to break out system distinguish between a rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, moderate frontal impact and a more airbags are not intended to inflate in and related hardware are all part of severe frontal impact. For moderate rear impacts. A seat-mounted side the airbag module. frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags impact airbag is intended to deploy For airbag location, see Where Are inflate at a level less than full on the side of the vehicle that is the Airbags? on page 3 25. deployment. For more severe frontal ‑ impacts, full deployment occurs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

How Does an Airbag Rollover capable roof‐rail airbags What Will You See after are designed to help contain the Restrain? head and chest of occupants in an Airbag Inflates? In moderate to severe frontal or the outboard seating positions After the frontal airbags and near frontal collisions, even belted in the first and second rows. seat-mounted side impact airbags occupants can contact the steering The rollover capable roof‐rail inflate, they quickly deflate, so wheel or the instrument panel. airbags are designed to help quickly that some people may not In moderate to severe side reduce the risk of full or partial even realize an airbag inflated. collisions, even belted occupants ejection in rollover events, although Roof-rail airbags may still be at least can contact the inside of the no system can prevent all such partially inflated for some time after vehicle. ejections. they inflate. Some components of Airbags supplement the protection But airbags would not help in the airbag module may be hot for provided by safety belts by many types of collisions, primarily several minutes. For location of distributing the force of the because the occupant's motion is the airbags, see Where Are the impact more evenly over not toward those airbags. See When Airbags? on page 3‑25. the occupant's body. Should an Airbag Inflate? on The parts of the airbag that come page 3‑26 for more information. into contact with you may be warm, Airbags should never be regarded but not too hot to touch. There may as anything more than a supplement be some smoke and dust coming to safety belts. from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

off the fuel system after the airbags In many crashes severe enough to { WARNING inflate. You can lock the doors, inflate the airbag, windshields are turn off the interior lamps, and turn broken by vehicle deformation. When an airbag inflates, there off the hazard warning flashers Additional windshield breakage may may be dust in the air. This dust by using the controls for those also occur from the front outboard could cause breathing problems features. passenger airbag. for people with a history of . Airbags are designed to inflate asthma or other breathing trouble. { WARNING To avoid this, everyone in the only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some vehicle should get out as soon A crash severe enough to new parts for the airbag system. as it is safe to do so. If you have inflate the airbags may have If you do not get them, the breathing problems but cannot also damaged important functions airbag system will not be there get out of the vehicle after an in the vehicle, such as the fuel to help protect you in another airbag inflates, then get fresh air system, brake and steering crash. A new system will include by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle airbag modules and possibly If you experience breathing appears to be drivable after a other parts. The service manual problems following an airbag moderate crash, there may be for the vehicle covers the need deployment, you should seek concealed damage that could to replace other parts. medical attention. make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle. The vehicle has a feature that may Use caution if you should attempt automatically unlock the doors, turn to restart the engine after a crash on the interior lamps, turn on the has occurred. hazard warning flashers, and shut Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

. The vehicle has a crash sensing The passenger sensing system and diagnostic module which turns off the front outboard records information after a passenger frontal airbag and crash. See Vehicle Data seat-mounted side impact airbag Recording and Privacy on under certain conditions. No other page 13‑21 and Event Data airbag is affected by the passenger Recorders on page 13‑21. United States sensing system. . Let only qualified technicians The passenger sensing system work on the airbag systems. works with sensors that are part of Improper service can mean that the front outboard passenger seat. an airbag system will not work The sensors are designed to detect properly. See your dealer for the presence of a properly-seated service. occupant and determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Passenger Sensing Canada and Mexico and seat‐mounted side impact System The words ON and OFF, or the airbag should be allowed to inflate symbol for on and off, are visible or not. The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you use According to accident statistics, sensing system for the front remote start, if equipped, to start the outboard passenger position. children are safer when properly vehicle, you may not see the system secured in a rear seat in the correct The passenger airbag status check. When the system check is indicator will light on the overhead child restraint for their weight complete, either the word ON or and size. console when the vehicle is started. OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑17. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

We recommend that children The passenger sensing system be secured in a rear seat, including: WARNING (Continued) is designed to turn off the front an infant or a child riding in a outboard passenger airbag and passenger frontal airbag inflates rear-facing child restraint; a child seat‐mounted side impact airbag if: riding in a forward-facing child seat; and the passenger seat is in a forward position. . The front outboard passenger an older child riding in a booster seat is unoccupied. seat; and children, who are large Even if the passenger sensing enough, using safety belts. system has turned off the front . The system determines that an outboard passenger airbag(s), infant is present in a rear-facing Never put a rear-facing child seat infant seat. in the front. This is because the risk no system is fail-safe. No one to the rear-facing child is so great, can guarantee that an airbag will . The system determines that a if the airbag deploys. not inflate under some unusual small child is present in a child circumstance, even though the restraint. { WARNING airbag(s) are off. . The system determines that Secure rear-facing child a small child is present in a A child in a rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if booster seat. restraint can be seriously injured the airbag(s) are off. If you secure . A front outboard passenger or killed if the passenger frontal a forward-facing child restraint takes his/her weight off of the airbag inflates. This is because in the front outboard passenger seat for a period of time. the back of the rear-facing child seat, always move the seat as far restraint would be very close to . The front outboard passenger back as it will go. It is better to the inflating airbag. A child in a seat is occupied by a smaller secure the child restraint in a forward-facing child restraint can person, such as a child who rear seat. be seriously injured or killed if the has outgrown child restraints. (Continued) . There is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

When the passenger sensing For some children who have If the On Indicator Is Lit for a system has turned off the front outgrown child restraints and for Child Restraint outboard passenger frontal airbag very small adults, the passenger If a child restraint has been installed and seat‐mounted side impact sensing system may or may not turn airbag, the off indicator will light off the front outboard passenger and the on indicator is lit: and stay lit as a reminder that the frontal airbag and seat-mounted 1. Turn the vehicle off. airbags are off. See Passenger side impact airbag, depending 2. Remove the child restraint from Airbag Status Indicator on upon the person s seating posture ’ the vehicle. page 5‑17. and body build. Everyone in the 3. Remove any additional items The passenger sensing system vehicle who has outgrown child from the seat such as blankets, is designed to turn on the front restraints should wear a safety belt cushions, seat covers, seat outboard passenger frontal airbag properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. heaters, or seat massagers. and seat‐mounted side impact airbag anytime the system senses 4. Reinstall the child restraint that a person of adult size is sitting { WARNING following the directions properly in the front outboard provided by the child restraint passenger seat. If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to comes on and stays on, it means Securing a Child Restraint in When the passenger sensing “ that something may be wrong the Right Front Seat Position system has allowed the airbags to ” with the airbag system. To help under Securing Child Restraints be enabled, the on indicator will light avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) on page 3 54 or and stay lit as a reminder that the ‑ have the vehicle serviced right Securing Child Restraints (Front airbags are active. away. See Airbag Readiness Passenger Seat) on page 3‑56. Light on page 5‑16 for more information, including important safety information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Use the following steps to allow the restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant system to detect that person and vehicle, the on indicator is enable the front outboard passenger still lit, turn the vehicle off. frontal airbag and seat-mounted Then slightly recline the vehicle side impact airbag: seatback and adjust the seat 1. Turn the vehicle off. cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback 2. Remove any additional material is not pushing the child restraint from the seat, such as blankets, into the seat cushion. cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under 3. Place the seatback in the fully the vehicle head restraint. upright position. If this happens, adjust the head 4. Have the person sit upright in restraint. See Head Restraints the seat, centered on the seat on page 3‑2. If a person of adult-size is sitting cushion, with legs comfortably 6. Restart the vehicle. in the front outboard passenger extended. seat, but the off indicator is lit, If the on indicator is still lit, 5. Restart the vehicle and have the it could be because that person secure the child restraint in a person remain in this position for is not sitting properly in the seat. rear seat position in the vehicle, two to three minutes after the on and check with your dealer. indicator is lit. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Additional Factors Affecting System Operation { WARNING { WARNING Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the passenger in position on the passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the seat during vehicle maneuvers passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag and braking, which helps the seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper passenger sensing system maintain proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you the passenger airbag status. sensing system. are close to an airbag when it See “Safety Belts” and “Child inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. Restraints” in the Index for They are probably part of the additional information about the Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow importance of proper restraint use. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and A thick layer of additional material, Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing such as a blanket or cushion, should be serviced. There are work for you is qualified to do so. or aftermarket equipment such parts of the airbag system in as seat covers, seat heaters, and several places around the vehicle. seat massagers can affect how Your dealer and the service manual well the passenger sensing system have information about servicing operates. We recommend that the vehicle and the airbag system. you not use seat covers or other To purchase a service manual, aftermarket equipment except when see Service Publications Ordering approved by GM for your specific Information on page 13‑18. vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑35 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Adding Equipment to the In addition, the vehicle has a If the vehicle has rollover roof‐rail Airbag-Equipped Vehicle passenger sensing system that airbags, see Different Size Tires includes sensors as part of the and Wheels on page 10‑67 for Adding accessories that change front outboard passenger seat. additional important information. the vehicle's frame, bumper system, The passenger sensing system If your vehicle needs to be modified height, front end, or side sheet may not operate properly if the because you have a disability and metal may keep the airbag system original seat trim is replaced with you have questions about whether from working properly. non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; the modifications will affect the or with GM covers, upholstery, The operation of the airbag system vehicle's airbag system, or if you or trim designed for a different can also be affected by changing or have questions about whether the vehicle. Any object, such as an moving any parts of the front seats, airbag system will be affected if the aftermarket seat heater or a safety belts, airbag sensing and vehicle is modified for any other comfort-enhancing pad or device, diagnostic module, steering wheel, reason, call Customer Assistance. installed under or on top of the seat instrument panel, roof-rail airbag See Customer Assistance Offices fabric, could also interfere with the modules, ceiling or pillar garnish (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 operation of the passenger sensing trim, overhead console, front or Customer Assistance Offices system. This could either prevent sensors, side impact sensors, (Mexico) on page 13‑5. proper deployment of the passenger rollover sensor module, airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger wiring, or cargo restraint system sensing system from properly and convenience net. turning off the passenger airbag(s). Your dealer and the service manual See Passenger Sensing System on have information about the location page 3‑30. of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash See your dealer for service. regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on airbag readiness light is working. after the vehicle is started or comes See Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag page 5‑16. airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. A damaged airbag system Have the vehicle serviced right Notice: If an airbag covering is away. See Airbag Readiness Light may not work properly and damaged, opened, or broken, on page 5‑16. the airbag may not work properly. may not protect you and your Do not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. opened or broken airbag covers, To help make sure the airbag have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly airbag module replaced. after a crash, have them For the location of the airbags, inspected and any necessary see Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon page 3‑25. See your dealer for as possible. service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that . Does the lap belt fit low and come with the booster seat state the snug on the hips, touching the weight and height limitations for that thighs? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child . Can proper safety belt fit be passes the fit test below: maintained for the length of . Sit all the way back on the seat. the trip? If yes, continue. If no, Do the knees bend at the seat return to the booster seat. edge? If yes, continue. If no, Q: What is the proper way to return to the booster seat. wear safety belts? . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A: An older child should wear a Does the shoulder belt rest on lap-shoulder belt and get the the shoulder? If yes, continue. additional restraint a shoulder If no, try using the rear safety belt can provide. The shoulder belt comfort guide. See “Rear belt should not cross the face Safety Belt Comfort Guides” or neck. The lap belt should fit under Lap-Shoulder Belt on Older children who have outgrown snugly below the hips, just page 3 17 for more information. booster seats should wear the ‑ touching the top of the thighs. If the shoulder belt still does not vehicle safety belts. This applies belt force to the rest on the shoulder, then return child's pelvic bones in a crash. to the booster seat. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on { WARNING { WARNING page 3‑17. Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the According to accident statistics, to wear the same safety belt. safety belt with the shoulder belt children and infants are safer when The safety belt cannot properly behind their back. A child can be properly restrained in a child spread the impact forces. In a seriously injured by not wearing restraint system or infant restraint crash, they can be crushed the lap-shoulder belt properly. system secured in a rear seating together and seriously injured. In a crash, the child would not be position. A safety belt must be used by restrained by the shoulder belt. In a crash, children who are not only one person at a time. The child could move too far buckled up can strike other people forward increasing the chance who are buckled up, or can be of head and neck injury. thrown out of the vehicle. Older (Continued) children need to use safety belts properly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts WARNING (Continued) offer protection for adults and older Children children, but not for young children The child might also slide Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's under the lap belt. The belt protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag force would then be applied right and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every on the abdomen. That could distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride cause serious or fatal injuries. size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the The shoulder belt should go over need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate the shoulder and across the restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. chest. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten. Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never hold an infant or a child If you must secure a while riding in a vehicle. Due to forward-facing child restraint in crash forces, an infant or a child the right front seat, always move will become so heavy it is not the front passenger seat as far possible to hold it during a crash. back as it will go. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant should be secured in an appropriate { WARNING restraint. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer's add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { WARNING A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still are purchased by the vehicle so small that the vehicle's regular owner, are available in four child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low basic types. Selection of a on the hip bones, as it should. particular restraint should take available for children with special needs. Instead, it may settle up around into consideration not only the the child's abdomen. In a crash, child's weight, height, and age the belt would apply force on a but also whether or not the { WARNING body area that is unprotected by restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone which it will be used. head injury during a crash, could cause serious or fatal infants need complete support. injuries. To reduce the risk of For most basic types of child In a crash, if an infant is in a serious or fatal injuries during restraints, there are many a crash, young children should different models available. rear-facing child restraint, the always be secured in appropriate When purchasing a child crash forces can be distributed restraint, be sure it is designed across the strongest part of child restraints. to be used in a motor vehicle. an infant's body, the back and If it is, the restraint will have a shoulders. Infants should always label saying that it meets federal be secured in rear-facing child motor vehicle safety standards. restraints. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraint Systems

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats (A) Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child provides restraint for the child's restraint designed to improve the fit A rear-facing infant seat (A) body with the harness. of the vehicle's safety belt system. provides restraint with the seating A booster seat can also help a child surface against the back of the to see out the window. infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a In the U.S., refer to the Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not National Highway Traffic Safety properly secured in the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website { WARNING When securing an add-on child to locate the nearest child safety restraint, refer to the instructions seat inspection station. For CPST A child can be seriously injured that come with the restraint which availability in Canada, check with or killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint is not properly secured booklet, or both, and to this manual. Ministry of Transportation office. in the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions Securing the Child Within the restraint properly in the vehicle are important, so if they are not Child Restraint using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. LATCH system, following the { WARNING instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure or killed in a crash if the child people in the vehicle. Be sure to is not properly secured in the To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint child restraint. Secure the child the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle — even when no properly following the instructions in the vehicle. Child restraint child is in it. that came with that child restraint. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or Passenger Safety Technicians by the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. use and install child restraints. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints children and infants are safer restraint can be seriously in a rear seat, even if the when properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the right airbag is off. If you secure a restraint system or infant restraint front passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the the right front seat, always move position. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously rear seat. seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing on page 3‑30 for additional child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward information. booster seat; and children, who are position. large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in A label on your sun visor says, system has turned off the right a rear seating position, study the “Never put a rear-facing child seat front passenger frontal airbag, instructions that came with your in the front.” This is because the risk no system is fail-safe. No one child restraint to make sure it is to the rear-facing child is so great, can guarantee that an airbag will compatible with this vehicle. if the airbag deploys. not deploy under some unusual If the vehicle does not have a circumstance, even though it is rear seat that will accommodate turned off. a rear-facing child restraint, we (Continued) recommend that rear-facing child restraints not be transported in the vehicle, even if the airbag is off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Child restraints and booster seats Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint vary considerably in size, and some with a top tether, you must also may fit in certain seating positions Tethers for Children use either the lower anchors or the better than others. Always make (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the sure the child restraint is properly The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must secured. restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the top Depending on where you place This system is designed to make tether and anchor. the child restraint and the size of installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH the child restraint, you may not The LATCH system uses anchors in system in your vehicle, you need be able to access adjacent safety the vehicle and attachments on the a child restraint that has LATCH belt assemblies or LATCH anchors child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint for additional passengers or with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with child restraints. Adjacent seating Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the positions should not be used if the child restraint is properly installed child restraint and its attachments. child restraint prevents access to using the anchors, or use the The following explains how to or interferes with the routing of the vehicle's safety belts to secure the attach a child restraint with these safety belt. restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle. Wherever you install a child that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or restraint, be sure to secure the also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors child restraint properly. and attachments or top tether Keep in mind that an unsecured anchors and attachments. child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle — even when no child is in it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal A top tether (A, C) anchors the forward-facing child restraints have bars built into the vehicle. top of the child restraint to the a top tether, and that the tether There are two lower anchors for vehicle. A top tether anchor is built be attached. Be sure to read and each LATCH seating position that into the vehicle. The top tether follow the instructions for your will accommodate a child restraint attachment (B) on the child restraint child restraint. with lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

To assist you in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

Top Tether Anchors The top tether anchors for each rear Rear Seat seating position are located under I the covers, on the back of the rear (Top Tether Anchor): Seating seatback. Be sure to use an anchor positions with top tether anchors. located on the same side of the H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist you in locating the top vehicle as the seating position positions with two lower anchors. tether anchors, the top tether anchor where the child restraint will be symbol is located on the cover. placed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child restraint in a Securing a Child Restraint position without a top tether anchor Designed for the LATCH { WARNING if a national or local law requires System that the top tether be attached, or if Do not attach more than one the instructions that come with the child restraint to a single anchor. child restraint say that the top tether { WARNING Attaching more than one child must be attached. restraint to a single anchor could If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment According to accident statistics, not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break children and infants are safer when restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others properly restrained in a child the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the restraint system or infant restraint child could be seriously injured risk of serious or fatal injuries system secured in a rear seating or killed. Install a LATCH-type position. See Where to Put the during a crash, attach only one child restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. Restraint on page 3‑44 for anchors, or use the vehicle safety additional information. belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

Make sure to attach the child 1.2. Put the child restraint on { WARNING restraint at the proper anchor the seat. location. Children can be seriously injured For the outboard rear or strangled if a shoulder belt is This system is designed to make seating positions, if the wrapped around their neck and installation of child restraints easier. head restraint interferes the safety belt continues to When using lower anchors, do with the proper installation tighten. Buckle any unused safety not use the vehicle's safety belts. of the child restraint, the belts behind the child restraint Instead use the vehicle's anchors head restraint may be and child restraint attachments removed. See Head so children cannot reach them. “ to secure the restraints. Some Restraint Removal and Pull the shoulder belt all the way restraints also use another vehicle Reinstallation” at the out of the retractor to set the lock, anchor to secure a top tether. end of this section. if the vehicle has one, after the child restraint has been installed. 1. Attach and tighten the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower lower attachments to the attachments on the child lower anchors. If the child restraint to the lower Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraint does not have lower anchors. attachments rub against the attachments or the desired 2. If the child restraint manufacturer vehicle’s safety belts. This may seating position does not have recommends that the top tether damage these parts. If necessary, lower anchors, secure the child move buckled safety belts to be attached, attach and tighten restraint with the top tether and the top tether to the top tether avoid rubbing the LATCH the safety belts. Refer to your attachments. anchor, if equipped. Refer to child restraint manufacturer the child restraint instructions Do not fold the empty rear instructions and the instructions and the following steps: seat with a safety belt buckled. in this manual. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor This could damage the safety belt 1.1. Find the lower anchors or the seat. Unbuckle and return and open its cover to for the desired seating expose the anchor. the safety belt to its stowed position. position, before folding the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard seating position and the seating position with an head restraint has been adjustable head restraint, removed, route the dual route the single tether tether over the seatback. under the head restraint . If you are using a dual and in between the head tether in the rear outboard restraint posts. seating position with an adjustable head restraint, route the dual tether around the head restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

. If you are using a single . If you are using a dual . If you are using a single tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear center tether in the rear center seating position and the seating position, lower the seating position, lower the head restraint has been adjustable headrest down adjustable headrest down removed, route the single to its stowed position and to its stowed position and tether over the seatback. route the dual tether over route the single tether over the headrest. the headrest. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation { WARNING The rear outboard head restraints With head restraints that are can be removed if they interfere not installed and adjusted with the proper installation of the properly, there is a greater child restraint. The headrest in the chance that occupants will suffer rear center seating position is not a neck/spinal injury in a crash. removable and should be lowered Do not drive until the head to the stowed position for child restraints for all occupants are restraint installation. installed and adjusted properly. To remove the head restraint: 1. Partially fold the seatback 2. Press both buttons on the forward. See Rear Seats on head restraint posts at the same page 3‑11 for additional time, and pull up on the head information. restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in the cargo area of the vehicle. 4. When the child restraint is removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating position is used. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

To reinstall the head restraint: 2. Push the head restraint down. Replacing LATCH System If necessary, press the height Parts After a Crash adjustment release button to further lower the head restraint. { WARNING See Head Restraints on page 3‑2. A crash can damage the 3. Try to move the head restraint LATCH system in the vehicle. to make sure that it is locked in A damaged LATCH system may place. not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have 1. Insert the head restraint posts the system inspected and any into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches (A) on necessary replacements made the posts must face the driver as soon as possible. side of the vehicle. If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints Do not secure a child seat in a If more than one child restraint position without a top tether anchor needs to be installed in the rear (Rear Seat) if a national or local law requires seat, be sure to read Where to Put When securing a child restraint in that the top tether be anchored, or if the Restraint on page 3‑44. a rear seating position, study the the instructions that come with the 1. Put the child restraint on instructions that came with the child restraint say that the top strap the seat. child restraint to make sure it is must be anchored. compatible with this vehicle. If the head restraint interferes In Canada, the law requires that with the proper installation If the child restraint has the LATCH forward-facing child restraints have of the child restraint, the head system, see Lower Anchors and a top tether, and that the tether be restraint may be removed. Tethers for Children (LATCH attached. See “Head Restraint Removal System) on page 3 45 for how and ‑ If the child restraint does not have and Reinstallation” under where to install the child restraint the LATCH system, you will be Lower Anchors and Tethers for using LATCH. If a child restraint using the safety belt to secure Children (LATCH System) on is secured in the vehicle using a the child restraint in this position. page 3‑45. safety belt and it uses a top tether, Be sure to follow the instructions 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run see Lower Anchors and Tethers that came with the child restraint. for Children (LATCH System) on the lap and shoulder portions of Secure the child in the child restraint the vehicle's safety belt through page 3‑45 for top tether anchor when and as the instructions say. locations. or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top To remove the child restraint, Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint unbuckle the vehicle safety manufacturer's instructions belt and let it return to the (Front Passenger Seat) regarding the use of the top stowed position. If the top tether This vehicle has airbags. A rear tether. See Lower Anchors and is attached to a top tether anchor, seat is a safer place to secure Tethers for Children (LATCH disconnect it. If the head restraint a forward-facing child restraint. System) on page 3‑45 for more was removed, reinstall it before See Where to Put the Restraint on information. the seating position is used. page 3‑44. See Head Restraint Removal and 7. Before placing a child in the “ In addition, the vehicle has a Reinstallation under Lower Anchors child restraint, make sure it is ” passenger sensing system which and Tethers for Children (LATCH securely held in place. To check, is designed to turn off the right System) on page 3 45 for additional grasp the child restraint at the ‑ front passenger frontal airbag under information on installing the head safety belt path and attempt to certain conditions. See Passenger restraint properly. move it side to side and back Sensing System on page 3‑30 and and forth. When the child Passenger Airbag Status Indicator restraint is properly installed, on page 5‑17 for more information, there should be no more than including important safety 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

A label on the sun visor says, If the vehicle does not have a “Never put a rear-facing child seat WARNING (Continued) rear seat that will accommodate in the front.” This is because the risk a rear‐facing child restraint, a Even if the passenger sensing to the rear-facing child is so great, rear‐facing child restraint should not if the airbag deploys. system has turned off the right be installed in the vehicle, even if front passenger frontal airbag, the airbag is off. { WARNING no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and not deploy under some unusual A child in a rear-facing child Tethers for Children (LATCH circumstance, even though it is restraint can be seriously System) on page 3‑45 for how and injured or killed if the right turned off. where to install the child restraint front passenger airbag inflates. Secure rear-facing child using LATCH. If a child restraint This is because the back of the restraints in a rear seat, even if is secured using a safety belt and rear-facing child restraint would the airbag is off. If you secure a it uses a top tether, see Lower be very close to the inflating forward-facing child restraint in Anchors and Tethers for Children airbag. A child in a forward-facing the right front seat, always move (LATCH System) on page 3‑45 child restraint can be seriously the front passenger seat as far for top tether anchor locations. injured or killed if the right front back as it will go. It is better to Do not secure a child seat in a passenger airbag inflates and the secure the child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor passenger seat is in a forward rear seat. if a national or local law requires position. that the top tether be anchored, or if See Passenger Sensing System the instructions that come with the (Continued) on page 3 30 for additional ‑ child restraint say that the top strap information. must be anchored. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through attached. or around the restraint. The child You will be using the lap-shoulder restraint instructions will show belt to secure the child restraint in you how. this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way system has turned off the right out of the retractor to set the front passenger frontal airbag lock. When the retractor lock is and seat‐mounted side impact set, the belt can be tightened but airbag, the off indicator on not pulled out of the retractor. the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. 4. Push the latch plate into the See Passenger Airbag Status buckle until it clicks. Indicator on page 5‑17. Position the release button on 2. Put the child restraint on the buckle, so that the safety the seat. belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbags are off, the off retractor to make sure the indicator in the passenger airbag retractor is locked. If the status indicator will come on and retractor is not locked, stay on when the vehicle is started. repeat Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been If the vehicle does not have installed and the on indicator is lit, a rear seat and the child see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a restraint has a top tether, Child Restraint” under Passenger follow the child restraint Sensing System on page 3‑30 for manufacturer's instructions more information. regarding the use of the top To remove the child restraint, tether. See Lower Anchors and unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down Tethers for Children (LATCH let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the System) on page 3‑45 for shoulder portion of the belt to more information. tighten the lap portion of the belt, 7. Before placing a child in the and feed the shoulder belt back child restraint, make sure it is into the retractor. When installing securely held in place. To check, a forward-facing child restraint, grasp the child restraint at the it may be helpful to use your safety belt path and attempt to knee to push down on the child move it side to side and back restraint as you tighten the belt. and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage allow cool air into the glove box. Storage After opening the air flow, close the Compartments glove box door to keep the cold air Storage Compartments from entering the vehicle. Glove Box Glove Box ...... 4-1 Cupholders Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift the glove box handle up to open Front Storage ...... 4-2 it. Use the key to lock and unlock Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 the glove box. Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 Cargo Management System ...... 4-4 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 This vehicle has a cupholder equipped with a divider that can be adjusted to accommodate large The glove box is air conditioned containers or small containers. and can be used to store items at a lower temperature. The vehicle air For large containers, push the conditioning must be turned on for button to move aside the divider the maximum cool air to enter the and make the cupholder deeper. glove box. Move the slide control to Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

For small containers, push down Armrest Storage There is an accessory power on the top edge of the divider to outlet inside the center console. lock it back in place and make the For vehicles with a rear seat See Power Outlets on page 5‑9 cupholder shorter. armrest, pull the rear seat armrest for more information. forward to access cupholders with Front Storage removable liners. For vehicles with a rear storage area, pull the lever to access. Center Console Storage The center console has an armrest, upper storage tray, and a lower storage area. The armrest can be adjusted to a rearward, middle, and forward position. Slide the top of the armrest to adjust to the desired position. Push the button to open the storage To access the storage, move the area located at the rear of the armrest to the full rearward position center console. A storage area is located in front to access the storage compartment of the shift lever. Push upward on buttons. the top of the door and release; the door automatically opens. Push the driver side button to access the upper storage tray. There is an accessory power outlet Push the passenger side button inside. See Power Outlets on to access the lower storage area. page 5‑9. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Additional Storage Install the Cargo Cover 1. Hold the cartridge so that the Features pull-out shade faces the rear of the vehicle. Cargo Cover For vehicles with the dual position cargo cover, it can be used to cover items in the cargo area of the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in the channels (C) on both sides. 6. Slide the shade to the lower (B) position, or the halfway open (A) position. 2. Align the cartridge over the pins on the trim panels of the vehicle. 3. Push down on the cartridge to snap it into place. The shade can be set in two 4. Unroll the shade toward the rear positions. It can be set in a halfway of the vehicle. open (A) position for loading objects into the rear compartment, or the lower (B) position to conceal objects in the rear compartment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Remove the Cargo Cover Cargo Management { WARNING 1. Remove the cover from the System channels and carefully roll it An unsecured cargo cover could back up. strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.

Cargo Tie-Downs For vehicles equipped with cargo tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are located in the rear compartment of the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to secure small loads. To open the cargo management system, press the rear of the handle 2. Slide the button on the top to to unlatch it and then lift the release the cartridge. handle up. 3. Pull up to remove the cartridge from the pins. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Storage 4-5

There may be additional storage Rear Storage Area compartments on each side of the cargo management system. { WARNING Lift the panel up to open. An improperly latched and closed cargo cover, or cargo cover left in the open position, could be thrown about the vehicle during a crash or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. Be sure to return the cover to the closed position and latch before A prop rod locks to hold the cover driving. If the cover is removed, up when opened. always store it outside of the Four hooks are located on the vehicle. When it is replaced, inside cover and can be used for always be sure that it is securely storing items. reattached. Press the red button on the prop rod to close the cover. To access the rear storage areas of the cargo management system, and the tire sealant and compressor kit: 1. Remove the cargo cover, if equipped. 2. Open the cargo management system cover. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

4-6 Storage

U-Rail

3. Release the prop rod from the 4. Store the cargo management inside cover by sliding the red system cover by hooking it onto clip down. the weatherstrip. For vehicles with a u-rail system, Unhook the prop rod from the the fence can be moved to different pin on the inside cover. Store the positions on the u-rail track to unhooked prop rod by folding it secure cargo. into the cargo management compartment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Storage 4-7

3. Reinstall the fence and lock Installing the Fence both latches (A) by turning to align Q with the arrow on the adapter (B).

Push both adapter buttons to move the adapters (B) on the straight part of the u-rail. Insert the fence into the adapters and lock both latches (A) by turning To move the fence around the u-rail, to align with the arrow on the disconnect one side: Q Use the fence to secure items in adapter (B). 1. Unlock by turning the latch (A) place. Storing the Fence to align K with the arrow on the adapter (B). Removing the Fence 1. Lift the cargo management system cover. 2. Push the adapter button to move Unlock by turning both latches (A) the adapters (B) to the desired to align K with the arrow on the 2. Release the cover from the prop position. adapter (B). Lift and remove the rod as described in the previous fence. steps. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

4-8 Storage

D-Ring Sliders For vehicles with a D-ring system, there are four D-ring sliders that move along rails. These can be used as tie-downs when storing cargo.

3. Insert the top of the fence into The loop of the D-ring slider must the lower two clips (A). be facing inward toward the storage 4. Turn the bottom of the fence up area and the ring must be in the up and insert it into the upper two position for proper usage. clips (B).

Insert the D-ring sliders (A) into the channel (B) located in the middle of the rail. Push the button to move the D-ring slider along the rail. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Storage 4-9

Cargo Net There are four openings in the headliner: two located behind the front seats and two behind the rear { WARNING seats. Do not stack items higher than the upper end of the cargo net or hang anything from the net. Avoid items that have sharp edges or that apply excessive force to the net. If items are not properly stored, damage to the net could occur and items can be thrown about the vehicle. You or 3. Mount the cargo net to the rear others could be injured. Always seat tethers located on the back store items behind the net. of the folded down rear seats and pull on the straps to tighten the net. For vehicles equipped with a cargo 1. Insert the top corners of the net, it can be used to store light 4. When the net is installed in cargo net into the large opening the headliner opening located loads, keeping them from falling in the headliner and secure over or being thrown into the cabin behind the rear seats, the rear by sliding them into the small seatbacks should be upright. during heavy braking. opening. The net should not be overloaded or 2. The rear seatbacks should used to store heavy loads. be folded down when the net is installed in the headliner opening located behind the front seats. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

4-10 Storage

Cargo Net Storage The cargo net can be removed from the vehicle and stored in the cargo management system. 1. Disconnect the net from the roof openings and the tethers. 2. Press the red button on the center of the net to fold it in half. 3. Roll up the cargo net, storing it into the attached vinyl bag. 5. Mount the cargo net to the cargo 6. Pull on the straps to tighten 4. Open the cargo management tie-downs located on the lower the net. system cover. side panels. 5. For vehicles with an inflator kit, store the cargo net in the available space next to the kit. Convenience Net This vehicle may have a convenience net located in the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie‐downs for storing small loads. Do not use the net to store heavy loads. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Storage 4-11

Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof roof rack that weighs more than rack will make the vehicle’s center 100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, { WARNING rear or sides of the vehicle may sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden damage the vehicle. Load cargo braking, or abrupt maneuvers; If something is carried on top of onto the roof rack so that it rests otherwise it may result in loss of the vehicle that is longer or wider evenly between the siderails, control. If driving for a long distance, than the roof rack — like paneling, making sure to fasten cargo on rough roads, or at high speeds, plywood, or a mattress — the securely. occasionally stop the vehicle to wind can catch it while the vehicle make sure the cargo remains in its is being driven. The item being place. Do not exceed the maximum carried could be violently torn off, vehicle capacity when loading the and this could cause a collision vehicle. For more information on and damage the vehicle. Never vehicle capacity and loading, see carry something longer or wider Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, the rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM Certified To prevent damage or loss of cargo crossrails can be purchased as an when driving, check to make sure accessory. See your dealer for crossrails and cargo are securely additional information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

4-12 Storage

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-27 Instruments and Fuel Economy Gauge ...... 5-13 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-27 Controls Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light ...... 5-27 Gauge ...... 5-14 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Information Displays Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Driver Information Controls Center (DIC) ...... 5-27 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Passenger Airbag Status Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Vehicle Messages Heated Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Horn ...... 5-4 Malfunction Battery Voltage and Charging Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-32 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33 Washer ...... 5-6 Light ...... 5-21 Compass Messages ...... 5-33 Headlamp Washer ...... 5-7 Electric Parking Brake Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-33 Compass ...... 5-7 Light ...... 5-21 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Clock (Analog Clock) ...... 5-7 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Cooling System Clock (Digital Clock) ...... 5-8 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-34 Traction Off Light ...... 5-23 Power Outlets ...... 5-9 ® Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-23 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-35 Traction Control System Ashtrays ...... 5-10 ® Fuel System Messages ...... 5-35 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-24 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Fuel Economy Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-37 Indicators ...... 5-10 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Ride Control System Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Security Light ...... 5-26 Messages ...... 5-37 Speedometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-37 Odometer ...... 5-12 Adaptive Forward Lighting Safety Belt Messages ...... 5-38 Tachometer ...... 5-12 (AFL) Light ...... 5-26 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Anti-theft Alarm System Controls Steering Wheel Controls Messages ...... 5-38 Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-38 Steering Wheel Starting the Vehicle Messages ...... 5-38 Adjustment Tire Messages ...... 5-38 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-39 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-39 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-40 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-40 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-46 Use these controls, if equipped, to Universal Remote System To adjust the steering wheel: make audio adjustments at the Programming ...... 5-46 steering wheel. 1. Pull the lever down. Universal Remote System y or z : Press y to select the Operation ...... 5-49 2. Move the steering wheel up next favorite radio station or next or down. CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel Press to select the previous closer or away from you. z favorite radio station or previous 4. Pull the lever up to lock the CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

+ x − (Volume): Press + to 0 / c (End Call/Mute): Press Heated Steering Wheel increase the volume; press − to to silence the vehicle speakers decrease the volume. only. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles with OnStar or / (Push to Talk): For vehicles b g Bluetooth systems, press to with an OnStar®, Bluetooth®, reject an incoming call, or end or navigation system, press a current call. to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) SRCE: Press to select an audio on page 7‑55 or Bluetooth source. For vehicles with a heated (Overview) on page 7‑49 or steering wheel, use the infotainment Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on buttons to select an audio source. page 7‑62 or Bluetooth See Heated Steering Wheel on For vehicles with a heated steering (Infotainment Controls) on page 5‑3 or Overview (Radio with wheel, the button for this feature is page 7‑51, OnStar Overview on CD) on page 7‑3 or Overview located on the steering wheel. page 14‑1, or the separate (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) on ( (Heated Steering Wheel): Press navigation manual for more page 7‑5 for more information. to turn the heated steering wheel on information. or off. A light on the button displays when the feature is turned on. The steering wheel takes about three minutes to start heating. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Horn Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen Press a on the steering wheel pad to the windshield, carefully loosen to sound the horn. or thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced. See Wiper Windshield Wiper/Washer Blade Replacement on page 10‑27. Heavy snow or ice can overload the INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move wiper motor. the lever up to INT for intermittent Wipe Parking wipes, then turn the x INT band up for more frequent wipes or down If the ignition is changed to for less frequent wipes. If the STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF vehicle has Rainsense™, see the mode while the wipers are on 1, 2, or INT, they will immediately stop. The windshield wiper/washer following Rainsense information. lever is located on the right side OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. If the windshield wiper lever is then of the steering column. With the 8 moved to off before the driver door ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY (Mist): For a single wipe, is opened or within 10 minutes, the or ON/RUN/START, move the briefly move the wiper lever down. wipers will restart and move to the windshield wiper lever to select For several wipes, hold the wiper base of the windshield. the wiper speed. lever down. HI: Use for fast wipes. LO: Use for slow wipes. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

If the ignition is changed to Wiper Arm Assembly Protection STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF When using an automatic car wash, while the wipers are performing move the windshield wiper lever to wipes due to windshield washing, OFF. This disables the automatic the wipers continue to run until they Rainsense windshield wipers and/or reach the base of the windshield. rear wiper. Rainsense™ With Rainsense, if the transmission INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle For vehicles with Rainsense, Control): Move the windshield a sensor located near the top speed is very slow, the wipers will wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT center of the windshield detects the automatically stop at the base of band on the wiper lever to adjust the amount of water on the windshield the windshield. sensitivity. and automatically controls the The wiper operations return to frequency of the windshield wiper. . Turn the band up for more normal when the transmission is no sensitivity to moisture. Keep this area of the windshield longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle clear of debris to allow for best . Turn the band down for less speed has increased. system performance. sensitivity to moisture. . Move the windshield wiper lever out of the INT position to deactivate Rainsense. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Washer Rear Window Reverse Gear Wipes Pull the windshield wiper lever Wiper/Washer If the rear wiper control is off, the toward you to spray windshield rear wiper will automatically operate The rear wiper controls are on the washer fluid and activate the continuously when the shift lever end of the windshield wiper lever. wipers. The wipers will continue is in R (Reverse), and the front until the lever is released or the windshield wiper is performing low maximum wash time is reached. or high speed wipes. If the rear When the windshield wiper lever wiper control is off, the shift lever is released, additional wipes may is in R (Reverse), and the front occur depending on how long windshield wiper is performing the windshield washer had been interval wipes, then the rear wiper activated. See Washer Fluid on automatically performs interval page 10‑21 for information on ON: Press the upper portion of the wipes. filling the windshield washer fluid button for continuous rear window This feature can be changed. reservoir. wipes. See Vehicle Personalization on OFF: The rear wiper turns off when page 5‑40. { WARNING the button is returned to the middle The windshield washer reservoir position. In freezing weather, do not use is used for the windshield and the the washer until the windshield INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): rear window. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if either washer is is warmed. Otherwise the Press the lower portion of the button not working. See Washer Fluid on washer fluid can form ice on the to set a delay between wipes. page 10‑21. windshield, blocking your vision. = (Rear Washer): Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The lever automatically returns to its original position when released. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Headlamp Washer from the Global Positioning Clock (Analog Clock) System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, For vehicles with headlamp and vehicle speed information. The analog clock is located on the washers, they are located to instrument panel above the radio. the side of the headlamps. Avoid covering the GPS antenna The clock is not connected with any for long periods of time with The headlamps must be on in other vehicle system and runs by objects that may interfere with itself. To adjust the clock: order to use the headlamp washers. the antenna's ability to receive a If the headlamps are not on, only satellite signal. See Multi-Band 1. Locate the adjustment buttons the windshield will be washed. Antenna on page 7‑18 for the directly below the clock face. Pull the wiper lever toward location of the vehicle's antenna. 2. Push and hold either adjustment you and hold briefly to activate. The compass system is designed button to advance or reverse the The headlamp washers will spray to operate for a certain number of clock hands. Holding the buttons once, pause, and spray again. miles or degrees of turn before down will cause the clock to The headlamp washer will spray needing a signal from the GPS advance faster. Release the again after five windshield wash satellites. When the compass buttons before reaching the cycles. display shows CAL, drive the desired time. vehicle for a short distance in an See Washer Fluid on page 10‑21 for open area where it can receive a 3. Push and release the buttons to information on filling the windshield GPS signal. The compass system increase the time by one minute washer fluid. will automatically determine when a increments until the desired time GPS signal is restored and provide is reached. Compass a heading again. See Compass The vehicle may have a compass Messages on page 5‑33 for more display on the Driver Information information on the messages that Center (DIC). The compass receives may be displayed for the compass. its heading and other information Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Clock (Digital Clock) Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month & Day Format The infotainment system controls 1. Press the CONFIG button. are used to access the time and 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press the CONFIG button. date settings through the menu 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. system. See Operation on page 7‑7 for information about how to use the 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. menu system. See the separate adjust the highlighted value. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob navigation manual for instructions 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select MM/DD (month/day) or on how to operate the digital clock to select the next value. DD/MM (day/month). for the navigation system. 6. To save the time or date and Setting the Auto Time Adjust To turn the digital clock on or off: return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. Settings menu, press the BACK / 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. button at any time or press the MENU/SELECT knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. 3. Select Clock Displayed. adjusting the minutes or year. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob 4. Press MENU/SELECT to turn Setting the 12/24 Hour Format to turn Auto Time Adjust on the clock on or off. or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select the 12 hour or 24 hour display format. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Power Outlets Notice: Leaving electrical Notice: Hanging heavy equipment plugged in for an equipment from the power The accessory power outlets can be extended period of time while outlet can cause damage not used to plug in electrical equipment, the vehicle is off will drain the covered by the vehicle warranty. such as a cell phone or MP3 player. battery. Power is always supplied The power outlets are designed The vehicle has four accessory to the rear cargo outlet. Always for accessory power plugs only, power outlets. The power outlets unplug electrical equipment when such as cell phone charge cords. located below the climate control not in use and do not plug in system inside the front storage equipment that exceeds the Cigarette Lighter bin, inside the center floor console, maximum 20 ampere rating. There may be a cigarette lighter and on the rear of the center floor Certain accessory power plugs located under the climate control console are powered while the may not be compatible with the system, inside the front storage bin. vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or accessory power outlet and could ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until overload vehicle or adapter fuses. To activate the cigarette lighter, the driver door is opened within If a problem is experienced, see push it into the heating element and 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. your dealer. let go. The lighter pops out when it is ready to be used. The power outlet located in the rear When adding electrical equipment, cargo area is powered at all times. be sure to follow the proper Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let There is a small cap that must be installation instructions included the lighter back away from the removed to access the accessory with the equipment. See Add-On heating element when it is hot. power outlet. When not using the Electrical Equipment on page 9‑61. Damage from overheating can outlet be sure to cover it with the occur to the lighter or heating protective cap. element, or a fuse could be blown. Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle There may be an ashtray located Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning under the climate control system on lights work together to indicate a the instrument panel. Press the door Indicators problem with the vehicle. to release the ashtray. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights To empty the ashtray, remove it from signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while the instrument panel by holding before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges the edges and pulling straight out. to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, To reinstall, push the tray back into replacement. Paying attention to check the section that explains what place. the warning lights and gauges to do. Follow this manual's advice. could prevent injury. There may also be ashtrays located Waiting to do repairs can be costly on the center floor console behind Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. the shift lever and in the rear doors. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come Notice: If papers, pins, or other on briefly when the engine is started flammable items are put in the to indicate they are working. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm). hour (mph). Notice: If the engine is operated with the tachometer in the shaded Odometer warning area, the vehicle could The odometer shows how far the be damaged, and the damages vehicle has been driven, in either would not be covered by the kilometers or miles. vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the tachometer This vehicle has a tamper-resistant in the shaded warning area. odometer. If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, the new Metric one is set to the mileage of the old odometer. If this is not possible, it is set at zero and a label is put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Here are four things that some Fuel Economy Gauge owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English half the tank's capacity to fill When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank. Metric gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little while fuel is left in the tank. turning a corner or speeding up. An arrow on the fuel gauge . The gauge takes a few seconds indicates the side of the vehicle to stabilize after the ignition is the fuel door is on. turned on, and goes back to When the indicator nears empty, empty when the ignition is the low fuel light comes on. There turned off. still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

English English The gauge shows the fuel usage This gauge measures the that the vehicle is currently temperature of the vehicle's engine. Metric achieving in MPG and in liters If the indicator needle moves into per 100 kilometers (l/100 km). the shaded area, the engine is MIN/20: Is when the least efficient too hot. fuel economy usually occurs during While driving under normal acceleration or when idling. operating conditions, if the needle MAX/l/100 km: Is when the best moves into the shaded area, the fuel economy is being achieved. engine is too hot. Pull off the road, This gauge moves often as it is an stop the vehicle and turn off the instantaneous calculation based on engine as soon as possible. current driving conditions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light reminder light and chime may Driver Safety Belt Reminder turn on if an object is put on Light the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, There is a driver safety belt or other electronic device. To turn reminder light on the instrument off the reminder light and/or chime, panel cluster. remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt. When the vehicle is started this light Second Row Passenger Belt flashes and a chime may come on Reminder Light to remind the front passenger to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is When the vehicle is started this light buckled. flashes and a chime comes on to This cycle may continue several remind drivers to fasten their safety times if the passenger remains belt. Then the light stays on solid or becomes unbuckled while the until the belt is buckled. vehicle is moving. When the engine is started and the This cycle may continue several If the passenger safety belt is Trip/Fuel display is chosen, three times if the driver remains or buckled, neither the chime nor gray safety belt symbols come on becomes unbuckled during driving the light comes on. and stay on for several seconds while the vehicle is moving. on the top of the Driver information Center (DIC) to remind passengers If the driver safety belt is already to fasten their safety belts. buckled, neither the light nor chime comes on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If the Vehicle Information is Airbag Readiness Light selected, a full page screen { WARNING displays at start-up the three This light shows if there is an safety belt symbols. electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or Once the passenger safety belt the airbag sensor(s), passenger comes on while driving, it means is buckled, the corresponding sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be safety belt symbol in the DIC turns the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in green. There are no seat position the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a sensors in the seat, nor a safety belt module. For more information on the crash, or they could even inflate reminder sensor pad. If a safety belt airbag system, see Airbag System without a crash. To help avoid is not initially buckled, the cluster on page 3‑23. continues to show the gray safety injury, have the vehicle serviced belt icon. right away. While the vehicle is moving, if a second row passenger who was previously buckled becomes unbuckled, a full screen warning displays with the corresponding safety belt indicator flashing red. The airbag readiness light comes A chime may sound. on for several seconds when the Acknowledge warning messages by vehicle is started. If the light does pressing any of the DIC buttons. not come on then, have the vehicle fixed immediately. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Passenger Airbag Status for on and off, for several seconds If, after several seconds, both as a system check. If you are using status indicator lights remain on, Indicator remote start, if equipped, to start the or if there are no lights at all, there The vehicle has a passenger vehicle from a distance you may not may be a problem with the lights sensing system. See Passenger see the system check. Then, after or the passenger sensing system. Sensing System on page 3‑30 several more seconds, the status See your dealer for service. for important safety information. indicator will light either ON or OFF, The overhead console has a or either the on or off symbol to let { WARNING passenger airbag status indicator. you know the status of the right front passenger frontal and seat‐mounted If the airbag readiness light ever side impact airbag. comes on and stays on, it means If the word ON or the on symbol is that something may be wrong lit on the passenger airbag status with the airbag system. To help indicator, it means that the right avoid injury to yourself or others, front passenger frontal airbag and have the vehicle serviced right United States seat‐mounted side impact airbag away. See Airbag Readiness are enabled (may inflate). Light on page 5‑16 for more If the word OFF or the off symbol information, including important is lit on the passenger airbag safety information. status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal and seat‐mounted side Canada and Mexico impact airbag. When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light When this light comes on, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑32. If a short distance must be driven If the malfunction indicator lamp with the light on, be sure to turn off comes on and stays on while the all accessories, such as the radio engine is running, this indicates The charging system light comes on and air conditioner. briefly when the ignition is turned that there is an OBD II problem on, but the engine is not running, as Malfunction and service is required. a check to show the light is working. Malfunctions often are indicated by The light turns off when the engine Indicator Lamp the system before any problem is is started. If it does not, have the A computer system called OBD II apparent. Being aware of the light vehicle serviced by your dealer. (On-Board Diagnostics-Second can prevent more serious damage If the light stays on, or comes Generation) monitors the operation to the vehicle. This system assists on while driving, there may be a of the vehicle to ensure emissions the service technician in correctly problem with the electrical charging are at acceptable levels, to produce diagnosing any malfunction. system. Have it checked by your a cleaner environment. This light dealer. Driving while this light is comes on when the vehicle is on could drain the battery. placed in Service Only Mode, as a check to show it is working. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Ignition Positions on page 9‑17. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission continually driven with this malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has light on, the emission controls Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. might not work as well, the has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be vehicle fuel economy might not increases vehicle emissions and required. be as good, and the engine might could damage the emission control The following may correct an not run as smoothly. This could system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission system malfunction: lead to costly repairs that might and service might be required. not be covered by the vehicle . Check that the fuel cap is fully warranty. To prevent more serious damage to installed. See Filling the Tank on the vehicle: page 9‑50. The diagnostic Notice: Modifications made to the system can determine if the . Reduce vehicle speed. engine, transmission, exhaust, fuel cap has been left off or intake, or fuel system of the . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or vehicle or the replacement . Avoid steep uphill grades. missing fuel cap allows fuel to of the original tires with other evaporate into the atmosphere. than those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the A few driving trips with the cap Performance Criteria (TPC) can amount of cargo being hauled properly installed should turn affect the vehicle's emission as soon as it is possible. the light off. controls and can cause this light to come on. Modifications If the light continues to flash, stop to these systems could lead and park the vehicle. Turn the to costly repairs not covered vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, by the vehicle warranty. and restart the engine. If the light is This could also result in a failure still flashing, follow the previous to pass a required Emission steps and see your dealer for Inspection/Maintenance test. service as soon as possible. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑4. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

. Check that good quality fuel Emissions Inspection and indicator lamp does not is used. Poor fuel quality Maintenance Programs come on. See your dealer for causes the engine not to run assistance in verifying proper as efficiently as designed and Some local governments may operation of the malfunction may cause stalling after start-up, have programs to inspect the indicator lamp. stalling when the vehicle is on-vehicle emission control changed into gear, misfiring, equipment. For the inspection, . The OBD II (On-Board hesitation on acceleration, the emission system test equipment Diagnostics) system determines or stumbling on acceleration. is connected to the vehicle’s Data that critical emission control These conditions might go away Link Connector (DLC). systems have not been once the engine is warmed up. completely diagnosed. The vehicle would be considered If one or more of these conditions not ready for inspection. occurs, change the fuel brand used. This can happen if the It will require at least one full tank of 12-volt battery has recently the proper fuel to turn the light off. been replaced or run down. See Recommended Fuel on The diagnostic system is page 9‑46. designed to evaluate critical The DLC is under the instrument emission control systems during If none of the above have made panel on the outboard side of the normal driving. This can take the light turn off, your dealer can steering wheel. See your dealer if several days of routine driving. check the vehicle. The dealer assistance is needed. If this has been done and the has the proper test equipment vehicle still does not pass the and diagnostic tools to fix any The vehicle may not pass inspection if: inspection for lack of OBD II mechanical or electrical problems system readiness, your dealer that might have developed. . The malfunction indicator lamp is can prepare the vehicle for on with the engine running, or if inspection. the vehicle is placed in Service Only Mode and the malfunction Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Brake System Warning Electric Parking Brake { WARNING Light Light The vehicle brake system The brake system might not be consists of two hydraulic circuits. working properly if the brake If one circuit is not working, the system warning light is on. remaining circuit can still work to Driving with the brake system stop the vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a performance, both circuits need to crash. If the light is still on after be working. the vehicle has been pulled off Metric English the road and carefully stopped, If the warning light comes on, there For vehicles with the Electric have the vehicle towed for is a brake problem. Have the brake Parking Brake (EPB), this light service. system inspected right away. should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not If the light comes on while driving, come on, have the vehicle a chime sounds. Pull off the serviced by your dealer. road and stop. The pedal might The parking brake status light be harder to push or go closer comes on when the brake is to the floor. It might also take applied. If the light continues Metric English longer to stop. If the light is still flashing after the parking brake on, have the vehicle towed for The brake indicator light should is released, or while driving, service. See Towing the there is a problem with the come on briefly as the engine is Vehicle on page 10‑93. started. If it does not come on have Electric Parking Brake system. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. A SERVICE PARKING BRAKE message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Brake System Messages on page 5‑33 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the light does not come on, Antilock Brake System Start the engine again to reset the or remains flashing, see your dealer. system. If the light stays on after (ABS) Warning Light driving at a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. For vehicles with the EPB, the If the regular brake system warning parking brake warning light should For vehicles with the Antilock Brake light is also on, the vehicle does not come on briefly when the engine is System (ABS), this light comes on have antilock brakes and there is started. If it does not come on, have briefly when the engine is started. a problem with the regular brakes. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light does not come on, have See Brake System Warning Light on If this light comes on, there is it fixed so it will be ready to warn if page 5‑21. a problem with a system on the there is a problem. See Brake System Messages on vehicle that is causing the parking If the ABS light comes on and stays page 5‑33 for all brake‐related DIC brake system to work at a reduced on while driving, stop as soon as messages. level. The vehicle can still be driven, possible and turn the ignition off. but should be taken to a dealer as soon as possible. See Parking Brake on page 9‑30 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

Traction Off Light This light and the StabiliTrak OFF This light comes on when the light come on when StabiliTrak is StabiliTrak system is turned off by turned off. pressing the StabiliTrak/TCS button. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not If the Traction Control System (TCS) limited. Adjust driving accordingly. is off, wheel spin is not limited. See Traction Control System (TCS) When the StabiliTrak system is ® off, the system does not assist on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak in controlling the vehicle. Adjust System on page 9‑34. This light comes on briefly while driving accordingly. starting the engine. If it does not, StabiliTrak® OFF Light The warning light goes off when have the vehicle serviced by your traction control and the StabiliTrak dealer. If the system is working system are enabled. normally, the indicator light then turns off. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑32 and StabiliTrak® The traction off light comes on when System on page 9‑34 for more the Traction Control System (TCS) information. has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak This light should come on briefly as button. the vehicle is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on When the Light Is On Steady (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and flashing, the TCS and/or the This indicates that one or more StabiliTrak system is actively of the tires are significantly working. underinflated. ® See StabiliTrak System on A Driver Information Center (DIC) page 9‑34 and Traction Control tire pressure message may also System (TCS) on page 9‑32. display. See Tire Messages on page 5‑38. Stop as soon as Tire Pressure Light possible, and inflate the tires to The StabiliTrak or Traction Control the pressure value shown on the System (TCS) indicator/warning Tire and Loading Information label. light comes on briefly when the See Tire Pressure on page 10‑56. engine is started. When the Light Flashes First and If the light does not come on, have Then Is On Steady the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light flashes for about a If the system is working normally, minute and then stays on, there the indicator light turns off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light may be a problem with the TPMS. If the light is on and not flashing, the comes on briefly when the engine If the problem is not corrected, the TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak is started. It provides information light will come on at every ignition system have been disabled. A DIC about tire pressures and the TPMS. cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor message may display. Check the Operation on page 10‑59. DIC messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Engine Oil Pressure Light Fuel Economy Light Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle The oil pressure light should come warranty. Check the oil level as on briefly as the engine is started. soon as possible. Add oil if If it does not come on, have the This light should come on briefly as required, but if the oil level is vehicle serviced by your dealer. the vehicle is started. If it does not within the operating range and If the light comes on and stays come on, have the vehicle serviced the oil pressure is still low, have on, it means that oil is not flowing by your dealer. the vehicle serviced. Always through the engine properly. For vehicles with the fuel economy follow the maintenance schedule The vehicle could be low on oil mode light, it comes on when the for changing engine oil. and might have some other eco (economy) button, located system problem. See your dealer. next to the shift lever, is pressed. Press the button again to turn off the light and exit the fuel economy mode. See Driving for Better Fuel Economy on page 1‑24 and Fuel Economy Mode on page 9‑28 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light High-Beam On Light

This light is located near the fuel The immobilizer light should come This light comes on when the gauge and comes on briefly when on briefly as the engine is started. high-beam headlamps are in use. the ignition is turned on as a check If it does not come on, have the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam to show it is working. vehicle serviced by your dealer. Changer on page 6‑2 for more It also comes on when the fuel tank If the system is working normally, information. is low on fuel. The light turns off the indicator light turns off. when fuel is added. If it does not, If the light stays on and the engine Adaptive Forward have the vehicle serviced. does not start, there could be a Lighting (AFL) Light problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation on page 2‑20.

This light should come on briefly as the vehicle is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

This light comes on solid when Lamps On Reminder Information Displays there is a problem with the Adaptive Forward Lighting system and flashes when the system is Driver Information switching between lighting modes. Center (DIC) See Adaptive Forward Lighting The DIC displays information (AFL) on page 6 3. ‑ about the vehicle. It also displays Front Fog Lamp Light warning messages if a system For vehicles with the lamps on problem is detected. See Vehicle reminder light, it comes on when Messages on page 5‑32 for more the lights are in use. information. All messages appear in the DIC display located in the Cruise Control Light center of the instrument panel cluster. The vehicle may also have features that can be customized through the The fog lamp light comes on when controls on the radio. See Vehicle the fog lamps are in use. Personalization on page 5‑40 for The light goes out when the fog more information. lamps are turned off. See Front The DIC may display an indicator Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 for more The cruise control light is white when the Rainsense wipers are information. whenever the cruise control is set, active. and turns green when the cruise control is active. The light turns off when the cruise control is turned off. See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

DIC Operation and Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Information Menu The DIC has different displays Items which can be accessed by using Press the MENU button on the the DIC buttons on the turn signal turn signal lever until Trip/Fuel lever located on the left side of the Information Menu is displayed. steering wheel. The DIC displays Use the thumbwheel to scroll trip, fuel, vehicle system information, through the following possible and warning messages if a system menu items: problem is detected. A. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this . Trip The bottom of the DIC display button to set or clear the menu . Average Fuel Economy or shows what position the shift item when it is displayed. Average Fuel Economy and lever is in and the odometer. Instantaneous Fuel Economy The direction the vehicle is driving B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use will be shown on the top of the the thumbwheel to scroll . Fuel Range display. through the items in each menu. . Fuel Used A small marker will move up or down the side of the display . Average Vehicle Speed as you scroll through the items. . Timer This shows where each item is . Distance to Destination in the menu. . Navigation Turn by Turn C. MENU: Press this button to get to the Trip/Fuel Information . Speed and Curve Assist Menu and the Vehicle . Digital Speedometer Information Menu. . Blank Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Trip The Instantaneous Fuel Economy Fuel Used The Trip display shows the display shows the current fuel The Fuel Used display shows current distance traveled, in either economy in either liters per the approximate liters (L) or kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles gallons (gal) of fuel that have the trip odometer was last reset. per gallon (mpg). This number been used since last reset. The trip odometer can be reset to reflects only the fuel economy The fuel used can be reset by zero by pressing the trip reset stem that the vehicle has right now pressing the SET/CLR button or the SET/CLR button while the trip and changes frequently as driving while the Fuel Used display is odometer display is showing. conditions change. Unlike average showing. economy, this display cannot be Average Fuel Economy or reset. Average Vehicle Speed Average Fuel Economy and Fuel Range The Average Vehicle Speed Instantaneous Fuel Economy display shows the average speed The Average Fuel Economy The Fuel Range display shows the of the vehicle in kilometers per display shows the approximate approximate distance the vehicle hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). average liters per 100 kilometers can be driven without refueling. This average is calculated based on (L/100 km) or miles per The fuel range estimate is based the various vehicle speeds recorded gallon (mpg). This number is on an average of the vehicle's fuel since the last reset of this value. calculated based on the number economy over recent driving history The average speed can be reset of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since and the amount of fuel remaining in by pressing the SET/CLR button the last time this menu item was the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be while the Average Vehicle Speed reset. The Average Fuel Economy reset. display is showing. can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Timer Turn-by-Turn Blank Display This display can be used as a This display is used for the OnStar This display shows no information. timer. To start the timer, press or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. guidance. See OnStar Overview on Vehicle Information Menu The display will show the amount page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, Items of time that has passed since the if the vehicle has navigation, for Press the MENU button on the timer was last reset. To stop the more information. turn signal lever until Vehicle timer, press SET/CLR briefly while Speed and Curve Assist Information Menu is displayed. Elapsed Time is displayed. To reset Use the thumbwheel to scroll the timer to zero, press and hold This display will show the speed through the following possible SET/CLR. limit or the advised speed as menu items: determined by the information Distance to Destination provided by the navigation system. . Unit This display will show the vehicle The map database loaded in the . Speed Warning distance with estimated time of navigation system may need to . Battery Voltage arrival to destination. The value be updated periodically to display can be cleared or reset by pressing accurate information. See “Maps” . Remaining Oil Life the SET/CLR button. Move the in the navigation manual for . Tire Pressure thumbwheel up or down to increase information on updating the map or decrease the destination distance database. . Blank value. Once the distance value is set, press SET/CLR to confirm the Digital Speedometer value. The speedometer shows how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Unit Battery Voltage When the remaining oil life is Move the thumbwheel up or This display, available on some low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL down to switch between metric vehicles, shows the current battery SOON message will appear on the or English when the Unit display voltage. If the voltage is in the display. See Engine Oil Messages is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm normal range, the value will display. on page 5‑35. The oil should be the setting. This will change the For example, the display may read changed as soon as possible. displays on the cluster and DIC BATTERY VOLTAGE 15.0 VOLTS. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. to either metric or English The vehicle's charging system In addition to the engine oil life measurements. regulates voltage based on the system monitoring the oil life, state of the battery. The battery additional maintenance is Speed Warning voltage can fluctuate while viewing recommended in the Maintenance Speed Warning allows the driver this information on the DIC. This is Schedule in this manual. to set a speed that they do not normal. See Charging System Light See Maintenance Schedule on page 11 4 for more information. want to exceed. To set the Speed on page 5‑18 for more information. ‑ Warning, press SET/CLR when If there is a problem with the battery Remember, the Oil Life display Speed Warning is displayed. After charging system, the DIC will must be reset after each oil change. selecting ON, use the thumbwheel display a message. See Battery It will not reset itself. Also, be to increase or decrease the desired Voltage and Charging Messages on careful not to reset the Oil Life speed limit. The value can be set page 5‑32. display accidentally at any time from 0-250 km/h (0-160 mph). Press other than when the oil has just SET/CLR to confirm. If the selected Remaining Oil Life been changed. It cannot be reset speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up This display shows an estimate accurately until the next oil change. warning is displayed with a chime. of the oil's remaining useful life. To reset the engine oil life system, If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is press the SET/CLR button while displayed, that means 99% of the the Oil Life display is active. current oil life remains. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Tire Pressure Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and The display will show a vehicle Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages with the approximate pressures indicate the status of the vehicle of all four tires. Tire pressure is BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE or some action that may be needed displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) to correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when or in pounds per square inch (psi). messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the See Tire Pressure Monitor System the other. battery voltage is dropping beyond on page 10‑58 and Tire Pressure a reasonable point. The battery Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 The messages that do not saver system starts reducing certain for more information. require immediate action can features of the vehicle that you may be acknowledged and cleared by Blank Display be able to notice. At the point that pressing SET/CLR. The messages features are disabled, this message This display shows no information. that require immediate action cannot is displayed. It means that the be cleared until that action is Compass vehicle is trying to save the charge performed. All messages should in the battery. Turn off unnecessary The vehicle may have a compass be taken seriously and clearing accessories to allow the battery to display in the Driver Information the messages does not correct recharge. Center (DIC). See Compass on the problem. page 5‑7. LOW BATTERY This message is displayed when the battery voltage is low. See Battery on page 10‑24. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

SERVICE BATTERY RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Compass Messages CHARGING SYSTEM This message is displayed if the CAL This message is displayed when Electric Parking Brake is on while there is a fault in the battery the vehicle is in motion. Release This message is displayed when charging system. Take the vehicle it before you attempt to drive. the compass needs to be calibrated. to your dealer for service. See Parking Brake on page 9‑30 See Compass on page 5‑7. for more information. Brake System Messages ––– SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST Three dashes will be displayed if the BRAKE FLUID LOW This message may be displayed compass needs service. See your This message is displayed when the when there is a problem with dealer for service. brake fluid level is low. See Brake the brake boost assist system. Fluid on page 10‑23. When this message is displayed, Cruise Control Messages the brake boost assist motor BRAKES OVERHEATED might be heard operating and you APPLY BRAKE BEFORE CRUISE This message is displayed when the might notice pulsation in the brake brakes are becoming overheated. pedal. This is normal under these If this message displays when You may see this when driving on conditions. Take the vehicle to attempting to activate cruise control, hills. Shift to a lower gear. your dealer for service. apply the brake pedal and try again. STEP ON BRAKE TO SERVICE PARKING BRAKE CRUISE SET TO XXX RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message is displayed when This message displays when the there is a problem with the parking This message is displayed if you cruise control is set and shows the brake. Take the vehicle to your attempt to release the Electric speed it was set to. See Cruise dealer for service. Parking Brake without the brake Control on page 9‑36 for more pedal applied. See Parking Brake information. on page 9‑30 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED— IDLE ENGINE DOOR OPEN Messages This message displays when the A door open symbol will be A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH engine coolant temperature is too displayed on the DIC showing ENGINE TEMP hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to which door is open. If the vehicle This message displays when idle until it cools down. has been shifted out of P (Park), the engine coolant becomes ENGINE OVERHEATED a DOOR OPEN message will also hotter than the normal operating — be displayed. Close the door temperature. To avoid added strain STOP ENGINE completely. on a hot engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a HOOD OPEN compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches This message will display along with returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation. a hood open symbol when the hood conditioning compressor turns Stop and turn off the vehicle as is open. Close the hood completely. back on. You can continue to soon as it is safe to do so to avoid REAR ACCESS OPEN drive the vehicle. severe damage. This message If this message continues to appear, clears when the engine has cooled This message will display along with to a safe operating temperature. a symbol when the liftgate is open. have the system repaired by your Close the liftgate completely. dealer as soon as possible to avoid HIGH COOLANT damage to the engine. TEMPERATURE COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD This message displays if the coolant COOLANT temperature is hot. See Engine This message will display if the Overheating on page 10‑18. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP The vehicle may be driven at ENGINE a reduced speed while this CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message is on, but maximum This message displays if low oil acceleration and speed may be This message displays when the pressure levels occur. Stop the engine oil needs to be changed. reduced. Anytime this message vehicle as soon as safely possible stays on, the vehicle should be When you change the engine oil, and do not operate it until the cause be sure to reset the Oil Life System. taken to your dealer for service of the low oil pressure has been as soon as possible. See Engine Oil Life System on corrected. Check the oil as soon page 10‑10, Driver Information as possible and have the vehicle Center (DIC) on page 5‑27, serviced by your dealer. Fuel System Messages Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and FUEL LEVEL LOW Maintenance Schedule on Engine Power Messages page 11‑4. This message displays when the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE soon as possible ENGINE This message displays when the vehicle's engine power is reduced. TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message displays when the Reduced engine power can affect This message displays when the engine oil temperature is too hot. the vehicle's ability to accelerate. fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the Stop and allow the vehicle to idle If this message is on, but there fuel cap. until it cools down. is no reduction in performance, ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL proceed to your destination. The performance may be reduced This message displays when the the next time the vehicle is driven. engine oil level is too low. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Key and Lock Messages REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL ON NO REMOTE DETECTED This message displays when leaving the vehicle with the RKE This message is displayed when This message displays when transmitter still inside. the exterior lamp control is in AUTO trying to start the vehicle if an and the lights have turned on. REPLACE BATTERY IN RKE transmitter is not detected. See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. The transmitter battery may be REMOTE KEY weak. See “Starting the Vehicle This message displays when the AUTOMATIC LIGHT with a Low Transmitter Battery” battery in the RKE transmitter needs CONTROL OFF under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to be replaced. This message is displayed when System Operation on page 2‑3. the exterior lamp control is in AUTO NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE Lamp Messages and the lights have turned off. See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. TO RESTART AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD This message is displayed if the LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED XXX TURN INDICATOR remote is no longer detected in the SERVICE FAILURE vehicle. Press the brake pedal to When one of the turn signals is restart the vehicle. This message displays when the Adaptive Forward Lighting out, this message displays to NUMBER OF KEYS (AFL) system is disabled and show which bulb needs to be PROGRAMMED needs service. See your dealer. replaced. See Bulb Replacement on See Adaptive Forward Lighting page 10‑32 and Replacement Bulbs This message displays when (AFL) on page 6‑3 for more on page 10‑40 for more information programming new keys to the information. on the turn signal bulb replacement. vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

TURN SIGNAL ON Ride Control System SERVICE TRACTION This message is displayed if Messages CONTROL the turn signal has been left on. This message displays when Turn off the turn signal. SERVICE REAR AXLE there is a problem with the This message displays when there Traction Control System (TCS). Object Detection System is a problem with the All-Wheel See Traction Control System (TCS) Messages Drive (AWD) System. See your on page 9‑32. dealer for service. PARK ASSIST OFF SPORT MODE ON SERVICE STABILITRAK This message displays when the This message displays when park assist system has been turned This message displays if there is a Sport Mode has been activated. problem with the StabiliTrak system. See Selective Ride Control on off or when there is a temporary ® condition causing the system to be See StabiliTrak System on page 9‑35 and Manual Mode on disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking page 9‑34. page 9‑26 for more information. Assist on page 9 38. ‑ SERVICE SUSPENSION Airbag System Messages SERVICE PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM SERVICE AIRBAG This message displays if there is a This message displays if there is problem with the Ultrasonic Front a problem with the selective ride This message displays if there is and Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) control. See Selective Ride Control a problem with the airbag system. system. Do not use this system on page 9‑35. Take the vehicle to your dealer for to help you park. See Ultrasonic service. Parking Assist on page 9‑38 for more information. See your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Messages SERVICE POWER STEERING SERVICE KEYLESS START SYSTEM BUCKLE SEATBELT This message is displayed if there is a problem with the power steering This message is displayed if there is This message displays as a system. Take the vehicle to your a problem with the pushbutton start reminder when the safety belt dealer for service. system. Take the vehicle to your is not buckled. dealer for service. SERVICE VEHICLE SOON Anti-theft Alarm System This message is displayed if there is Tire Messages Messages a problem with the vehicle. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. SERVICE TIRE MONITOR THEFT ATTEMPTED SYSTEM This message displays if the vehicle Starting the Vehicle This message displays if there is detects a tamper condition. Messages a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Service Vehicle Messages PRESS BRAKE TO START Pressure Monitor Operation on VEHICLE page 10‑59 for more information. SERVICE AC SYSTEM This message is displayed when TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message is displayed if there is attempting to start the vehicle a problem with the air conditioning without first pressing the brake This message displays when system. Take the vehicle to your pedal. the system is learning new tires. dealer for service. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Transmission Messages TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE ENGINE This message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION pressure in one or more of the tires This message displays and a chime is low. This message displays if there is sounds if the transmission fluid in a problem with the transmission. This message also displays the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the See your dealer. LEFT FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, transmission fluid temperature high LEFT REAR, or RIGHT REAR to SHIFT DENIED can cause damage to the vehicle. indicate the location of the low tire. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to This message displays when using allow the transmission to cool. The low tire pressure warning the Driver Shift Control (DSC) This message clears when the fluid light will also come on. See Tire and attempting to shift to a gear temperature reaches a safe level. Pressure Light on page 5‑24. not appropriate for the vehicle If a tire pressure message appears speed and engine revolutions per Vehicle Reminder on the DIC, stop as soon as you minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on Messages can. Inflate the tires by adding air page 9‑26 for more information. until the tire pressure is equal to SHIFT TO PARK ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE the values shown on the Tire and WITH CARE Loading Information label. See Tires This message displays when the This message is displayed when ice on page 10‑49, Vehicle Load Limits transmission needs to be shifted conditions are possible. on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on to P (Park). This may appear when page 10‑56. attempting to remove the key from the vehicle if the vehicle is not in You can receive more than one P (Park). tire pressure message at a time. The DIC also shows the tire pressure values. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑27. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

TURN WIPER CONTROL TO Vehicle Entering the Personalization Menus INTERMITTENT FIRST Personalization This message is displayed when 1. Press CONFIG to access the attempting to adjust the intermittent The audio system controls are Configuration Settings menu. wiper speed without intermittent used to access the personalization 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to selected on the wiper control. menus for customizing vehicle highlight Vehicle Settings. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on features. Not all features are 3. Press the center of the page 5‑4. available on every vehicle. Only the features available MENU/SELECT knob to select Vehicle Speed Messages on a particular vehicle will be the Vehicle Settings menu. displayed on that vehicle. The following list of menu items will SELECTED SPEED LIMIT CONFIG (Configuration): be available: EXCEEDED Press to access the Configuration . Climate and Air Quality This message is displayed when the Settings Menu. . Comfort and Convenience vehicle speed is greater than the set MENU/SELECT Knob: Press speed. See "Speed Warning" under the center of this knob to enter . Language Driver Information Center (DIC) on the menus and select menu items. . Lighting page 5‑27. Turn the knob to scroll through the . Power Door Locks menus. Washer Fluid Messages . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start / BACK or BACK / (depending WASHER FLUID LOW ADD on system): Press to exit or move . Return to Factory Settings FLUID backward in a menu. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to This message may display when highlight the menu. Press the knob the washer fluid level is low. to select it. Each of the menus is See Washer Fluid on page 10‑21. detailed in the following information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Select the Climate and Air Quality This will allow you to select whether When on, this feature will turn the menu and the following will be the system will operate at high or heated seats on when using remote displayed: low sensitivity. Only vehicles with start on cold days. the dual zone climate control will . Auto Fan Speed Press the MENU/SELECT knob have this option. when Remote Start Auto Heated . Air Quality Sensor Press the MENU/SELECT knob Seats is highlighted. Turn the knob . Remote Start Auto Seat Cool when Air Quality Sensor is to select On or Off. Press the knob . Remote Start Auto Heated Seats highlighted to open the menu. to confirm and go back to the Turn the knob to highlight High last menu. . Auto Defog or Low Sensitivity. Press the knob Auto Defog . Auto Rear Defog to confirm the selection and move back to the last menu. This will allow you to turn the auto Auto Fan Speed defog on or off. Remote Start Auto Seat Cool This will allow you to select the Press the MENU/SELECT knob automatic fan speed. This feature When on, this feature will turn the when Auto Defog is highlighted to sets the climate control fan speed vented seats on when using remote open the menu. Turn the knob to to maintain the interior temperature. start on warm days. highlight On or Off. Press the knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob to confirm the selection and move when Auto Fan Speed is highlighted when Remote Start Auto Seat Cool back to the last menu. to open the menu. Turn the knob is highlighted. Turn the knob to to highlight High, Medium, or Low. select On or Off. Press the knob Press the knob to confirm the to confirm and go back to the selection and move back to the last menu. last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

Auto Rear Defog Easy Exit Driver Seat Reverse Tilt Mirror This will allow you to turn the auto This allows you to turn the easy This allows you to turn the reverse rear defog on or off. exit driver seat feature on or off. tilt mirror feature on or off. When Press the MENU/SELECT When on, this feature will move the on, both the driver and passenger knob when Auto Rear Defog is driver seat rearward upon turning mirrors will tilt downward when highlighted to open the menu. the ignition off and the driver door vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) Turn the knob to highlight On or opened. This may be performed to to improve visibility of the ground Off. Press the knob to confirm the make it easier to exit the vehicle. near the rear wheels. They will selection and move back to the See Power Seat Adjustment on return to their previous driving last menu. page 3‑5 for more information. position when the vehicle is shifted Press the MENU/SELECT knob out of R (Reverse), the ignition is Comfort and Convenience when Easy Exit Driver Seat is turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left in reverse. Select the Comfort and highlighted. Turn the knob to select Convenience menu and the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm Press the MENU/SELECT following will be displayed: and go back to the last menu. knob when Reverse Tilt Mirror is highlighted. Turn the knob to select . Easy Exit Driver Seat Chime Volume Driver & Passenger or Off. Press . Chime Volume This allows the selection of the the knob to confirm and go back . Reverse Tilt Mirror chime volume level. to the last menu. . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Press the MENU/SELECT knob Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear when Chime Volume is highlighted. Turn the knob to select Normal or When on, and the front windshield High. Press the knob to confirm and wipers are on, the rear window go back to the last menu. wiper will turn on automatically when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

Press the MENU/SELECT knob Vehicle Locator Lights Power Door Locks when Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear is This allows the vehicle locator lights Select Power Door Locks and the highlighted. Turn the knob to select to be turned on or off. following will be displayed: On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out when Vehicle Locator Lights is . Auto Door Unlock Language highlighted. Turn the knob to select Select the Language menu and the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm . Delayed Door Lock and go back to the last menu. following will be displayed: Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . English Exit Lighting When on, this feature will keep the . French This allows the selection of how driver door from locking when the long the exterior lamps stay on door is open. If Off is selected, the . Spanish when leaving the vehicle when Delayed Door Lock menu will be Turn the MENU/SELECT knob it is dark outside. available and the door will lock as to select the language. Press the programmed through this menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob knob to confirm and go back to the when Exit Lighting is highlighted. Press the MENU/SELECT last menu. Turn the knob to select Off, knob when Auto Door Unlock is Lighting 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. highlighted. Turn the knob to select Press the knob to confirm and go On or Off. Press the knob to confirm Select the Lighting menu and the back to the last menu. and go back to the last menu. following will be displayed: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Locking Feedback This allows selection of which of the Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This allows selection of what type of doors will automatically unlock when and the following will be displayed: feedback is given when locking the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). vehicle with the RKE transmitter. . Unlock Feedback (Lights) Press the MENU/SELECT Press the MENU/SELECT . Locking Feedback knob when Auto Door Unlock is knob when Locking Feedback highlighted. Turn the knob to select . Door Unlock Options is highlighted. Turn the knob to All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press . Passive Door Lock select Lights and Horn, Lights Only, the knob to confirm and go back to Horn Only, or Off. Press the knob the last menu. . Passive Door Unlock to confirm and go back to the last menu. Delayed Door Lock . Memory Remote Recall When on, this feature will delay . Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder Door Unlock Options the locking of the doors until Unlock Feedback (Lights) This allows selection of which doors five seconds after the last door is will unlock when pressing the unlock closed. You will hear three chimes When on, the exterior lamps will button on the RKE transmitter. to signal delayed locking is in use. flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Pressing either the power lock when Door Unlock Options is button or the lock button on the Press the MENU/SELECT knob highlighted. Turn the knob to RKE transmitter twice will override when Unlock Feedback (Lights) select All Doors or Driver Door the delayed locking feature and is highlighted. Turn the knob to Only. When set to Driver Door Only, immediately lock all of the doors. select Flash Lights or Off. Press the driver door will unlock the first Press the MENU/SELECT knob the knob to confirm and go back time the unlock button is pressed when Delayed Door Lock is to the last menu. and all doors will unlock when the highlighted. Turn the knob to select button is pressed a second time. On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

When set to All Doors, all of the Passive Door Unlock Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder doors will unlock at the first press If the vehicle has the RKE system, This allows the Remote Left In of the unlock button. Press the this feature allows you to select Vehicle reminder feature to be knob to confirm and go back to which doors will automatically turned on or off. If on, the horn the last menu. unlock when you open the driver will chirp if a remote is left in the Passive Door Lock door with the RKE transmitter vehicle. present. If the vehicle has the Remote Press the MENU/SELECT knob Keyless Entry (RKE) system, when Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Remote Left In Vehicle is enabled, this feature allows the when Passive Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knob to select doors to lock after several seconds highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to confirm if all doors are closed and at least All Doors or Driver Door. Press the and go back to the last menu. knob to confirm and go back to the one RKE transmitter has been Return to Factory Settings removed from the interior of the last menu. Select Return to Factory vehicle. It does not matter how far Memory Remote Recall away the RKE transmitter is from Settings to return all of the vehicle the vehicle. This feature can also This allows the Memory Remote personalization to the default be configured to chirp the horn Recall feature to be turned on or off. settings. Turn the knob to select when the doors are passively Press the MENU/SELECT knob Yes or No. Press the knob to locked. when Memory Remote Recall is confirm and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob highlighted. Turn the knob to select when Passive Door Lock is On or Off. Press the knob to confirm highlighted. Turn the knob to and go back to the last menu. select On With Chirp, On, or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote This system provides a way Keep the original hand-held to replace up to three remote transmitter for use in other vehicles System control transmitters used to as well as for future Universal activate devices such as garage Remote system programming. It is See Radio Frequency Statement on door openers, security systems, also recommended that upon the page 13 23 for information ‑ and home automation devices. sale of the vehicle, the programmed regarding Part 15 of the Federal Universal Remote system buttons Communications Commission Do not use the Universal Remote be erased for security purposes. (FCC) rules and Industry Canada system with any garage door opener See Erasing Universal Remote Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. that does not have the stop and “ reverse feature. This includes System Buttons” later in this Universal Remote System any garage door opener model section. Programming manufactured before April 1,1982. When programming a garage Read the instructions completely door, park outside of the garage. before attempting to program the Park directly in line with and facing Universal Remote system. Because the garage door opener motor-head of the steps involved, it may be or gate motor-head. Be sure that helpful to have another person people and objects are clear of available to assist with programming the garage door or gate being the Universal Remote system. programmed. It is recommended that a new If the vehicle has this feature, battery be installed in the hand-held you will see these buttons with transmitter for quicker and more one indicator light next to them in accurate transmission of the the overhead console. radio-frequency signal. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Programming the Universal 2. At the same time, press 3. Press and hold for five seconds Remote System and hold both the hand-held the newly trained Universal transmitter button and one Remote system button For questions or help programming of the three Universal Remote (the button selected in Step 2) the Universal Remote system, system buttons to be used to while observing the indicator call 1-800-355-3515 or go to operate the garage door. Do not light and garage door activation. www.homelink.com. release the Universal Remote . If the indicator light stays on Programming a garage door opener system button or the hand-held continuously or the garage involves time-sensitive actions, transmitter button until the door starts to move when so read the entire procedure before indicator light changes from a the Universal Remote starting. Otherwise, the device will slowly to a rapidly flashing light. system button is pressed time out and the procedure will have You now may release both and released, then the to be repeated. buttons. programming is complete. To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and garage There is no need to door openers may require continue programming 1. Hold the end of the hand-held substitution of Step 2 with Steps 4 6. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm – the procedure noted in (1 to 3 in) away from the . If the Universal Remote Gate Operator and Canadian Universal Remote system “ system indicator light blinks Programming later in this buttons while keeping ” rapidly for two seconds, section. the indicator light in view. then turns to a constant The hand-held transmitter was light and the garage door supplied by the manufacturer does not move, continue of the garage door opener with programming receiver (motor-head unit). Steps 4–6. It may be helpful to have another person assist with the remaining Steps 4–6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

6. Immediately return to the Gate Operator and Canadian vehicle. Firmly press and hold Programming for two seconds the Universal Remote system button, selected If you have questions or need help in Step 2 to control the garage programming the Universal Remote door, and then release it. If the system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go garage door does not move or to www.homelink.com. the lamp on the garage door Canadian radio-frequency laws opener receiver (motor-head require transmitter signals to time “Learn” or “Smart” Button unit) does not flash, press and out or quit after several seconds of hold the same button a second 4. After Steps 1–3 have been transmission. This may not be long time for two seconds, then completed, locate the “Learn” enough for the Universal Remote release it. Again, if the door or “Smart” button inside the system to pick up the signal during garage on the garage door does not move or the garage programming. Similarly, some U.S. opener receiver (motor-head door lamp does not flash, gate operators are manufactured to unit). The name and color press and hold the same button time out in the same manner. of the button may vary by a third time for two seconds, manufacturer. then release. 5. Firmly press and release the The Universal Remote system should now activate the “Learn” or “Smart” button. After pressing this button, you will garage door. have 30 seconds to complete To program the remaining two Step 6. Universal Remote system buttons, begin with Step 1 of “Programming the Universal Remote System.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single having difficulty programming Operation Universal Remote System a gate operator or garage door Button opener by using the “Programming Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the three the Universal Remote System” System procedures, regardless of where Universal Remote system buttons: you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold the desired “Programming the Universal Universal Remote system button Universal Remote system Remote System” with the following: for at least half of a second. button. Do not release the The indicator light will come on button. Continue to press and hold while the signal is being transmitted. the Universal Remote system 2. The indicator light will begin to button while you press and release Erasing Universal Remote flash after 20 seconds. Without every two seconds (cycle) the System Buttons releasing the button, proceed hand-held transmitter button All programmed buttons should be with Step 1 under “Programming until the frequency signal has the Universal Remote System.” been successfully accepted by erased when the vehicle is sold or the Universal Remote system. the lease ends. If you have questions or need help The Universal Remote system To erase all programmed buttons programming the Universal Remote indicator light will flash slowly at on the Universal Remote system system, call 1-800-355-3515 or go first and then rapidly. Proceed with device: to www.homelink.com. You may also call the customer assistance Step 3 under “Programming the 1. Press and hold down the phone number under Customer Universal Remote System” to two outside buttons until complete. Assistance Offices (U.S. and the indicator light begins to Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer flash. This should take about Assistance Offices (Mexico) on 10 seconds. page 13‑5. 2. Release both buttons. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lighting Features Daytime Running Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Adaptive Forward Battery Load Management . . . . 6-9 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 The exterior lamp control is located Turn and Lane-Change on the instrument panel to the left of Signals ...... 6-6 the steering column. Front Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

It controls the following systems: ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ . Headlamps parking lamps on together with the Low-Beam Changer following: . Taillamps Push the turn signal/lane change . Taillamps . Parking Lamps lever away from you and release, to . License Plate Lamps turn the high beams on. To return to . License Plate Lamps low beams, push the lever again or . Instrument Panel Lights . Instrument Panel Lights pull it toward you and release. 2 (Headlamps): Turns the . Fog Lamps headlamps on together with the The exterior lamps control has lamps listed below. A warning chime four positions: sounds if the driver door is opened when the ignition switch is off and O (Off): Briefly turn to this position the headlamps are on. to turn the automatic light control off or on again. . Parking Lamps AUTO (Automatic): Turns the . Taillamps This indicator light turns on in the instrument panel cluster when the headlamps on automatically at . License Plate Lamps normal brightness, together with high‐beam headlamps are on. the following: . Instrument Panel Lights Flash-to-Pass . Parking Lamps # (Front Fog Lamps): For vehicles with fog lamps, press to The flash‐to‐pass feature works with . Taillamps turn the lamps on or off. the low beams or Daytime Running . License Plate Lamps Lamps (DRL) on or off. See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. . Instrument Panel Lights To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal/lane change lever all the way toward you, then release it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Daytime Running When the DRL are on, only the Adaptive Forward low‐beam headlamps, at a reduced Lamps (DRL) level of brightness, will be on. Lighting (AFL) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can The high‐beam headlamps, For vehicles with uplevel make it easier for others to see the taillamps, sidemarker, instrument headlamps, the Adaptive Forward front of your vehicle during the day. panel lamps, and other lamps Lighting System (AFL) adjusts Fully functional daytime running will not be on. the headlamps to provide greater lamps are required on all vehicles The headlamps automatically road illumination in various driving first sold in Canada. change from DRL to the regular conditions. A light sensor on top of the headlamps depending on the To enable AFL, set the exterior instrument panel makes the DRL darkness of the surroundings. lamp control to the AUTO position. work, so be sure it is not covered. The other lamps that come on with Moving the control out of the AUTO the headlamps will also come on. The DRL system makes the position will deactivate the system. AFL will operate when the vehicle low‐beam headlamps come on at a When it is bright enough outside, reduced brightness or for vehicles the headlamps go off and the speed is greater than 3 km/h with High Intensity Discharge (HID) DRL come on. (2 mph). AFL will not operate when headlamps, the DRL lights will come the transmission is in R (Reverse). To turn the DRL lamps off or on AFL is not immediately operable on when the following conditions again, turn the exterior lamps are met: after starting the vehicle; driving control to the off position and a short distance is required to . The ignition is in the then release. For vehicles first calibrate the AFL. See Exterior ON/RUN mode. sold in Canada, the DRL cannot Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. be turned off. . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. This vehicle may have a DRL disabling function. When the DRL . The engine is running. are on and a turn signal is activated, the DRL on that side will be off until the turn signal goes off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Curve Lighting Twilight Sentinel With Twilight Sentinel the following The light beam pivots based on the will happen: steering wheel position and vehicle . When it is dark enough outside, speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph). and the exterior lamp control The headlamps shine at an angle of is in the AUTO position, the up to 15 degrees to the right or left Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) of the direction of travel. go off, and the headlamps and parking lamps come on. Highway Lighting The other lamps that come If the vehicle is traveling straight on with the headlamps also continuously at high speeds, the come on. light beam automatically raises This feature automatically turns the . When it is bright enough outside, slightly to increase the headlamp lamps on and off. A light sensor on the headlamps go off, and the range. top of the instrument panel makes DRL come on, as long as the the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be City Lighting exterior lamp control is in the sure it is not covered. AUTO position. See Exterior If the vehicle speed is less than Lamp Controls on page 6 1. 50 km/h (31 mph), the headlamp ‑ range is automatically reduced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

If the vehicle is started in a dark Twilight Sentinel also provides Hazard Warning Flashers garage, the automatic headlamp exterior illumination as you leave system comes on immediately. the vehicle. If Twilight Sentinel If it is light outside when the has turned on the lamps when vehicle leaves the garage, there is the ignition is turned off, the a slight delay before the automatic lamps remain on until one of headlamp system changes to the following occurs: the DRL. During that delay, the . The exterior lamp control is instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure moved from O to the parking the instrument panel brightness lamp position. control is in full bright position. . The delay time selected has See Instrument Panel Illumination elapsed. Control on page 6‑7 for more information. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40 to select the delay time. The vehicle can be idled with the You can also select no delay time. | (Hazard Warning Flashers): lamps off, even when it is dark Press this button on the instrument outside. After starting the vehicle, If the ignition is turned off with the exterior lamps control in the panel, to make the front and rear turn the exterior lamps control to turn signal lamps flash on and off. off, then release it. The lamps will parking lamp or headlamp position, the Twilight Sentinel delay will not This warns others that you are remain off until the control is turned having trouble. Press again to to off again. occur. The lamps will turn off as soon as the control is turned off. turn the flashers off. The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane The ignition must be on to turn on Signals change the arrow flashes rapidly the fog lamps. or does not come on, a signal bulb # (Front Fog Lamps): Press may be burned out. to turn the fog lamps on or off. Replace any burned out bulbs. An indicator light on the instrument If the bulb is not burned out, check panel cluster comes on when the the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit fog lamps are on. Breakers on page 10‑41 for more The fog lamps come on together information. with the parking lamps. An arrow on the instrument panel Front Fog Lamps Some localities have laws that cluster will flash in the direction of require the headlamps to be on the turn or lane change. along with the fog lamps. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. The turn signal flashes three times. The lever returns to its starting position when it is released. The front fog lamp button is located on the exterior lamp control, on the outboard side of the steering wheel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp The cargo lamp is located in the Instrument Panel rear compartment and is controlled Illumination Control by the dome lamp. See Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. Courtesy Lamps The courtesy lamps come on automatically when any door is opened and the dome lamp is in the door position. To change the dome lamp settings, Dome Lamps press the following: The brightness of the instrument The dome lamp is located in the * (Dome Lamp Override): Turns panel lights and steering wheel overhead console. the lamp off, even when a door controls can be adjusted. is open. 1 (Door): The lamp comes on D (Instrument Panel automatically when a door is Brightness): Move and hold the opened. thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights. + (On): Turns the dome lamp on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Reading Lamps Lighting Features Exit Lighting There are reading lamps located on The headlamps, taillamps, parking the overhead console and over the Entry Lighting lamps, back‐up lamps, and license rear passenger doors. These lamps The headlamps, taillamps, license plate lamps come on at night, or in come on automatically when any areas with limited lighting, when a plate lamps, back‐up lamps, dome door is opened. lamps, and most of the interior lights door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The dome lamps also To manually turn the reading lamps turn on briefly, when K is pressed on or off: come on when a door is opened on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) after the ignition is changed to the . Press # or $ next to each transmitter, or when the door handle off position. overhead console reading lamp. is pulled. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, and then The exterior lights and dome lamp . Press the lamp lens on the rear the dome and remaining interior remain on after the door is closed passenger reading lamps. lights dim to off. The entry lighting for a set amount of time, then can be manually turned off by automatically turn off. changing the ignition out of the The exterior lights turn off off position, or by pressing Q on immediately by turning the the RKE transmitter. exterior lamps control to off. This feature can be changed. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization on See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

Battery Load The battery can be discharged at EPM works to prevent excessive idle if the electrical loads are very discharge of the battery. It does this Management high. This is true for all vehicles. by balancing the generator's output The vehicle has Electric Power This is because the generator and the vehicle's electrical needs. Management (EPM) that estimates (alternator) may not be spinning It can increase engine idle speed the battery's temperature and state fast enough at idle to produce all to generate more power whenever of charge. It then adjusts the voltage of the power needed for very high needed. It can temporarily reduce for best performance and extended electrical loads. the power demands of some life of the battery. A high electrical load occurs when accessories. When the battery's state of charge several of the following are on, Normally, these actions occur is low, the voltage is raised slightly such as: headlamps, high beams, in steps or levels, without being to quickly bring the charge back up. fog lamps, rear window defogger, noticeable. In rare cases at the When the state of charge is high, climate control fan at high speed, highest levels of corrective action, the voltage is lowered slightly to heated seats, engine cooling fans, this action may be noticeable to the prevent overcharging. If the vehicle trailer loads, and loads plugged into driver. If so, a DIC message might has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage accessory power outlets. be displayed and it is recommended display on the Driver Information that the driver reduce the electrical Center (DIC), you may see the loads as much as possible. voltage move up or down. This is See Battery Voltage and Charging normal. If there is a problem, an Messages on page 5‑32. alert will be displayed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction Infotainment Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) System ...... 7-37 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Infotainment System ...... 7-47 Read the following pages to Introduction become familiar with the audio Phone system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-49 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Bluetooth (Infotainment Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3 Controls) ...... 7-51 { WARNING Overview (Radio with Bluetooth CD/DVD and MEM) ...... 7-5 (Voice Recognition) ...... 7-55 Taking your eyes off the road for Operation ...... 7-7 Bluetooth extended periods could cause a Radio (UHP Mexico Only) ...... 7-62 crash resulting in injury or death to you or others. Do not give AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Trademarks and License Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 extended attention to infotainment Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Agreements tasks while driving. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-18 Trademarks and License Agreements ...... 7-73 Audio Players This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. CD Player ‐ (Radio with CD) ...... 7-19 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Mass Storage Media (MEM) ...... 7-25 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD) ...... 7-29 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) ...... 7-35 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation System road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation while the vehicle is parked: Adding audio or communication system, see the separate navigation . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with manual. operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, audio system. radio, or other systems, and Theft-Deterrent Feature could damage them. Follow . Set up the tone, speaker The theft-deterrent feature works adjustments, and preset radio federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. by learning a portion of the stations. Vehicle Identification Number For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained (VIN) to the infotainment system. Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑3. The infotainment system does not the audio system can be played operate if it is stolen or moved to This vehicle's infotainment system even after the ignition is turned off. a different vehicle. may be equipped with a noise See Retained Accessory Power reduction system which can work (RAP) on page 9‑21 for more improperly if the audio amplifier, information. engine calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. C. TUNE . Radio: Manually selects radio stations. . CD: Selects tracks. D. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. E. l SEEK . Radio: Seeks the next station. . CD: Selects the next track or fast forwards within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

F. g SEEK J. k O. PHONE . . Radio: Seeks the previous . CD: Pauses the CD. Opens the phone main menu. station. K. CD Slot . . CD: Selects the previous Mutes the audio system. . Insert a CD. track or rewinds within a P. TONE track. L. MENU/SELECT . Opens the tone menu. . Press: Selects menu items. G. Y (CD Eject) Q. AUX . Turn: Opens menus, . Removes a disc from the highlights menu items, . Selects a connected CD slot. or sets numeric values external audio source. H. CD while in a menu. R. INFO . Selects the CD player M. BACK / . Radio: Shows available when listening to a information about the . different audio source. Menu: Moves one current station. level back. I. RADIO/BAND . CD: Shows available . Character Input: Deletes . information about the Changes the band while the last character. listening to the radio. current track. N. CONFIG . Selects the radio when listening to a different . Opens the settings menu. audio source. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. . MEM: Saves and selects favorite tracks and playlists. C. TUNE/INFO . Radio: Manually selects radio stations and shows available information about the current station. . CD: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. . MEM: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

D. FAV G. Y (CD Eject) K. CD/DVD Slot . . Radio: Opens the . Removes a disc from the Insert a disc. favorites list. CD slot. L. MENU/SELECT . MEM: Opens the H. RADIO/BAND . Press: Selects menu items. favorites list. . Changes the band while . Turn: Open menus, E. l SEEK listening to the radio. highlights menu items, . Radio: Seeks the next . Selects the radio when or sets numeric values station. listening to a different while in a menu. audio source. . CD/DVD: Selects the next M. TONE track or fast forwards I. MEM/CD/AUX . Opens the tone menu. within a track. . Selects MEM, CD/DVD, N. / BACK . MEM: Selects the next USB, or a connected track or fast forwards auxiliary audio or auxiliary . Menu: Moves one within a track. audio/video source. level back. F. g SEEK J. k . Character Input: Deletes the last character. . Radio: Seeks the previous . Radio: Pauses time shifted station. content. O. CONFIG . Opens the settings menu. . CD/DVD: Selects the . CD/DVD: Pauses previous track or rewinds CD/DVD‐A and P. DEL within a track. DVD‐V playback. . MEM: Deletes the current . MEM: Selects the previous . MEM: Pauses MEM track from MEM. track or rewinds within a playback. track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Q. ( REC Turning the System On or Off Menu System . CD/DVD: Records content VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to Controls from audio CDs and turn the system on and off. The MENU/SELECT knob and MP3/WMA CDs. Automatic Switch‐Off the BACK / button are used to . AUX: Records content navigate the menu system. from USB mass storage If the infotainment system has devices. been turned on after the ignition MENU/SELECT: Press to: is turned off, the system will turn R. PHONE . Select or activate the highlighted off automatically after 10 minutes. menu option. . Opens the phone Volume Control . main menu. Confirm a set value. . . Mutes the audio system. VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to Turn a system setting on or off. adjust the volume. Turn to: Operation PHONE: For vehicles with OnStar, . Enter the menu system. press and hold PHONE to mute the Controls infotainment system. Press and hold . Highlight a menu option. The infotainment system is PHONE again, or turn the VOL/ O . Select a value. operated by using the pushbuttons, knob to cancel mute. / multifunction knobs, menus shown BACK : Press to: For vehicles without OnStar®, press on the display, and steering wheel . Exit a menu. controls, if equipped. PHONE to mute the infotainment system. Press PHONE again, . Return from a submenu screen or turn the VOL/ O knob to to the previous menu screen. cancel mute. . Delete the last character in a sequence. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Selecting a Menu Option Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to move the highlighted bar. highlight the setting. highlight the function. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to select the highlighted button to activate the setting. button to turn the function on option. or off. Setting a Value Submenus Entering a Character Sequence

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to An arrow on the right‐hand edge change the current value of the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to of the menu indicates that it has a setting. highlight the character. submenu with other options. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to confirm the setting. button to select the character. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Press the BACK / button to delete Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the Fader and Balance the last character in the sequence and Bass or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Audio Settings The audio settings can be set for each radio band and each audio player source. 1. Press the TONE button. 1. Press the TONE button. To quickly reset an audio setting 2. Select Fader or Balance. value to 0: 2. Select Treble, Midrange, 3. Select the value. or Bass. 1. Press the TONE button. / 3. Select the value. Press the BACK button to go 2. Select the audio setting. back to the Tone Settings menu. Press the BACK / button to go 3. Press and hold the Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) MENU/SELECT button back to the Tone Settings menu. until the value changes to 0. For vehicles that have an equalizer: Press the BACK / button to go 1. Press the TONE button. back to the Tone Settings menu. 2. Select EQ. 3. Select the setting. Press the BACK / button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

DSP (Digital Signal Processing) . 5.1 Surround ‐ The infotainment System Settings Settings system used in conjunction with the Bose® 5.1 Cabin Surround® Configuring the Number of For vehicles with DSP, it is used sound system for the vehicle Favorite Pages to provide a choice of different includes digital 5.1 decoding. listening experiences. This technology unlocks the . 2.0 Normal ‐ Select this setting full benefit of digital 5.1 to adjust the audio for normal recordings, so digitally encoded mode. This provides the best music and movie soundtracks sound quality for all seating can be presented faithfully and positions. accurately. If the video screens or Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . Centerpoint Centerpoint® To configure the number of available ‐ are on, 5.1 Surround is not signal processing circuitry. favorite pages: available. This setting creates a surround 1. Press the CONFIG button. sound listening experience from To adjust the DSP settings: 2. Select Radio Settings. stereo CDs and satellite radio. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select Radio Favorites. For more information on 2. Select DSP. Bose® Centerpoint® signal 4. Select the number of available processing circuitry, please visit 3. Select the setting. favorite pages. www. bose.com/centerpoint. Press the BACK / button to go 5. Press the BACK / button back to the Tone Settings menu. to go back to the System Configuration menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio volume to compensate for road and be set. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Control Buttons or slows down, so that the volume The buttons used to control the level is consistent. radio are: The level of volume compensation RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the can be selected, or the auto volume radio on and choose between AM, feature can be turned off. FM, and XM™, if equipped. 1. Press the CONFIG button. MENU/SELECT: Press and turn to navigate the available menus. 2. Select Radio Settings. TUNE: Turn to search for stations. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. INFO: Press to display additional information that may be available 4. Select the setting. for the current song. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the BACK / button l SEEK / g SEEK: Press to 2. Select Radio Settings. to go back to the System search for stations. Configuration menu. 3. Select Auto Volume. FAV: Press to open the 4. Select the setting. favorites list. 5. Press the BACK / button 1 to 6: Press to select preset to go back to the System stations. Configuration menu. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause time shifted content, if equipped. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND button to feature is available for use only on choose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, FM stations that broadcast RDS The last station that was playing to automatically search for the next information. This feature only works starts playing again. available station. If a station is not when the information from the radio Selecting a Station found, the radio switches to a more station is available. In rare cases, sensitive search level. If a station a radio station could broadcast Seek Tuning (Radio with CD) still is not found, the frequency that incorrect information that causes the was last active begins to play. radio features to work improperly. If the radio station is not known: Manual Tuning If this happens, contact the radio Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK station. to automatically search for the next Turn the TUNE knob to select the While the radio is tuned to an available station. If a station is not frequency on the display. FM-RDS station, the station name found, the radio switches to a more Favorites List or call letters display. sensitive search level. If a station still is not found, the frequency 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Radio Menus that was last active begins to play. 2. Select Favorites List. Radio menus are available for AM If the radio station is known: 3. Select the station. and FM. Press and hold g SEEK or Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to l open the main radio menu for that SEEK until the station on the frequency. display is reached, then release the button. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Station Lists 3. Select the programming type. Storing a Station as a Favorite A list of stations that transmit 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Stations from all bands can be programming of the selected stored in any order in the favorite 2. Select AM or FM Station List. type displays. All receivable stations in the pages. 4. Select the station. current reception area are Up to six stations can be stored in displayed. If a station list has The category lists are updated each favorite page and the number not been created, an automatic when the station lists are of available favorite pages can station search is done. updated. be set. 3. Select the station. Updating Station & Category Lists Storing Stations Category Lists If stations stored in the station list To store the station to a position Most stations that broadcast can no longer be received: in the list, press the corresponding an RDS program type code 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. specify the type of programming 2. Select Update AM or FM Station Retrieving Stations transmitted. Some stations change List, if the stations stored in Press the FAV button to open a the program type code depending the station list are no longer on the content. The system stores favorite page or to switch to another received. A station search will favorite page. Briefly press one of the RDS stations sorted by program be completed and the first type in the FM category list. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the station in the updated list station. To search for a programming type will play. determined by station: To cancel the station search, press 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. the MENU/SELECT knob. 2. Select FM category list. A list of all programing types available displays. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Time Shifting (Radio with Press and release g SEEK or Satellite Radio CD/DVD and MEM) l SEEK to jump forward or back Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite The radio with MEM time shift 30 seconds in the time shift buffer. Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite feature can rewind 20 minutes of When the radio station is Radio subscription can receive XM FM/AM content. While listening changed, the buffer is cleared programming. to the radio, the content from the and automatically restarted for current station is always being the current station. Content from XM Satellite Radio Service buffered. a previously tuned station is no XM is a satellite radio service longer available. Press k to pause the radio. based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian The radio displays the time shift The time shift feature is not provinces. XM Satellite Radio status bar. The status bar shows available while recording or with has a wide variety of programming the amount of content stored in the other sources of playback. and commercial-free music, coast buffer and the current pause point. Pausing AM/FM with the Vehicle to coast, and in digital-quality To resume playback from the Turned Off sound. If XM service needs to be current pause point, press k again. If AM/FM is paused when the reactivated, the radio will display The radio is no longer live, but vehicle is turned off, the radio “No Subscription Please Renew played from the time shift buffer. continues to buffer the current on channel XM1.” A service fee is A status bar displays below the radio station for up to 20 minutes. required to receive the XM service. station number. If the vehicle is turned back on For more information, contact XM at www.xmradio.com or g within 20 minutes, the radio Press and hold SEEK or resumes playback from the 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. l SEEK to fast forward or paused point. and www.xmradio.ca or rewind through the time shift buffer. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. Hold l SEEK until the end of the recorded buffer resumes live playback. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Control Buttons XM Categories Selecting a Channel Using The buttons used to control the XM XM channels are organized in g SEEK or l SEEK radio are: categories. (Radio with CD) RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the Removing or Adding Categories . Press and release g SEEK or radio on and choose between AM, l SEEK to go to the previous Channels in a category that have FM, and XM, if equipped. or next channel. been removed can still be accessed g l SEEK / SEEK: Press to go by using the g SEEK or l SEEK . Press and hold g SEEK or to the previous or next channel. buttons, or the TUNE knob. l SEEK to scroll through the previous or next channel until FAV: Press to open the To add or remove categories: favorites list. the channel is reached. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1‐6: Press to select a favorite. Selecting a Channel Using 2. Select Radio Settings. TUNE: Turn to select a channel. g SEEK or l SEEK 3. Select XM Categories. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) INFO: Press to display additional information that may be available 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Press and release g SEEK or about the current song. highlight the category. l SEEK to go to the previous k (Play/Pause): Press to pause 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob or next channel. to remove or add the category. time shifted content, if equipped. Selecting a Channel Using the Selecting the XM Band Selecting an XM Channel TUNE Knob Press the RADIO/BAND button to XM channels can be selected by To select an XM channel using the choose between the AM, FM and using g SEEK, l SEEK, the TUNE knob: XM bands. The last channel played TUNE knob, or the menu system. Turn the TUNE knob to highlight an in that band begins to play when XM channel; the channel is selected that band is selected. after a short delay. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

To select a channel using the menu: Storing a Channel as a Favorite To resume playback from the 1. Turn the MENU/Select knob and To store the channel to a position current pause point, press k again. select Channel List. in the list, press and hold the The radio is no longer live, but played from the time shift buffer. 2. Select the desired channel. corresponding 1 to 6 button until the channel can be heard again. A status bar displays below the Selecting a Channel Using the channel number. Menu System Retrieving Channels Press and hold g SEEK or 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Press the FAV button to open l a favorite page or to change to SEEK to fast forward or 2. Select XM Category List. rewind through the time shift buffer. another favorite page. Briefly press l 3. Select the category. one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve Hold SEEK until the end of the channel. the recorded buffer resumes live 4. Select the channel. playback. Time Shifting (Radio with Storing an XM Channel as a CD/DVD and MEM) Press and release g SEEK or Favorite l SEEK to go to the next or The radio with the MEM time shift Channels from all bands can be previous song in the time shift feature can rewind 20 minutes of buffer. stored in any order in the favorite XM content. While listening to the pages. radio, the content from the current When the channel is changed, the Up to six channels can be stored in channel is always being buffered. buffer is cleared and automatically each favorite page and the number restarted for the current channel. Press k to pause the radio. of available favorite pages can Content from a previously tuned be set. The radio displays the time shift station is no longer available. status bar. The status bar shows the amount of content stored in the The time shift feature is not buffer and the current pause point. available while recording or with other sources of playback. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

Pausing XM with the Vehicle Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: The system Turned Off not currently in service. Tune in to is working properly. No text or If XM is paused when the vehicle another channel. informational messages are is turned off, the radio continues to Channel Unauth: This channel is available at this time on this buffer the current radio station for blocked or cannot be received with channel. up to 20 minutes. If the vehicle is your XM Subscription package. No Subscription Please turned back on within 20 minutes, Channel Unavailable: This Renew: XM subscription needs the radio resumes playback from previously assigned channel is no to be reactivated. Contact XM the paused point. longer assigned. Tune to another at www.xmradio.com or call station. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. XM Messages and www.xmradio.ca or call XL (Explicit Language No Artist Info: The system 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. is working properly. No artist Channels): These channels, No XM Signal: The system is or any others, can be information is available at this time on this channel. working properly. The vehicle may blocked by request, by calling be in a location where the XM signal 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and No Title Info: The system is is being blocked. When the vehicle 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. working properly. No song title is moved into an open area, the XM Updating: The encryption code information is available at this signal should return. time on this channel. in the receiver is being updated, CAT Not Found: The system no action is required. This process No CAT Info: The system is is working properly. There are no should take no longer than working properly. No category channels available for the selected 30 seconds. information is available at this category. time on this channel. Loading XM: The audio system XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, is acquiring and processing audio this message alternates with the and text data, no action is needed. XM Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This message should disappear This label is needed to activate the shortly. service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

Unknown: If this message is FM XM™ Satellite Radio Service received when tuned to channel 0, FM signals only reach about 16 to XM Satellite Radio Service gives there could be a receiver fault. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the digital radio reception from coast to Consult with your dealer. radio has a built-in electronic circuit coast in the 48 contiguous United Check Antenna: If this message that automatically works to reduce States, and in Canada. Just as does not clear within a short period interference, some static can occur, with FM, tall buildings or hills can of time, the receiver could have a especially around tall buildings or interfere with satellite radio signals, fault. Consult with your dealer. hills, causing the sound to fade in causing the sound to fade in and XM Not Available: If this message and out. out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, does not clear within a short period AM of time, the receiver could have a garages, or tunnels may cause loss fault. Consult with your dealer. The range for most AM stations is of the XM signal for a period of time. greater than for FM, especially at Cellular Phone Usage Radio Reception night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere Cellular phone usage can cause Frequency interference and static with each other. Static can occur interference with the vehicle's radio. can occur during normal radio when things like storms and power reception if items such as cell phone lines interfere with radio reception. Multi-Band Antenna chargers, vehicle convenience When this happens, try reducing accessories, and external electronic the treble on the radio. The multi-band antenna is on the devices are plugged into the roof of the vehicle. The antenna accessory power outlet. If there is is used for the AM‐FM radio, interference or static, unplug the OnStar, the XM Satellite Radio item from the accessory power Service System, and GPS (Global outlet. Positioning System), if the vehicle has these features. Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear reception. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Audio Players Do not touch the bottom surface of Notice: If a label is added to a a disc while handling it; this could CD, more than one CD is inserted damage the surface. Pick up discs into the slot at a time, or an CD Player by grasping the outer edges or the attempt is made to play scratched (Radio with CD) edge of the hole and the outer edge. or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While using The CD player can play audio CDs If the bottom surface of a disc the CD player, use only CDs in and MP3 CDs. is dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, or dampen a clean soft cloth in good condition without any label, The CD player will not play a mild neutral detergent solution load one CD at a time, and keep 8 cm (3 in) CDs. mixed with water, and clean it. the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, Care of CDs Wipe the disc from the center to the outer edge. and debris. Sound quality can be reduced due to disc quality, recording method, Care of the CD Player Control Buttons quality of the music recorded, and Do not add a label to a disc, as it The buttons used to control the CD how the disc has been handled. could get caught in the CD player. player are: Handle discs carefully and store If a label is needed, label the them in their original cases or other CD: Press to use the CD player. top of the recorded disc with a protective cases away from direct l SEEK / g SEEK: Press to marking pen. sunlight and dust. If the bottom select tracks or to fast forward or surface of a disc is damaged, the Do not use disc lens cleaners rewind within a track. disc may not play properly or at all. because they could contaminate INFO: Press to display additional the lens of the disc optics and information about the current track damage the CD player. that may be available. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

TUNE: Turn to select tracks. Playing a CD or MP3 CD Fast Forward and Rewind MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the Press the CD button. If there is a Press and hold l SEEK or menu; press to select an item. disc in the player, it begins playing. g SEEK to fast forward or Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. Information about the disc and rewind within the current track. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause current track is shown on the Selecting an MP3 Track display depending on the data a CD or MP3 track, press again to Using the control buttons: resume playback. stored. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to Inserting a CD Selecting a CD Track select the previous or next track. With the printed side facing up, Using the control buttons: . Turn the TUNE knob. insert a disc into the CD slot until . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to it is drawn in. select the previous or next track. Using the CD Menu: Removing a CD . Turn the TUNE knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 2. Select Playlists/Folders. Press X. Using the CD Menu: 3. Select the playlist or folder. The disc is pushed out of the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. CD slot. 2. Select Tracks list. 4. Select the track. If the disc is not removed after it is 3. Select the track. ejected, it is pulled back in after a few seconds. Playing Tracks in Random Order Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and set Shuffle Songs to On. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

Searching for MP3 Tracks CD/DVD Player Do not touch the bottom surface of a disc while handling it; this could The search feature may take some The CD/DVD player can play time to display the information after damage the surface. Pick up discs CDs, DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs, by grasping the outer edges or the reading the disc due to the amount MP3/WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs. of information stored on the disc. edge of the hole and the outer edge. FM automatically plays while the The CD/DVD player will not play If the bottom surface of a disc is disc is being read. 8 cm (3 in) discs. dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, Tracks can be searched by: Care of CDs and DVDs or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution . Playlists Sound quality can be reduced due mixed with water, and clean it. to disc quality, recording method, . Artists Wipe the disc from the center quality of the music recorded, and to the outer edge. . Albums how the disc has been handled. Handle discs carefully and store . Song Titles them in their original cases or other . Genres protective cases away from direct . Folder View sunlight and dust. If the bottom surface of a disc is damaged, the To search for tracks: disc may not play properly or at all. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 2. Select Search. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Song Titles, Genres, or Folder View. 4. Select the track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Care of the CD/DVD Player Control Buttons Inserting a CD or DVD Do not add a label to a disc, as it The buttons used to control the With the printed side facing up, could get caught in the CD/DVD CD/DVD player are: insert a disc into the slot until it is player. If a label is needed, label MEM/CD/AUX: Press to choose drawn in. the top of the recorded disc with a between the MEM, CD/DVD, marking pen. Removing a CD or DVD and AUX. Do not use disc lens cleaners Press Y. l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to because they could contaminate select tracks or to fast forward or The disc is pushed out of the the lens of the disc optics and rewind within a track. CD/DVD slot. damage the CD/DVD player. INFO: Press to display additional If the disc is not removed after it is Notice: If a label is added to a information about the disc that may ejected, it is pulled back in after a CD, more than one CD is inserted be available. few seconds. into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play scratched TUNE: Turn to select tracks. Playing a CD or DVD‐A Disc or damaged CDs, the CD player MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the Press the MEM/CD/AUX button. could be damaged. While using menu and press to select an item. the CD player, use only CDs in If there is a disc in the player, good condition without any label, Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. it begins playing. load one CD at a time, and keep k (Play/Pause): Press to pause a Information about the disc and the CD player and the loading slot CD, DVD‐A, or DVD‐V. Press again current track is shown on the free of foreign materials, liquids, to resume playback. Press and hold display depending on the data and debris. to stop a DVD‐V disc. stored. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks Playing an MP3 CD or DVD Searching for MP3s on a CD or DVD Using the control buttons: Files that are not stored in folders are displayed in the It is normal for the search feature . g l Press SEEK or SEEK to root directory (disc). to take some time to display the select the previous or next track. information after reading the disc The search rate increases . due to the amount of information Turn the TUNE knob. if the MENU/SELECT knob stored on the disc. The infotainment is continuously turned while Using the menu: system automatically switches to searching in a list. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. FM while the disc is being read. 2. Select Tracks List. Selecting an MP3 Track Files that do not have any meta 3. Select the track. Using the control buttons: data stored in the ID3 tag display as Unknown. . g l Pausing a CD or DVD‐A Track Press SEEK or SEEK to select the previous or next track. Tracks can be searched for by: Press k to pause a CD or DVD‐A . Playlists k . Turn the TUNE knob. track. Press again to continue . Artists playing the track. Using the CD or DVD Menu: . 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Albums Playing CD or DVD A Tracks in ‐ . Random Order 2. Select Folder List. Song Titles . Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 3. Select the folder. Genres then set Shuffle Songs to On. 4. Select the track. The number of objects in each category is shown in parentheses Fast Forward and Rewind after the category. Press and hold l SEEK or g SEEK to fast forward or rewind within the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

To search for tracks: Selecting a Chapter 3. Select Change Audio Stream. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Using the control buttons: 4. Press MENU/SELECT to change the selection. 2. Select Search. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, to select the previous or next Select Cancel to exit the menu. Song Titles, or Genres. chapter. Pausing a DVD 4. Select the track. The search rate . Turn the TUNE knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. increases if the MENU/SELECT Using the DVD Menu: knob is continuously turned 2. Select Pause to pause the while searching in a list. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. disc. Select unpause to start playback. Playing MP3 Tracks in Random 2. Select Chapter List. Navigating the DVD V Disc Menu Order 3. Select the chapter. ‐ Use the following actions to Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Selecting a Title set Shuffle Songs to On. navigate the title menu on a 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. DVD‐V Disc. Recording an Audio or MP3 2. Select Title List. . Select/Enter CD to MEM 3. Select the title. . Cursor UP See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on . page 7‑25 for more information. Changing the Audio Stream Cursor DOWN 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Cursor RIGHT Playing a DVD‐V . Cursor LEFT See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) 2. Select Audio Stream. System on page 7‑37 for information . Up Menu about how to control a Video DVD using the wireless remote control. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Use the following actions to Mass Storage INFO: Press to display additional navigate the menu on a DVD‐V information about the MEM track Disc while playing chapters. Media (MEM) that may be available. Turn to select tracks. . Pause (Play) Infotainment systems with MEM storage are able to record up to k (Play/Pause): Press to pause . Chapter List 1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music from the track currently playing; press . Title List Audio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs, again to resume playback. and USB storage devices. The MEM . DVD/DVD — DVD on both video player can also time shift audio from ( REC: Press to record music screens AM, FM, and XM radio. from a CD or USB drive. . DVD/AUX — Left video Music or content stored in MEM that DEL: Press to delete the current screen/Right AUX input you did not create, or have the right track from MEM. . AUX/DVD — Left AUX to distribute, must be deleted before FAV (Favorites): Press to display input/Right video screen the sale or end of lease of the MEM favorites. vehicle. . AUX/AUX — AUX input on both 1 to 6: Press to select a track or video screens Control Buttons playlist stored in that numeric To navigate the menu: The buttons used to control the position. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. MEM player are: 2. Select the action. MEM/CD/AUX: Press to select the MEM player. l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to select tracks or to fast forward or rewind within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Recording from Audio CDs Re-recording a Previously Recording from MP3/WMA Recorded Disc The infotainment system can record Discs or USB Storage Devices the current song playing or all songs If the disc or track has already been USB Host Support from an audio CD to MEM. A status recorded to MEM, the message bar appears on the top of the “The Song(s) is Already Recorded” The USB connector uses the display when the recording process displays. USB standards, 1.1 and 2.0. starts and disappears when the Stopping the Recording USB‐Supported Devices process has ended. Copy protected . CDs cannot be recorded to MEM. Press the ( REC button while USB Flash Drives . Portable USB Hard Drives Recording to MEM recording from an audio CD to display the stop recording option. Recording to MEM Press ( REC, then select “Record Select “Stop Recording Song Current Song” or “Record All Songs to MEM.” Press ( REC, then select “Record on Disc.” If the track has started Renaming Recorded Discs Current Song” or “Record All Songs playing, the system will restart the on Disc.” track and begin recording from the Discs that have been recorded to The information stored by MEM beginning of the track. When the MEM can be renamed. is titled according to the ID3 tag song recording is completed, the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. associated with it. message “Song Recorded to MEM” displays, and there may be a slight 2. Select Rename Recorded Discs. Re-recording a Previously pause. 3. Select the disc. Recorded Disc Songs recorded to MEM are stored 4. Select Album or Artist to rename If the disc or track has already been as the current date, disc, and track either one. recorded to MEM, the message number. The Song(s) is Already Recorded 5. Use the MENU/SELECT knob “ ” displays. to enter the character sequence. See Operation on page 7‑7 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Stopping the Recording Playing from MEM The number of objects in each ( category is shown in parentheses Press the REC button while Playing Back a Previously after the category. recording from an MP3/WMA CD Recorded CD To search for tracks: or USB storage device to display Turn the TUNE knob to select a the stop recording option. Select track if MEM is already playing 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Stop Recording Song to MEM “ ” from the previously recorded disc. 2. Select Search. Deleting Tracks from MEM 1. Select Recorded Disc List. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Individual tracks and all tracks can 2. Select the disc. Song Titles, or Genres. be deleted from MEM. 3. Select the track. 4. Select the track. The search rate To delete individual tracks, press increases if the MENU/SELECT and release the DEL button while Searching for a Track knob is continuously turned the track is playing. Tracks can be searched for by: while searching in a list. To delete all tracks from MEM, . Playlists Shuffle Songs press and hold the DEL button . Artists Select the Shuffle Songs option while a track is playing. from the MEM menu to randomly . Albums play back tracks stored in MEM. . Song Titles . Genres Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Configuring MEM Favorites Saving MEM Tracks as Creating Playlists During MEM playback, press the Favorites To create a playlist using tracks FAV button to change between Favorites can be saved by stored in MEM: favorite categories. The favorite pressing and holding one of 1. Select Playlist from the MEM categories are: the 1 to 6 buttons. Favorites can be favorites. stored according to the following list: . Playlists 2. Select the track to be stored in . Artists Playlist: Adds the currently playing the playlist. track to the playlist selected. . Albums 3. Press and hold one of the Artist: Saves the artist associated 1 to 6 buttons until the track . Genres with the currently playing track in can be heard again to store To remove MEM favorites the indicated favorites position. the track. categories: Album: Saves the album 4. Repeat Steps 1 though 3 to 1. Press the CONFIG button. associated with the currently store additional tracks in the playing track in the indicated playlist. 2. Select Radio Settings. favorites position. 3. Select MEM Favorites. Genre: Saves the genre associated 4. Remove the checkmark from with the currently playing track in the box to remove that MEM the indicated favorites position. favorites category. Replace the checkmark to re-add the removed category. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, and Zunes are compatible with the Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to (Radio with CD) infotainment system. the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to The optional AUX input allows use a portable audio player. Connecting and Controlling portable devices to connect ® to the vehicle using the 3.5 mm Playback of an audio device that is an iPod (1/8 in) input jack, the USB port, connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary Not all iPods can be controlled by ® or Bluetooth wireless technology, input jack can only be controlled the infotainment system. if equipped. using the controls on the device. Connecting an iPod Portable devices are controlled by Adjusting the Volume using the menu system described in Connect the iPod to the USB port. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Operation on page 7‑7. Searching for a Track volume of the infotainment system after the volume level has been set Tracks can be searched for by: on the portable audio device. . Playlists USB Port . Artists For vehicles with a USB port, the . Albums following devices may be connected . Song Titles and controlled by the infotainment system. . Podcasts . iPods® . Genres . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) . Audiobooks . USB Drives . Composers The AUX input is located in the . Zunes center console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

To search for tracks: Repeat Searching for a Track 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Tracks can be searched for by: set Repeat to On or Off, then press 2. Select Search. . Playlists the BACK button to return to the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, main screen. . Artists Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, . Albums Audiobooks, or Composers. On: Repeats the current track. . Song Titles 4. Select the track. Off: Playback starts from the beginning of the current track after . Podcasts Shuffle the last track finishes. . Genres Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Connecting and Controlling a To search for tracks: set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On PlaysForSure Device (PFD) or Off, then press the BACK button or Zune™ 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. to return to the main screen. 2. Select Search. On: Plays tracks in the current Connecting a PFD or Zune folder in random order. Connect the PFD or Zune to the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, USB port. Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, Off: Plays tracks in the current or Genres. folder in sequential order. 4. Select the track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Shuffle Functionality Connecting and Controlling a Files that do not have any meta Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and USB Drive data stored in the ID3 tag display as Unknown. set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On The infotainment system can only or Off. play back .mp3 and .wma files from Tracks can be searched for by: On: Plays current tracks in random a USB drive. . Playlists* order. Only the first 10,000 songs are . Artists Off: Plays current tracks in recognized on the device. . Albums sequential order. When a device is not supported, . Song Titles Repeat Functionality the message “No supported data found. You can safely disconnect . Genres Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and the device” appears. set Repeat to On or Off. . Folder View Connecting a USB Drive Repeat On: Repeats the current *This only displays if a playlist is track. Connect the USB drive to the found on the device. USB port. Repeat Off: Playback starts from To search for tracks: the beginning of the current track Searching for a Track 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. after the last track finishes. It is normal for the search feature 2. Select Search. to take some time to display the information after reading the device 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, due to the amount of information Albums, Song Titles, Genres, stored. or Folder View. 4. Select the track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

Shuffle Functionality Connecting a Bluetooth® Pairing Information: Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Device . Up to five devices can be paired set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Before a Bluetooth device can to the system. or Off. be connected to the infotainment . The pairing process is disabled On: Plays current tracks in random system, it must first be paired to the when the vehicle is moving. order. system. Not all Bluetooth devices can be paired to the infotainment . The infotainment system Off: Plays current tracks in system. Before pairing the Bluetooth automatically links with the first sequential order. device, become familiar with its available paired device in the order the device was paired. Repeat Functionality user guide for Bluetooth functions. The system only connects to . Only one paired device can be Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Bluetooth devices that support connected to the infotainment set Repeat to On or Off. A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution system at a time. Repeat On: Repeats the current Profile) version 1.2. . Pairing should only need to be track. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 completed once, unless changes Repeat Off: Playback starts from capability cannot be paired to to the pairing information have the beginning of the current track the vehicle as a phone and an been made or the device is after the last track finishes. MP3 player at the same time. deleted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

Bluetooth Setup Menu To select the Bluetooth Music Setup 4. Some devices may require The Bluetooth Setup menu can be menu when a Bluetooth device is a Personal Identification accessed with or without a device connected and active: Number (PIN) in order to attached to the USB port. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. complete the pairing process. Locate the device named To select the Bluetooth Setup menu 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. “GMusicConnect” in the list on when a device is attached to the Pairing a Device the Bluetooth device and follow USB port and active: the instructions on the device to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob 1. Select Connect To New Device enter the four‐digit PIN provided while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, from the Bluetooth Music by the infotainment system. Setup menu. or USB device main menu. Connecting to a Device 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. The system asks a series of Yes/No questions to determine Once a device is paired to the To select the Bluetooth Music Setup what type of device is being infotainment system, it can be menu when a device is not attached paired. connected to the infotainment to the USB port, or when a device system. 3. After the system determines is attached to the USB port but not To connect a paired device when active: what type of Bluetooth device is being paired, the Bluetooth no other device is connected to the 1. Press the AUX button until AUX device will need to be put into infotainment system: is the active source. discovery mode. 1. Select the Select Device option 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. 3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. Select the new device. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

To connect a paired device when Changing the Default PIN Controlling a Bluetooth® another device is connected to the To change the default PIN: Device infotainment system: 1. Select Change Default PIN Bluetooth devices that support 1. Select the Select Device option from the Bluetooth Music AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. Control Profile) version 1.0 may Setup menu. be able to be controlled by the 2. Select one of the pre‐defined infotainment system. 2. Select the new device. PIN, or select Other to create 3. The active device is a PIN. Press and release g SEEK / l disconnected from the To create a PIN: SEEK to skip tracks. system and the new device is connected. 1. Select the length of the PIN. Other Information ® Removing a Device 2. Enter the character sequence. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth® 1. Select Remove Device from the Messages SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Bluetooth Music Setup menu. The following messages may by General Motors is under license. 2. Select the device. appear on the infotainment screen. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 3. The device is removed from the Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: system. This message displays when the See Radio Frequency Statement on Bluetooth signal strength is low. page 13‑23 for FCC information. Before connecting to the removed device again, it will need to paired This Feature is Unavailable While to the infotainment system. Vehicle is Moving: This message displays when an action is not allowed while the vehicle is moving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Connecting and Controlling ® (Radio with CD/DVD Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to an iPod and MEM) the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to Not all iPods can be controlled by use a portable audio player. the infotainment system. The optional AUX input allows portable devices to be connected Playback of an audio device that is Connecting an iPod connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack Connect the iPod to the USB port. or the USB port. input jack can only be controlled using the controls on the device. Selecting a Track Portable devices are controlled by using the menu system described in Adjusting the Volume Using the control buttons: Operation on page 7 7. ‑ Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to volume of the infotainment system select the previous or next track. after the volume level has been set . Turn the TUNE knob to select a on the portable audio device. track in the current submenu. USB Port The track will start to play. The following devices may be Playing Tracks in Random Order connected to the USB port and Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and controlled by the infotainment set Shuffle Songs to On or Off. system. Shuffle On: Plays current tracks in . iPods random order. . USB Mass Storage Devices Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks in Not all iPods or USB Mass Storage sequential order. The AUX input is located in the Devices are compatible with the center console. infotainment system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

Searching for a Track Connecting and Controlling a Selecting a Track Tracks can be searched for by: USB Drive Using the control buttons:

. Files that are not stored in Playlists . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to folders are displayed in the . select the previous or next track. Artists root directory (USB). . Albums . Turn the TUNE knob to select a Connecting a USB Drive track in the current submenu. . Song Titles Connect the USB drive to the The track will start to play. . Genres USB port. Selecting a track in a different . Composers Disconnecting a USB Drive folder: . Audiobooks A USB drive should be ejected from 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. The number of objects in each the USB port before disconnecting 2. Select Folder List. it. To eject a USB drive: category is shown in parentheses 3. Select the folder. after the category. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 4. Select the track. To search for tracks: 2. Select USB Eject. Searching for Tracks 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing Tracks in Random Order 2. Select Search. It is normal for the search feature Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and to take some time to display the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, then set Shuffle Songs to On. information after reading the device Albums, Song Titles, Genres, due to the amount of information Composers, or Audiobooks. stored. 4. Select the track. The search rate Files that do not have any meta increases if the MENU/SELECT data stored in the ID3 tag display knob is continuously turned as Unknown. while searching in a list. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

Tracks can be searched by: Rear Seat Before Driving . Playlists Infotainment The RSE is for rear seat . Artists passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video . Albums Rear Seat Entertainment screen while driving. . Song Titles (RSE) System In severe or extreme weather . Genres The vehicle may have a DVD Rear conditions the RSE system may not Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. work until the temperature is within The number of objects in each The RSE system works with the the operating range. The operating category is shown in parentheses vehicle's infotainment system. range is above −20°C (−4°F) after the category. The DVD player is part of the front and below 60°C (140°F). If the To search for tracks: radio. The RSE system includes temperature is outside of this range, heat or cool the vehicle until it is 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. a radio with a DVD player, two rear seat video display screens, within the operating range. 2. Select Search. audio/video jacks, two wireless Global Off 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, headphones, and a remote control. Song Titles, or Genres. See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑21 Depending on the infotainment or the separate navigation manual system, the RSE system may 4. Select the track. The search rate for more information on the vehicle's have a Global Off feature. increases if the MENU/SELECT DVD system. The Global Off feature disables knob is continuously turned all RSE system features. Press while searching in a list. and hold the radio power button Recording Tracks to MEM for more than three seconds for Global Off to disable the RSE See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on features. A padlock icon may page 7‑25 for more information. display on the infotainment screen when the Global Off feature is on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

On some infotainment systems, the Headphones RSE includes two 2-channel Global Off feature can be turned off wireless headphones. Channel 1 by performing one of the following: is dedicated to the DVD player, and Channel 2 is dedicated to . Press and hold the radio power button for more than RSA selections. The headphones three seconds. are used to listen to various multi‐media. If the vehicle is not . Insert or eject any disc. equipped with RSA, then Channel 2 . Insert a DVD video disc. is dedicated to any external auxiliary device connected to the rear A/V . Press the Remote Control power jacks. The wireless headphones button. have a power button, Channel 1 or . Press the MEM/CD/AUX button 2 switch, and a volume control. Turn or the k button when a DVD the headphones off when not in use. video disc is in the player. A. Battery cover Push the power button to turn on the headphones. A light on the . Press the SRC button on the B. Channel 1 or 2 switch headphones comes on. If the steering wheel when a DVD C. Power button video disc is in the player. light does not come on, check the D. Volume control batteries. Intermittent sound or static . Cycle the ignition. can also indicate weak batteries. E. Power indicator light See “Battery Replacement” later in this section for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Infrared transmitters are on the Notice: Do not store the Battery Replacement top of the left seatback video headphones in heat or direct To change the batteries: screen. The headphones shut off sunlight. This could damage automatically to save the battery the headphones and repairs will 1. Loosen the screw to the battery power if the RSE system and RSA not be covered by the warranty. door located on the left side of are shut off or if the headphones are Storage in extreme cold can the headphones. out of range of the transmitters for weaken the batteries. Keep the 2. Slide the battery door open. more than three minutes. Moving headphones stored in a cool, too far forward or stepping out of the dry place. 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. vehicle can cause the headphones If the foam ear pads attached to 4. Replace the battery door and to lose the signal or have static. the headphones become worn or tighten the screw. To adjust the volume on the damaged, the pads can be replaced Remove the batteries if the headphones, use the volume separately from the headphone set. headphones are not going to be control. To purchase replacement ear pads, used for a long period of time. For best audio performance, the call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt headphones must be worn correctly, zero (0), or contact your dealer. with the headband over the top of the head. L (Left) and R (Right) are above the ear pads and are indicators as to how the headphones should be placed on the head. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks Changing the Source on the Video 3. Press the AUX button a third Display Screens time to change the left video The A/V jacks may be located screen source to the auxiliary on the rear of the floor console. The image from the auxiliary device device and the right video They allow audio or video cables can be switched between the video screen to the DVD player. to be connected from an auxiliary display screens. device such as a camcorder or a To change the display: 4. Press the AUX button a fourth video game system. time to change the source of 1. Press the AUX button on the both video screens to the DVD The A/V jacks are color coded: remote control to change the player. . Yellow for video input. source of both video screens from the DVD player to the Changing the RSE Video Screen . White for left audio input. auxiliary device. Settings . Red for right audio input. 2. Press the AUX button a second The screen display mode, Power for auxiliary devices is not time to change the left video brightness, and language can be supplied by the radio system. screen source to the DVD player changed from the setup menu using and the right video screen to the the remote control. To change a To use the auxiliary inputs of the setting: RSE system: auxiliary device. 1. Press z. 1. Connect the auxiliary device cables to the A/V jacks. 2. Use n, q, p, o , and r to 2. Power on both the auxiliary select the settings. device and the RSE video z screen. 3. Press again to exit the setup menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

Audio Output Video Screens Only the left RSE seatback console contains the infrared transmitters Audio from the DVD player or The video screens are located for the wireless headphones. auxiliary inputs can be heard in the back of the driver and front They may be visible as eight through the following: passenger seats. illuminated LEDs. These LEDs . Wireless headphones are not on the right video screen. . Vehicle speakers Both seatback consoles contain an infrared receiver for the remote . Vehicle wired headphone jacks control. They are located at the top on the rear seat audio system, of each console. if the vehicle has this feature. Notice: Avoid directly touching The RSE system transmits the the video screen, as damage may audio signal to the wireless occur. See “Cleaning the Video headphones if an audio signal is Screens” later in this section for available. See “Headphones” earlier more information. in this section for more information. Video Screen Input Jack Audio can be heard from the wired headphone jacks on the Each video screen is equipped To use the video screen: RSA system by selecting the with a video input jack to allow desired source from the RSA 1. Push the release button located video cables to be connected system, if the vehicle has this on the seatback console. from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game feature. 2. Move the screen to the desired system. This signal will override any viewing position. The front seat passengers are able video provided by the RSE system; to listen to playback from the A/V Push the video screen down into its either the DVD or Auxiliary A/V jack jacks through the vehicle speakers locked position when it is not in use. source. The RSE system must be by selecting Rear A/V as the source The screen turns off automatically. on for this input to operate. on the radio. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

Remote Control See “Battery Replacement” later in Remote Control Buttons this section. Objects blocking the O (Power): Press to turn the video line of sight could also affect the screens on and off. function of the remote control. P (Illumination): Press to turn If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in the the remote control backlight on. Radio DVD slot, the remote control O The backlight times out after several button can be used to turn on seconds if no other button is the video screen display and start pressed. the disc. The infotainment system can also turn on the video screen v (Title): Press to return to display. See CD/DVD Player on the main menu of the DVD. page 7‑21 or the separate This function could vary for navigation manual for more each disc. information. y (Main Menu): Press to access To use the remote control, aim it Notice: Storing the remote the DVD menu. The DVD menu is at the transmitter window at either control in a hot area or in direct different on every DVD. Use the seatback console and press the sunlight can damage it, and the navigation arrows to move the button. Direct sunlight or very bright repairs will not be covered by cursor. After making a selection light could affect the ability of the the warranty. Storage in extreme press the enter button. This button RSE transmitter to receive signals cold can weaken the batteries. only operates when using a DVD. from the remote control. Check Keep the remote control stored n, q, p, o (Menu Navigation the batteries if the remote control in a cool, dry place. Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to does not seem to be working. navigate through a menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

r (Enter): Press to select the t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press to fast highlighted choice in any menu. Press to go to the start of the forward the DVD or CD. To stop fast z (Display Menu): Press to current track or chapter. Press forwarding a DVD video, press s. adjust the brightness and screen again to go to the previous track To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio or chapter. This button may not display mode, and display the or CD, release [. This button might language menu. work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the not work when the DVD is playing q (Return): Press to exit the previews. the copyright information or the current active menu and return to u previews. the previous menu. This button (Next Track/Chapter): Press e to go to the beginning of the next (Audio): Press to change operates only when the display audio tracks on DVDs that have menu or a DVD menu is active. chapter or track. This button might not work when the DVD is playing this feature when the DVD is c (Stop): Press to stop playing, the copyright information or the playing. rewinding, or fast forwarding a previews. { (Subtitles): Press to turn DVD. Press twice to return to r ON/OFF subtitles and to move the beginning of the DVD. (Fast Reverse): Press to quickly reverse the DVD or CD. through subtitle options when a s (Play/Pause): Press to start To stop fast reversing a DVD video, DVD is playing. playing a DVD. Press to pause a press s. To stop fast reversing AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switch DVD while it is playing. Press again the video displays between the DVD a DVD audio or CD, release r. to continue playing. player and an auxiliary source. This button might not work when Depending on the infotainment the DVD is playing the copyright system in the vehicle, DVD information or the previews. playback may be slowed down by pressing s then [. Reverse slow play by pressing s then r. Press s again to cancel slow play. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

The AUX button also controls the 2 (Camera): Press to change Replacing the Remote Control source display between the left and the camera angle on DVDs that If the remote control becomes right video screens as described in have this feature when the DVD lost or damaged, a new universal the table below: is playing. remote control can be purchased. Use a Toshiba® code set for Aux Left Right \ (Clear) (If Available): Press replacement universal remote Button Screen Screen this button within three seconds controls. Press after inputting a numeric selection, to clear all numeric inputs. Default Battery Replacement DVD DVD } State (No 10 (Double Digit Entries) To change the remote control Media Media Press) (If Available): Press this button batteries: to select chapter or track numbers First Aux Video Aux Video greater than 9. Press this button 1. Slide back the rear cover on the Press Source Source before inputting the number. remote control. Second DVD Aux Video 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): 2. Replace the two batteries in the Press Media Source The numbered keypad provides the compartment. Third Aux Video DVD capability of direct chapter or track 3. Replace the battery cover. number selection. Press Source Media Remove the batteries from the Return to Return to remote control if unused for an Fourth Default Default extended period of time. Press State State Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it pressing the display menu button on the remote control. looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd) Problem Recommended Action The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. Check that the headphones are positioned properly with the headband across the top of the head. I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

DVD Display Error Messages DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The DVD display error message Video distortion can occur when System depends on which radio the vehicle operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow has. The video screen may display CB radios, Global Position Systems the rear seat passengers to listen one of the following: (GPSs)*, two-way radios, mobile to and control any of the music faxes, or walkie talkies. Disc Load/Eject Error or sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Mechanical Error: There are It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. RSA can only disc load or eject problems. DVD player when operating one of control music sources that the front Disc Format Error or Unknown these devices in or near the vehicle. seat passengers are not listening to, Format: The disc is inserted with *Excludes the OnStar® System. except on radios where dual control the disc label wrong side up, or the is allowed. disc is damaged. Cleaning the RSE Seatback RSA can function when the front Console Disc Region Error or Disc Error: radio is off. X displays on the The disc is not from a correct Use only a clean cloth dampened infotainment system when RSA region. with clean water to clean the RSE is on. seatback console surface. No Disc Inserted: No disc is Audio can be heard through present when the Y or MEM/CD/ Cleaning the Video Screens wired headphones (not included) plugged into the jacks on the RSA. AUX button is pressed on the radio. Use only a clean cloth dampened If the vehicle has a Rear Seat with clean water. Use care when Entertainment system with wireless touching or cleaning the screens headphones, audio can also be as damage could result. heard on Channel 2 of the wireless headphones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

To listen to a portable audio C. Left side 3.5 mm (1/8 in) If the front seat passengers are device through the RSA, attach headphone auxiliary jack. listening to the radio, this function the portable audio device to either D. Right side 3.5 mm (1/8 in) may be inactive on some radios. the front or rear auxiliary input, headphone auxiliary jack. if available. Turn the device on, While listening to a disc, press ¨ to then choose the front auxiliary P (Power): Press to turn the RSA go to the next track or chapter on input with the RSA SRCE button. on or off. the disc. Press © to go back to the SRCE (Source): Press to select start of the current track or chapter if between the radio, CD, and if these more than 10 seconds have played. features are available: DVD, front If the front seat passengers are or rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The listening to a disc, this function may front radio may override the rear be inactive on some radios. Press selection as required. and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or © or ¨ (Seek): While listening fast forward. to the radio, press to go to the When a DVD video menu is being previous or to the next station displayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up A. Left side volume control. and stay there. If the front seat passengers are listening to the or down on the menu. Hold © or ¨ to Turn to increase or decrease radio, this function may be inactive cursor left or right on the menu. the volume of the left on some radios. PROG (Program): Press to go headphones. to the next preset radio station or B. Right side volume control. Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune” channel set on the main radio. If the displays. Continue to press or to Turn to increase or decrease © ¨ front seat passengers are listening tune to an individual station. Tune the volume of the right to the radio, this function may be headphones. stays active until © or ¨ has not inactive on some radios. been pressed for several seconds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

When a CD or DVD audio disc is Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. playing, press PROG to go to the The system may not work with beginning of the disc or display disc all cell phones. See “Pairing” in info. If the front seat passengers are Bluetooth (Overview) this section for more information. listening to a disc, this function may For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice be inactive on some radios. Bluetooth capability, the system dialing capability, learn to When a disc is playing in the CD can interact with many cell phones, use that feature to access the or DVD changer, press and hold allowing: address book or contact list. PROG to select the next disc, . Placement and receipt of calls in See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this if multiple discs are loaded. If the a hands-free mode. section for more information. front seat passengers are listening . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ to a disc, this function may be Numbers” in this section for inactive on some radios. address book or contact list with the vehicle. more information. The PROG button may be used to access the menu of an MP3. Once To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING before driving, and with the vehicle in the menu, use © or ¨ to make parked: selections. When using a cell phone, . Become familiar with the it can be distracting to look too When a DVD video menu is features of the cell phone. long or too often at the screen displayed, press PROG, or press Organize the phone book and of the phone or the infotainment and hold PROG to perform the contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your menu function, then press ENTER. duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or If possible, program speed dial too often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. . Review the controls and Focus your attention on driving. operation of the infotainment system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system Steering Wheel Controls Voice Recognition can use a Bluetooth capable cell ‐ / (Push To Talk): Press to The voice recognition system uses phone with a Hands Free Profile b g ‐ answer incoming calls, confirm commands to control the system to make and receive phone calls. system information, and start voice and dial phone numbers. The infotainment system and voice recognition. recognition are used to control Noise: The system may not the system. The system can 0 / c (End Call/Mute): Press to recognize voice commands if there be used while in ON/RUN or end a call, reject a call, or cancel an is too much background noise. operation. ACC/ACCESSORY. The range When to Speak: A tone sounds to of the Bluetooth system can be Infotainment System Controls indicate that the system is ready for up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones a voice command. Wait for the tone If equipped, the infotainment support all functions and not all and then speak. phones work with the Bluetooth system allows certain controls to be system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth selected on the infotainment display. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice. for more information about For information about how to compatible phones. navigate the menu system using the Audio System infotainment controls, see Operation Bluetooth Controls When using the Bluetooth system, on page 7‑7. Use the buttons located on the sound comes through the vehicle's infotainment system and the PHONE: Press to enter the Phone front audio system speakers steering wheel to operate the main menu. and overrides the audio system. Bluetooth system. Use the VOL/ O knob during a call to change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The system maintains a minimum volume level. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

Other Information Pairing . The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving. The Bluetooth® word mark and A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone logos are owned by the Bluetooth® must be paired to the Bluetooth . Pairing only needs to be SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks system and then connected to completed once, unless the by General Motors is under license. the vehicle before it can be used. pairing information on the cell Other trademarks and trade names See your cell phone manufacturer's phone changes or the cell phone are those of their respective owners. user guide for Bluetooth functions is deleted from the system. See Radio Frequency before pairing the cell phone. If a . Only one paired cell phone can Bluetooth phone is not connected, Statement on page 13‑23 for be connected to the Bluetooth information regarding Part 15 calls will be made using OnStar system at a time. Hands‐Free Calling, if available. of the Federal Communications . If multiple paired cell phones See OnStar Overview on page 14 1 Commission (FCC) rules and ‑ are within range of the system, for more information. Industry Canada Standards the system connects to the first RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Pairing Information available paired cell phone in the order that they were first . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 paired to the system. To link to Bluetooth (Infotainment capability cannot be paired to a different paired phone, see Controls) the vehicle as a phone and an Linking to a Different Phone MP3 player at the same time. “ ” For information about how to later in this section. navigate the menu system using the . Up to five cell phones can be infotainment controls, see Operation paired to the Bluetooth system. on page 7‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

Pairing a Phone 6. Locate the device named “Your Listing All Paired and Connected 1. Press the CONFIG button. Vehicle” in the list on the cell Phones phone. Follow the instructions 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Phone Settings. on the cell phone to enter the 3. Select Bluetooth. PIN provided in Step 4. After 2. Select Phone Settings. the PIN is successfully entered, 3. Select Bluetooth. 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). the system prompts you to A four‐digit Personal provide a name for the paired 4. Select Device List. Identification Number (PIN) cell phone. This name will be Deleting a Paired Phone appears on the display. used to indicate which phones The PIN is used is Step 6. are paired and connected to the 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Start the pairing process on the vehicle. The system responds 2. Select Phone Settings. with has been cell phone to be paired to the “ 3. Select Bluetooth. vehicle. See the cell phone successfully paired” after the manufacturer's user guide for pairing process is complete. 4. Select Device List. information on this process. 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair 5. Select the phone to delete and additional phones. follow the on screen prompts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Linking to a Different Phone Making a Call Using Radio with CD To link to a different phone, the new Phone Book To make a call using the Phone phone must be in the vehicle and For cell phones that support the Book menu: available to be connected to the phone book feature, the Bluetooth 1. Press the PHONE button twice. Bluetooth system before the system can use the contacts stored process is started. on your cell phone to make calls. 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press the CONFIG button. See your cell phone's owner's guide 3. Search through the list by or contact your wireless provider to selecting the letter group the 2. Select Phone Settings. find out if this feature is supported phone book entry begins with, 3. Select Bluetooth. by your phone. or press the SELECT button 4. Select Device List. When a cell phone supports the to scroll through the entire phone book feature, the Phone list of names/numbers in the 5. Select the new phone to link Book and Call Lists menus are phone book. to and follow the on screen automatically available. prompts. 4. Select the name or number you The Phone Book menu allows you want to call. If delete is selected, the to access the phone book stored in highlighted phone will be To make a call using the Call the cell phone to make a call. deleted. Lists menu: The Call Lists menu allows you to 1. Press the PHONE button twice. access the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists. Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Missed Calls menus on your cell 3. Select the Incoming Calls, phone to make a call. Outgoing Calls, or Missed Calls list. 4. Select the name or number you want to call. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Making a Call Accepting a Call 1. Press the PHONE button. Radio with CD Turn the MENU/SELECT knob 2. Select Phone Book. to “Answer” and press the MENU/ 1. Press the PHONE button twice. SELECT knob to accept the call. 3. Search through the list by 2. Enter the character sequence. Declining a Call selecting the letter group the See “Entering a Character phone book entry begins with, Sequence” in Operation on Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to or press the SELECT button page 7‑7 for more information. “Decline” and press the MENU/ to scroll through the entire SELECT knob to decline the call. list of names/numbers in the 3. Select Call to start dialing the phone book. number. Call Waiting 4. Select the name or number you Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Call waiting must be supported on want to call. 1. Press the PHONE button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. To make a call using the Call 2. Select Enter number. Lists menu: Accepting a Call 3. Enter the character sequence. 1. Press the PHONE button. See “Entering a Character Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Answer and press the MENU/ 2. Select Call Lists. Sequence” in Operation on “ ” page 7‑7 for more information. SELECT knob to accept the call. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, or Missed 4. Select Call to start dialing the Declining a Call Calls list. number. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 4. Select the name or number you Accepting or Declining a Call “Decline” and press the MENU/ want to call. SELECT knob to decline the call. When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

Switching Between Calls 4. After the call has been Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (Call Waiting Calls Only) placed, turn or press the (DTMF) Tones To switch between calls: MENU/SELECT knob and choose Merge Calls. The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can 1. Turn or press the send numbers during a call. This is MENU/SELECT knob. 5. To add more callers to the used when calling a menu‐driven conference call, repeat Steps 1 phone system. 2. Select Switch Call from through 4. The number of callers the menu. that can be added is limited by 1. Turn or press the MENU/ your wireless service carrier. SELECT knob and select Conference Calling Enter Number. Conference calling and three‐way Ending a Call 2. Enter the character sequence. calling must be supported on the Turn or press the MENU/SELECT See “Entering a Character Bluetooth phone and enabled by knob and select Hang Up. Sequence” in Operation on the wireless service carrier to work. page 7‑7 for more information. Muting a Call To start a conference while in a current call: To Mute a Call Bluetooth (Voice 1. Turn or press the Turn or press the MENU/SELECT Recognition) MENU/SELECT knob. knob and select Mute Call. Using Voice Recognition 2. Select Enter Number. To Cancel Mute To use voice recognition, press 3. Enter the character sequence Turn or press the MENU/SELECT the b / g button located on the then select Call. See “Entering knob and select Mute Call. steering wheel. Use the commands a Character Sequence” in below for the various voice features. Operation on page 7‑7 for For additional information, say more information. "Help" while you are in a voice recognition menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

Pairing . Pairing only needs to be 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds completed once, unless the with instructions and a four digit A Bluetooth enabled cell phone ‐ ‐ pairing information on the cell Personal Identification Number must be paired to the Bluetooth phone changes or the cell phone (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. system and then connected to is deleted from the system. the vehicle before it can be used. 4. Start the pairing process on the See your cell phone manufacturer's . Only one paired cell phone can cell phone that you want to pair. user guide for Bluetooth functions be connected to the Bluetooth For help with this process, see before pairing the cell phone. If a system at a time. your cell phone manufacturer's Bluetooth phone is not connected, . If multiple paired cell phones user guide. calls will be made using OnStar are within range of the system, 5. Locate the device named Hands‐Free Calling, if available. the system connects to the first “Your Vehicle” in the list on See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 available paired cell phone in the cell phone. Follow the for more information. the order that they were first instructions on the cell phone to paired to the system. To link Pairing Information enter the PIN provided in Step 3. to a different paired phone, see After the PIN is successfully . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 “Linking to a Different Phone” entered, the system prompts you capability cannot be paired to later in this section. to provide a name for the paired the vehicle as a phone and an Pairing a Phone cell phone. This name will be MP3 player at the same time. used to indicate which phones . Up to five cell phones can be 1. Press b / g. The system are paired and connected to the paired to the Bluetooth system. responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle. The system responds a tone. with “ has been . The pairing process is disabled successfully paired after the when the vehicle is moving. 2. Say Bluetooth. This command ” “ ” pairing process is complete. can be skipped. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair additional phones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Infotainment System 7-57

Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Numbers The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the 30 phone numbers as name tags also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell in the Hands‐Free Directory that is system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending shared between the Bluetooth and after that phone name. on which cell phone you want to OnStar systems. connect to, you may have to use 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. The following commands are used responds “Ready,” followed to delete and store phone numbers. by a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system Store: This command will store responds Ready, followed 2. Say “Bluetooth.” “ ” a phone number, or a group of by a tone. numbers as a name tag. 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a If the phone name you want to name tag by entering the digits one . If another cell phone is at a time. delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will Paired and Connected Phones.” be “ is now Delete: This command is used to 1. Press b / g. The system connected.” delete individual name tags. responds “Ready,” followed . If another cell phone is not Delete All Name Tags: This by a tone. found, the original phone command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands Free Calling 2. Say “Bluetooth.” remains connected. ‐ Directory and the Destinations 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Directory. for which phone to delete. 4. Say the name of the phone you want to delete. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

7-58 Infotainment System

Using the “Store” Command To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” recognized by the system, Command 1. Press / . The system b g say “Verify” at any time. responds “Ready,” followed This command deletes all by a tone. 1. Press b / g. The system stored name tags in the Hands responds Ready, followed Free Calling Directory and the 2. Say “Store.” “ ” by a tone. Destinations Directory. 3. Say the phone number or group To delete all name tags: of numbers you want to store 2. Say “Digit Store.” all at once with no pauses, then 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 1. Press b / g. The system follow the directions given by the that you want to store. After responds “Ready,” followed system to save a name tag for each digit is entered, the system by a tone. this number. repeats back the digit it heard 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” followed by a tone. After the Using the “Digit Store” Command last digit has been entered, Listing Stored Numbers If an unwanted number is say Store, and then follow the “ ” The list command will list all the recognized by the system, say directions given by the system to stored numbers and name tags. “Clear” at any time to clear the save a name tag for this number. last number. Using the “List” Command Using the “Delete” Command 1. Press / . The system 1. Press / . The system b g b g responds Ready, followed responds Ready, followed “ ” “ ” by a tone. by a tone. 2. Say “Directory.” 2. Say “Delete.” 3. Say Hands Free Calling. 3. Say the name tag you want to “ ” delete. 4. Say “List.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Infotainment System 7-59

Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a speakers. following commands. phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. Dial or Call: The dial or Using the “Re‐dial” Command After each digit is entered, the call command can be used system repeats back the digit it 1. Press b / g. The system interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed number or a stored name tag. by a tone. If an unwanted number is Digit Dial: This command allows recognized by the system, say 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” a phone number to be dialed by Clear at any time to clear the The system dials the last entering the digits one at a time. “ ” last number. number called from the Re dial: This command is used to connected cell phone. ‐ To hear all of the numbers dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, Once connected, the person called phone. say “Verify” at any time. will be heard through the audio Using the “Dial” or “Call” speakers. Command 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed Receiving a Call 1. Press b / g. The system by a tone. When an incoming call is received, responds Ready, followed “ ” 2. Say “Digit Dial.” the audio system mutes and a ring by a tone. tone is heard in the vehicle. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say Dial or Call. “ ” “ ” that you want to dial. After each . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system . 0 pausing or say the name tag. repeats back the digit it heard Press / c to ignore a call. followed by a tone. After the Once connected, the person called last digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio say Dial. speakers. “ ” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

7-60 Infotainment System

Call Waiting Three‐Way Calling To mute a call, press b / g , and Call waiting must be supported on Three‐way calling must be then say “Mute Call.” the cell phone and enabled by the supported on the cell phone To cancel mute, press / , and wireless service carrier. and enabled by the wireless b g then say Un mute Call. service carrier. “ ‐ ” . Press b / g to answer an Transferring a Call incoming call when another 1. While on a call, press b / g. call is active. The original Audio can be transferred between 2. Say “Three‐way call.” call is placed on hold. the Bluetooth system and the cell 3. Use the dial or call command to phone. . Press b / g again to return to dial the number of the third party the original call. The cell phone must be paired to be called. and connected with the Bluetooth . To ignore the incoming call, 4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be no action is required. press b / g to link all callers transferred. The connection process can take up to two minutes after the . Press 0 / to disconnect the together. c ignition is turned to ON/RUN. current call and switch to the call Ending a Call on hold. To Transfer Audio from the Press 0 / c to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone Muting a Call During a call with the audio in the vehicle: During a call, all sounds from inside the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press b / g. person on the other end of the call 2. Say “Transfer Call.” cannot hear them. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Infotainment System 7-61

To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag System from a Cell Phone phone: During a Call During a call with the audio on the 1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system cell phone, press b / g. The audio responds “Ready,” followed responds “Ready,” followed transfers to the vehicle. If the audio by a tone. by a tone. does not transfer to the vehicle, 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 2. Say “Dial.” use the audio transfer feature on can be skipped. the cell phone. See your cell phone 3. Say the number or name tag manufacturer's user guide for more 3. Say “Voice.” The system to send. responds OK, accessing information. “ Clearing the System .” Voice Pass-Thru The cell phone's normal prompt Unless information is deleted out Voice pass‐thru allows access to messages will go through their cycle of the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, the voice recognition commands on according to the phone's operating it will be retained indefinitely. the cell phone. See your cell phone instructions. This includes all saved name tags in manufacturer's user guide to see if the phone book and phone pairing the cell phone supports this feature. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency information. For information on how (DTMF) Tones to delete this information, see the previous sections on Deleting a The Bluetooth system can send “ Paired Phone and Deleting numbers and the numbers stored as ” “ Name Tags. name tags during a call. You can ” use this feature when calling a menu‐driven phone system. Account numbers can also be stored for use. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

7-62 Infotainment System

Bluetooth UHP Controls $ / i (End call/Mute): Press to (UHP Mexico Only) Use the buttons located on the end a call, reject a call, or to cancel infotainment system and the an operation. General Information steering wheel to operate the To make outgoing calls using the Vehicles with a Universal UHP system. call list. Hands‐free Phone (UHP) system Steering Wheel Controls can use a Bluetooth® capable 1. Press the b / g button. mobile phone with a Hands-Free Steering wheel controls can be 2. Highlight the phone number Profile to make and receive phone used to: by toggling the SRC switch up calls. The infotainment system and . Answer incoming calls or down. voice control are used to control the . 3. Dial the highlighted number by system. The system can be used Confirm system information while the ignition is in ON/RUN or . Start voice recognition pressing the b / g button. ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of . End a call Infotainment System Controls the UHP system can be up to 10 m (33 ft). Not all phones support all . Reject a call For information about how to navigate the menu system using functions and not all phones work . Cancel an operation with the UHP system. the navigation system controls, see . Make outgoing calls using the the separate Navigation System Other Information call list Manual. The Bluetooth word mark and logos b / g (Push To Talk): Press to PHONE: Press to enter the Phone are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, answer incoming calls, to confirm main menu. Inc. and any use of such marks by system information, and to start General Motors is under license. voice control. Press and hold for Other trademarks and trade names two to three seconds to access the are those of their respective owners. call list. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Infotainment System 7-63

Voice Control Turning Bluetooth On or Off Ring Tone The voice control system uses 1. Press the CONFIG button. There are three different ring tones commands to control the system 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch available for the UHP system. and dial phone numbers. Phone on a navigation radio. To change the ring tone: Noise: The system may not 3. Select Bluetooth. 1. Press the CONFIG button. recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise. 4. Select Activation. 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch Phone on a navigation radio. When to Speak: A tone sounds to Changing Bluetooth Code 3. Select Ring Tones. indicate that the system is ready for The default Bluetooth code should a voice command. Wait for the tone work with most mobile phones. 4. Select Ring Tone 1, 2, or 3. and then speak. If you are having difficulty pairing Default Settings How to Speak: Speak clearly in a your mobile phone, you can change calm and natural voice. the code at any time. Selecting this option will reset the ring tones and the Bluetooth code. Audio System 1. Press the CONFIG button. Pairing When using the UHP system, 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch sound comes through the vehicle's Phone on a navigation radio. A Bluetooth enabled mobile phone front audio system speakers 3. Select Bluetooth. must be paired to the UHP system and overrides the audio system. first and then connected to the 4. Select Change Bluetooth Code. Use the VOL/ O knob during a vehicle before it can be used. See call to change the volume level. 5. Enter a new four-digit code, then the mobile phone manufacturer's The adjusted volume level select OK. user guide for Bluetooth functions remains in memory for later calls. before pairing the mobile phone. The system maintains a minimum volume level. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

7-64 Infotainment System

Pairing Information: Using UHP with Infotainment 5. Start the pairing process on the mobile phone that will be paired . Up to five mobile phones can be Controls paired to the UHP system to the vehicle. Reference the Pairing a Phone mobile phone manufacturer's . The pairing process is disabled If your mobile phone has simple user guide for information on when the vehicle is moving pairing or auto discovery features, this process. . The UHP system connects with they need to be turned off before Locate the device named UHP the first available paired mobile the mobile phone can be paired followed by a four‐digit number phone in the order the phone to the UHP system. Reference the in the list on the mobile phone was paired mobile phone manufacturer's user and follow the instructions on guide for information on these . Only one paired mobile phone the mobile phone and enter features. can be connected to the UHP the four-digit code provided by system at a time 1. Press the CONFIG button. the system if necessary, then follow the instructions on the . Pairing should only need to be 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch infotainment display screen. completed once, unless changes Phone on a navigation radio. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair to the pairing information have 3. Select Bluetooth. been made or the mobile phone additional mobile phones. is deleted 4. Select Pair Device or Add new Hands‐free (HF) device on a navigation radio. A four-digit number appears on the display and the UHP system goes into discovery mode. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Infotainment System 7-65

Viewing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone Making a Call Using Phone Book Phones To connect to a different paired and Call List To view all available mobile phones mobile phone, the new mobile For mobile phones that support the that are paired to the UHP system: phone must be in the vehicle and phone book and call list features, 1. Press the CONFIG button. available to be connected to the the UHP system can use the UHP system before the process contacts and call lists stored 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch is started. on your mobile phone to make Phone on a navigation radio. To connect to a different phone: calls. See your mobile phone 3. Select Bluetooth. manufacturer's user guide or 1. Press the CONFIG button. contact your wireless provider 4. Select Device List. 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch to find out if this feature is 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 to pair Phone on a navigation radio. supported by your mobile phone. additional mobile phones. 3. Select Bluetooth. The time it takes to download the Deleting a Paired Phone phone book and call list from your 4. Select Device List. mobile phone to the UHP system To remove a paired mobile phone 5. Select the new mobile phone to can vary depending on the size of from the UHP system: link to and follow the on screen the phone book and call list stored 1. Press the CONFIG button. prompts. on your mobile phone. 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch If delete is selected, the highlighted When a mobile phone supports the Phone on a navigation radio. mobile phone will be deleted. phone book and call list features, the Phone Book, and Call Lists 3. Select Bluetooth. menus are automatically available. 4. Select Device List. The Phone Book menu allows you 5. Select the mobile phone to to access the phone book stored in delete and follow the on screen the mobile phone to make a call. prompts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

7-66 Infotainment System

The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Accepting or Declining a Call access the phone numbers from the Outgoing Calls, or Missed When an incoming call is received, Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Calls list. the infotainment system mutes and Missed Calls menus on your mobile 4. Select the name or number you a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. phone to make a call. want to call. To accept the incoming call, turn the To make a call using the Phone Making a Call MENU/SELECT knob to “Answer” Book menu: and press the MENU/SELECT knob, To make a call: 1. Press PHONE twice, or press or press the b / g button on the PHONE once on vehicles with a 1. Press PHONE twice, or press steering wheel controls. navigation system. PHONE once on vehicles with a navigation system. To decline the incoming call, 2. Select Phone Book. turn the MENU/SELECT knob 3. You can search through the list 2. Select Enter Number for vehicles to “decline” and press the by selecting the letter group the without a navigation system. MENU/SELECT knob, or press phone book entry begins with, 3. Select the numbers to be dialed. the b / g button on the steering to continue scrolling through the For vehicles with a navigation wheel controls. entire list, turn the MENU knob. system, touch the numbers Call Waiting 4. Select the name or number you on the infotainment screen. want to call. For vehicles without a navigation Call waiting must be supported on system, see “Entering a the mobile phone and enabled by To make a call using the Call Character Sequence” in the wireless service carrier to work. Lists menu: Operation on page 7‑7 for more information. To accept the incoming call, turn the 1. Press PHONE twice, or press MENU/SELECT knob to “Answer” PHONE once on vehicles with a 4. Select Call to start dialing the and press the MENU/SELECT knob, navigation system. number. or press the b / g button on the 2. Select Call Lists. steering wheel controls. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Infotainment System 7-67

To decline the incoming call, 4. To add more callers to the Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) turn the MENU/SELECT knob conference call, repeat steps 1 Tones to “Decline” and press the through 3. The number of callers The UHP system can send numbers MENU/SELECT knob, or press that can be added is limited by during a call. This is used when the $ / i button on the steering your wireless service carrier. calling a menu driven phone wheel controls. To disconnect from one caller while system. 1. Press PHONE. in a conference call, select Detach To access this system: Number from the menu and select 2. Select Switch Call from the number to hang up on. 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob the menu. and select Enter Number. Ending a Call Conference Calling 2. Enter the character sequence. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Conference calling and three way and select Hang Up, or press Operating UHP Using Voice calling must be supported on the the / button on the steering Control mobile phone and enabled by the $ i wireless service carrier to work. wheel controls. The voice control of the UHP To Mute a Call system enables you to operate To start a conference call while in several functions of the mobile a call: Press the MENU/SELECT knob and phone using your voice. The UHP 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob select Mute Call. system uses voice commands and select Enter Number. To Cancel Mute to control the system and dial phone numbers. After input of the 2. Enter the character sequence Press the MENU/SELECT knob and command the infotainment system then select call. select Mute Call. guides you through the dialogue 3. After the call has been placed, with appropriate questions and press the MENU/SELECT knob feedback to achieve the desired and choose Merge Calls. action. The commands and numbers can be spoken without a pause between the individual words. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

7-68 Infotainment System

In addition you can save telephone Activating the Voice Control Adjusting the Volume for Voice numbers under a name tag that is For vehicles without a navigation Output selectable by you. The telephone system, press the b / g button on Turn the volume knob of the connection can be set up with Infotainment system or press this name. the steering wheel to activate the voice control of the UHP system. the + / - buttons on the steering In the event of incorrect operation wheel. or incorrect codes, the voice control For vehicles with a navigation Canceling Dialogue gives you voice feedback and system, press the b / g button on requests you to re-enter the desired the steering wheel to activate the There are various possibilities of command. Apart from this, the voice voice control of the UHP system deactivating the voice control and control acknowledges important The system responds with a tone. cancelling the dialogue: commands and will ask if After the tone, say”Phone.“ necessary. . Press the $ / i button on the For the duration of the dialogue steering wheel controls. In order that calls are made any audio source that is active is inside the vehicle do not lead to muted and any traffic news fade-in . Enter the command “Cancel.” unintentional triggering of the mobile is cancelled. . Do not enter a command for phone, the voice control does not some time. start until it has been activated. . The command is unrecognized after three tries. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Infotainment System 7-69

Main Menu Commands Frequently Used Commands Pairing, Saving, or Deleting Phone The UHP system has a set of main Here is a list of frequently used From Device List menu commands that are available commands: With the command “Pair” a mobile when voice control is first started. phone can be saved to or deleted . “Help”: the dialogue is After the voice control is activated, terminated and all commands from the device list of the UHP a short tone indicates that the voice available in the current context system. A device number will be control system is waiting for a are enumerated. assigned by the UHP system to command. the mobile phone when it is paired. . “Cancel”: the voice control is Available commands: deactivated. Available commands: . Dial . Add “ ” . “Yes”: a suitable action is “ ” . “Call” triggered depending on the . “Delete” context. . “Re-dial” . “Help” . No : a suitable action is . “Save” “ ” . “Cancel” triggered depending on the . “Delete” context. Example of a dialogue . “Directory” Voice Feedback User: “Pair.” . “Pair” Each voice input is answered or Voice output: “Do you want to add or delete a device? . “Select device” commented on by the infotainment ” system by way of a voice output . User: “Add.” “Voice feedback” that is adapted to the situation. Voice output: Using the pair . “Help” “ To switch the voice output on or off, function in the external device, . “Cancel” enter “Voice feedback” or press enter <1234> to pair.” the b / g button. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

7-70 Infotainment System

(At this time, start the pairing Example of a dialogue Recognition is best, if a pause process on the mobile phone of at least half a second is made User: “Select device.” that will be paired to the vehicle. after every three to five digits. Reference the mobile phone Voice output: “Please, say a device The infotainment system then manufacturer's user guide for number to select.” repeats the numbers recognized. information on this process. User: “device number.” Available Commands: Locate the device named UHP followed by a four‐digit number in Voice output: “Do you want to select . “Dial”: the inputs are accepted. the device number “device number.” the list on the mobile phone and . “Digit”: a numeric value between follow the instructions on the mobile (The device name appears on the “0-9” is entered. phone and enter the four-digit code infotainment display screen) provided by the system.) . “Delete”: the number last User: “Yes.” entered or the block of numbers Voice output: “Do you want to pair Voice output: One moment please, last entered is deleted. the device?” “ the system searches for the . “Plus”: a preceding “+” is entered User: “Yes.” selected device.” for a call abroad. Voice output: “Paired, ending Voice output: “Device number . “Verify”: the inputs are repeated session.” “device number” is selected, by the voice output. ending session.” Selecting Phone from Device List . “Asterisk”: an asterisk “*” is The “Select device” command can Telephone Number Dialing entered. be used to select a different paired After the “Dial” command, the voice . “Hash”: a hash character “#” is mobile phone. The UHP system control requests input of a number. entered. asks for a device number that was . assigned by the UHP system to the The telephone number must be “Pause”: a pause is entered into mobile phone when it was paired. spoken in your normal speech the character sequence. without any artificial pauses . “Help” between the numbers. . “Cancel” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Infotainment System 7-71

The telephone number entered can Making a Call Using Name Tag Starting a Second Call have a maximum length of 25 digits. When the “Call” command is used, Press the button b / g to start To be able to make a call abroad a telephone number is entered that a second call during an active you can say the word “Plus” (+) has been stored in the telephone telephone call. at the beginning of your number. book as a name tag. Available commands: The plus allows you to call from Available commands: any country without knowing the . “Send”: activate manual DTMF prefix for calls made abroad in that . “Yes” (touch-tone dialling), e.g. for country. Then say the required . “No” voice mail or telephone banking. country code. . “Help” . “Send name tag”: activate DTMF Example of a dialogue (touch-tone dialling) by entering . “Cancel” User: “Dial.” a name tag. Example of a dialogue Voice output: “Please, say the . “Dial” User: Call. number to dial.” “ ” . “Call” Voice output: Please, say the name User: “Plus four nine.” “ . “Re-dialing” tag to call.” User: “Seven three one.” . Help (for name tag information, see “ ” Voice output: “Seven three one.” “Saving a Name Tag” later in this . “Cancel” User: “One one nine nine.” section) Voice output: “One one nine nine.” User:”Name tag.“ User: “Dial.” Voice output: “Seven three one.” Voice output: “The number is being User: “Yes.” dialled.” Voice output: “Calling.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

7-72 Infotainment System

Example of a dialogue as possible for both name inputs, Example of a dialogue otherwise the voice control will User: “Save.” User: Press the b / g button if a reject the inputs. telephone call is active. Voice output: “Please, say the A maximum of 50 name tags can be number to save.” User: “Send.” stored in the telephone book. User: Say number to save. Voice output: “Please, say the Name tags are speaker-dependent, number to send.” i.e. only the person who recorded a (for number input information, see (for number input information, see name tag can open it. To avoid the the dialogue example for “Making a the dialogue example for “Making a start of the recording of a saved Call Using a Telephone Number” Call Using a Telephone Number” name from being cut off, a short earlier in this section) earlier in this section) pause should be left after an input User: “Save.” request. User: “Send.” User: “Name Tag” (give name tag). To be able to use the name tag Re-dialing independently of the location, Voice output: “Please, repeat the name tag to confirm. The “Re-dialing” command re-dials i.e. including other countries, ” the last number dialed . all telephone numbers should User: “Name Tag” be entered with a “plus” character Saving a Name Tag and a country code. Voice output: “Saving the name tag.” The “Save” command is used Available commands: to store a telephone number in the telephone book under as a . “Save”: the inputs are accepted. name tag. . “Re-dialing”: the last input is The name entered must be repeated. repeated once. The pitch and . “Help” pronunciation must be as identical . “Cancel” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Infotainment System 7-73

Deleting a Name Tag Trademarks and The “Delete” command is used to delete a previously saved name tag. License Agreements Available commands: . “Yes” . “No” Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the . Help “ ” double-D symbol are trademarks of . “Cancel” Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license Listening to Stored Name Tags under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; The “Directory” command is used to 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; listen to all stored name tags. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & Available commands: pending. DTS and the Symbol . “Call”: the telephone number of are registered trademarks and the voice tag last read aloud is DTS Digital Surround and the DTS selected. logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. MP3PRO audio decoding Product includes software. © DTS, technology licensed from Coding . “Delete”: the entry of the voice Inc. All Rights Reserved. Technologies, Fraunhofer IIS and tag last read aloud is deleted. Thompson. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

7-74 Infotainment System

Apple is not responsible for the *Canada — Some deterioration operation of this device or its of service may occur in extreme compliance with safety and northern latitudes. This is regulatory standards. beyond the control of XM™ iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and Satellite Radio. Explicit Language iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Notice — Channels with frequent DivX® is a certified product. Inc., registered in the U.S. and other explicit language are indicated It plays all versions of DivX® video countries. with an “XL” preceding the channel (including DivX® 6) with standard name. Channel blocking is available playback of DivX media files. for XM Satellite Radio receivers by notifying XM at: DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. . USA Customers — Visit and are used under license. www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-xmradio (1-800-967-2346). Fees and Taxes — Subscription . Canadian Customers — Visit fee, taxes, one time activation www.xmradio.ca or call fee, and other fees may apply. 1-877-438-9677. Subscription fee is consumer only. It is prohibited to copy, decompile, All fees and programming subject disassemble, reverse engineer, to change. Subscriptions subject to “Made for iPod” means that an hack, manipulate, or otherwise Customer Agreement available at electronic accessory has been make available any technology www.xmradio.com. XM service designed to connect specifically ™ or software incorporated in only available in the 48 contiguous to iPod and has been certified receivers compatible with the XM United States and Canada*. ™ by the developer to meet Apple Satellite Radio System or that performance standards. support the XM website, the Online Service or any of its content. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (75,1)

Infotainment System 7-75

Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. This product incorporates copyright Music and video recognition General Requirements: protection technology that is technology and related data protected by U.S. patents and other ® 1. A License Agreement from XM are provided by Gracenote . ™ intellectual property rights of Rovi is required for any product that Gracenote is the industry standard Corporation. Reverse engineering incorporates XM Technology in music recognition technology or disassermbly is prohibited. and/or for use of any of the and related content delivery. XM marks to be manufactured, For more information, visit distributed or marketed in the www.gracenote.com. XM Service Area. CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and 2. For products to be distributed, music and video-related data from marketed and/or sold in Canada, Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 a separate agreement is to present Gracenote. One or required with Canadian Satellite more patents owned by Gracenote This product uses the source apply to this product and service. Radio Inc. (operating as XM code of T-Kernel under T-License Canada). granted by the T-Engine Forum (www.t-engine.org). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (76,1)

7-76 Infotainment System

See the Gracenote website for a Gracenote® End User License YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR non-exhaustive list of applicable This application or device contains EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, Gracenote patents. Gracenote and software from Gracenote, Inc. of THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). Gracenote logo and logotype, and The software from Gracenote EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY the Powered by Gracenote logo PERMITTED HEREIN. You agree “ ” (the “Gracenote Software”) enables are either registered trademarks this application to perform disc that your non-exclusive license or trademarks of Gracenote in and/or file identification and obtain to use the Gracenote Data, the the United States and/or other music-related information, including Gracenote Software, and Gracenote countries. name, artist, track, and title Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license If you require more information information (“Gracenote Data”) regarding the use of the Gracenote from online servers or embedded terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Service, visit: www.gracenote.com/ databases (collectively, “Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, corporate. Servers”) and to perform other and Gracenote Servers. For the data provided by functions. You may use Gracenote Gracenote® Music Recognition Data only by means of the intended Gracenote reserves all rights in Service, the content is not End-User functions of this Gracenote Data, the Gracenote necessarily guaranteed 100%. application or device. You agree Software, and the Gracenote that you will use Gracenote Data, Servers, including all ownership Regarding the use of Gracenote the Gracenote Software, and rights. Music Recognition Service, when Gracenote Servers for your own this product is used, it is necessary personal non-commercial use only. to agree to the following articles. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (77,1)

Infotainment System 7-77

Under no circumstances will The Gracenote Software and each Gracenote is not obligated to Gracenote become liable for any item of Gracenote Data are licensed provide you with new enhanced or payment to you for any information to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes additional data types or categories that you provide. You agree that no representations or warranties, that Gracenote may provide in the Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its express or implied, regarding the future and is free to discontinue its rights under this Agreement against accuracy of any Gracenote Data services at any time. you directly in its own name. from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote disclaims all warranties The Gracenote service uses a Gracenote reserves the right to express or implied, including, but unique identifier to track queries delete data from the Gracenote not limited to, implied warranties for statistical purposes. Servers or to change data of merchantability, fitness for a The purpose of a randomly categories for any cause that particular purpose, title, and assigned numeric identifier is to Gracenote deems sufficient. non-infringement. Gracenote allow the Gracenote service to No warranty is made that the does not warrant the results count queries without knowing Gracenote Software or Gracenote that will be obtained by your use anything about who you are. Servers are error-free or that of the gracenote software or any For more information, see the web functioning of Gracenote Software gracenote server. In no case page for the Gracenote Privacy or Gracenote Servers will be will gracenote be liable for any Policy for the Gracenote service. uninterrupted. consequential or incidental damages or for any lost profits or lost revenues. © Gracenote, Inc. 2010 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (78,1)

7-78 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Dual Automatic Climate Control this system. System ...... 8-1 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-6 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-6

A. Fan Control G. Driver and Passenger B. Power Temperature Controls C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated Seats D. ZONE I. Air Conditioning E. Defrost J. Recirculation F. Air Delivery Mode Control K. Outside Air L. Rear Window Defogger Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Q / R (Driver and Passenger HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): The system automatically controls Temperature Controls): The Press to change the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air temperature can be adjusted airflow. The current mode appears conditioning and recirculation in separately for the driver and the in the display screen. Changing order to heat or cool the vehicle passenger. Press to increase or the mode cancels the automatic to the desired temperature. decrease the temperature. operation and the system goes ZONE: Press to link all climate into manual mode. Press AUTO When the indicator light is on, to return to automatic operation. the system is in full automatic zone settings to the driver settings. operation. If the air delivery mode The ZONE indicator light turns off. To change the current mode, select or fan setting is manually adjusted, When the passenger settings are one of the following: the auto indicator turns off and adjusted, the ZONE indicator light Y (Vent): Air is directed to the displays will show the selected is on. instrument panel outlets. settings. Manual Operation \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided To place the system in automatic O (Power): Press to turn the between the instrument panel mode do the following: climate control system on or off. outlets and the floor outlets. 1. Press AUTO. h i (Fan Control): Press to C (Tri‐Level): Air is divided 2. Set the temperature. Allow increase or decrease the fan between the windshield, instrument the system time to stabilize. speed. Pressing either button panel, and floor outlets. Then adjust the temperature cancels automatic operation and [ (Floor): Air is directed to the as needed for best comfort. the system goes into manual mode. floor outlets. Press AUTO to return to automatic English units can be changed operation. to metric units through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

- (Defog): Clears the windows of h (Recirculation): Press to turn Auto Defog: The climate control fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on recirculation. An indicator light system may have a sensor to windshield and floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to automatically detect high humidity 8 quickly cool the inside of the vehicle inside the vehicle. When high (Upper): Air is directed to the humidity is detected, the climate windshield outlets. or prevent outside air and odors from entering. control system may adjust to 7 (Hi-Level): Air is divided outside air supply and turn on the between the windshield and Automatic Air Recirculation: air conditioner. If the climate control instrument panel outlets. When the AUTO indicator light system does not detect possible is on, the air is automatically window fogging, it returns to normal (Defrost): Clears the 0 recirculated as needed to help operation. To turn Auto Defog off or windshield of fog or frost more quickly cool the inside of the on, see Climate and Air Quality quickly. Air is directed to the “ ” vehicle. under Vehicle Personalization on windshield. The climate control system may page 5‑40. (Air Conditioning): Press to # have a sensor to detect air pollution. % (Outside Air): Press to turn turn the automatic air conditioning In auto recirculation control, the on outside air. An indicator light on or off. If the fan is turned off or Air Quality Control system may comes on. Outside air is circulated the outside temperature falls below operate. To adjust the sensitivity of through the vehicle. freezing, the air conditioner will the Air Quality Control, see “Climate not run. and Air Quality” under Vehicle Press AUTO to return to automatic Personalization on page 5‑40. operation and the air conditioner runs as needed. When the indicator light is on, the air conditioner runs automatically to cool the air inside the vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog the windshield faster. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Window Defogger The heated outside rearview Remote Start Climate Control mirrors turn on when the rear Operation: For vehicles with the (Rear Window Defogger): = window defogger button is on and remote vehicle start feature, the Press to turn the rear window help to clear fog or frost from the climate control system may run defogger on or off. surface of the mirrors. See Heated when the vehicle is started remotely. The rear window defogger Mirrors on page 2‑22. The system uses the driver's turns off automatically after about Notice: Do not try to clear frost previous settings to heat or cool the 10 minutes. If turned on again it or other material from the inside inside of the vehicle. See Remote runs for about five minutes before of the front windshield and rear Vehicle Start on page 2‑10. turning off. At higher speeds, the window with a razor blade or The rear window defogger turns on rear window defogger may stay on anything else that is sharp. if it is cold outside. continuously. This may damage the rear The rear window defogger can window defogger grid and Sensors be set to automatic operation. affect your radio's ability to The solar sensor, located on top See “Climate and Air Quality” pick up stations clearly. of the instrument panel near the under Vehicle Personalization on The repairs would not be windshield, monitors the solar heat. page 5‑40. When Auto Rear covered by your warranty. Defog is selected, the rear window The climate control system Heated and Ventilated Seats: defogger turns on automatically uses the sensor information to Press to heat or ventilate the seat. when the interior temperature is adjust the temperature, fan speed, See Heated and Ventilated Front cold and the outside temperature recirculation, and air delivery mode Seats on page 3 10. is about 40°F and below. The auto ‑ for best comfort. rear defogger turns off automatically If the sensor is covered, the after about 10 minutes. At higher automatic climate control system speeds, the rear window defogger may not work properly. may stay on continuously. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Climate Control System Press the ZONE button on the front climate control system to turn off For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are the rear blower and match the rear integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. settings to the front. The ZONE indicator light and rear climate control display will turn off. The rear climate control can be turned off by pressing ] −. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. The front climate control system must be on for the rear climate control to work. To turn on the rear Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls climate control from rear seating, press any rear climate control button. A. Fan Control ZONE: When the rear climate The rear climate control will not B. Air Delivery Mode Control control is turned on from the rear, the ZONE indicator light will turn on. work if the front climate control C. Temperature Control system is in defrost. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Air Vents Maintenance AUTO: Press N until the AUTO Move the sliding knob on the air setting is selected to control the rear outlets up and down or left and Passenger Compartment temperature, air delivery, and fan right to direct the airflow. Use the Air Filter speed automatically. thumbwheels near the air outlets The filter removes dust, pollen, and to open or close off the airflow. Manual Operation other airborne irritants from outside ] −/+ ^ (Fan Control): Press Operation Tips air that is pulled into the vehicle. these buttons on the rear seat . Clear away any ice, snow, The filter should be replaced as part audio control panel to increase or or leaves from air inlets at the of routine scheduled maintenance, decrease the airflow. Pressing + ^ base of the windshield that could see Maintenance Schedule on when the system is off will turn the block the flow of air into the page 11‑4. To find out what type system on. The air delivery mode vehicle. of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11 14. remains in its previous setting. . Keep the path under the front ‑ −/+ (Temperature Control): seats clear of objects to help 1. Open the glove box completely Press these buttons to adjust circulate the air inside the and remove the four screws the temperature of the air flowing vehicle more effectively. along the upper portion of the glove box. into the passenger area. Press + . Use of non‐GM approved hood for warmer air and press − for deflectors can adversely affect 2. When released, lower the upper cooler air. the performance of the system. portion of the glove box. N (Air Delivery Mode Control): Check with your dealer before 3. Locate the service door for the Press the mode button to change adding equipment to the outside passenger compartment air filter. the direction of the airflow. Multiple of the vehicle. presses will cycle through the . Do not insert any objects in delivery selections. the outlets, as failure of the mechanism may occur. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

4. Release the two latches holding 5. Remove the old air filter. the service door. Lower the 6. Install the new air filter. service door. 7. Close the service door and latches. 8. Reinstall the upper portion of the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Starting the Gasoline Ride Control Systems Driving and Engine ...... 9-19 Traction Control Operating Engine Heater ...... 9-20 System (TCS) ...... 9-32 Retained Accessory StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-34 Power (RAP) ...... 9-21 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Driving Information Shifting Into Park ...... 9-21 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-35 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-22 Parking over Things Cruise Control Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Cruise Control ...... 9-36 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 That Burn ...... 9-23 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Engine Exhaust Object Detection Systems Braking ...... 9-4 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-23 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-38 Steering ...... 9-4 Running the Vehicle While Rear Vision Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Parked ...... 9-24 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-42 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission Fuel Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-24 Fuel ...... 9-46 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Manual Mode ...... 9-26 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-46 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-28 Gasoline Specifications If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-10 (U.S. and Canada Only) . . . . 9-47 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Drive Systems California Fuel All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-28 Requirements ...... 9-47 Starting and Operating Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-47 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 Brakes Fuel Additives ...... 9-48 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Antilock Brake Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-49 Pedal ...... 9-16 System (ABS) ...... 9-29 Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 Ignition Positions ...... 9-17 Parking Brake ...... 9-30 Filling a Portable Fuel Brake Assist ...... 9-32 Container ...... 9-52 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-32 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Towing Driving Information . Designate a front seat General Towing passenger to handle potential distractions. Information ...... 9-52 Distracted Driving Driving Characteristics and . Become familiar with vehicle Towing Tips ...... 9-53 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such Trailer Towing ...... 9-57 and can take your focus from the as programming favorite radio Towing Equipment ...... 9-60 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Trailer Sway judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Control (TSC) ...... 9-61 activities divert your attention Program all trip information Conversions and Add-Ons away from the road. Many local into any navigation device governments have enacted prior to driving. Add-On Electrical laws regarding driver distraction. Equipment ...... 9-61 . Wait until the vehicle is parked Become familiar with the local to retrieve items that have fallen laws in your area. to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Defensive Driving Drunk Driving { WARNING Defensive driving means “always Death and injury associated with Taking your eyes off the road too expect the unexpected.” The first drinking and driving is a global long or too often could cause a step in driving defensively is to wear tragedy. crash resulting in injury or death. the safety belt. See Safety Belts on Focus your attention on driving. page 3‑14. { WARNING . Assume that other road users Refer to the infotainment section (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Drinking and then driving is for more information on using that other drivers) are going to be very dangerous. Your reflexes, system, including pairing and using careless and make mistakes. perceptions, attentiveness, and a cell phone. Anticipate what they might do judgment can be affected by and be ready. even a small amount of alcohol. If equipped, refer to the navigation You can have a serious — or manual for information on that . Allow enough following distance even fatal — collision if you system, including pairing and between you and the driver in drive after drinking. using a cell phone. front of you. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Control of a Vehicle Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering include: Braking, steering, and accelerating Hydraulic Power Steering are important factors in helping to . Keep enough distance between control a vehicle while driving. you and the vehicle in front Your vehicle has hydraulic of you. power steering. It may require maintenance. See Power Steering Braking . Avoid needless heavy braking. Fluid on page 10‑20. . Keep pace with traffic. Braking action involves perception If power steering assist is lost due time and reaction time. Deciding If the engine ever stops while to a system malfunction, the vehicle to push the brake pedal is the vehicle is being driven, brake can be steered, but may require perception time. Actually doing normally but do not pump the increased effort. it is reaction time. brakes. Doing so could make the See your dealer if there is a Average driver reaction time is pedal harder to push down. If the problem. about three-quarters of a second. engine stops, there will be some In that time, a vehicle moving at power brake assist but it will be 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m used when the brake is applied. (66 ft), which could be a lot of Once the power assist is used up, distance in an emergency. it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the . Take curves at a reasonable right front tire contacts the speed. pavement edge. . Reduce speed before entering a 3. Then turn the steering wheel to curve. go straight down the roadway. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve. Loss of Control . Wait until the vehicle is out of Skidding the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three Steering in Emergencies control systems: . There are some situations when . Braking Skid — wheels are not steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can rolling. be more effective than braking. drop off the edge of a road onto . Steering or Cornering . Holding both sides of the the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: Skid — too much speed or steering wheel allows you steering in a curve causes tires to turn 180 degrees without 1. Ease off the accelerator and to slip and lose cornering force. removing a hand. then, if there is nothing in the . Acceleration Skid — too much . The Antilock Brake System way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the throttle causes the driving (ABS) allows steering while wheels to spin. braking. pavement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Defensive drivers avoid most skids . Try to avoid sudden steering, by taking reasonable care suited acceleration, or braking, { WARNING to existing conditions, and by including reducing vehicle not overdriving those conditions. speed by shifting to a lower Wet brakes can cause crashes. But skids are always possible. gear. Any sudden changes They might not work as well in could cause the tires to slide. a quick stop and could cause If the vehicle starts to slide, follow pulling to one side. You could these suggestions: Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. lose control of the vehicle. . Ease your foot off the After driving through a large accelerator pedal and quickly Driving on Wet Roads puddle of water or a car/vehicle steer the way you want the wash, lightly apply the brake vehicle to go. The vehicle may Rain and wet roads can reduce straighten out. Be ready for a vehicle traction and affect your pedal until the brakes work second skid if it occurs. ability to stop and accelerate. normally. Always drive slower in these types . Slow down and adjust your Flowing or rushing water creates driving according to weather of driving conditions and avoid strong forces. Driving through conditions. Stopping distance driving through large puddles and flowing water could cause the can be longer and vehicle deep‐standing or flowing water. vehicle to be carried away. If this control can be affected when happens, you and other vehicle traction is reduced by water, occupants could drown. Do not snow, ice, gravel, or other ignore police warnings and be material on the road. Learn to very cautious about trying to recognize warning clues — such drive through flowing water. as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

Hydroplaning . Have good tires with proper Hill and Mountain Roads tread depth. See Tires on Hydroplaning is dangerous. page 10‑49. Driving on steep hills or through Water can build up under the mountains is different than driving . Turn off cruise control. vehicle's tires so they actually on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for ride on the water. This can happen driving in these conditions include: if the road is wet enough and you Highway Hypnosis are going fast enough. When the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Always be alert and pay attention good shape. vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little to your surroundings while driving. or no contact with the road. If you become tired or sleepy, find . Check all fluid levels and brakes, There is no hard and fast rule about a safe place to park the vehicle tires, cooling system, and hydroplaning. The best advice is to and rest. transmission. slow down when the road is wet. Other driving tips include: . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. Other Rainy Weather Tips . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep the interior { WARNING weather driving tips include: temperature cool. If you do not shift down, the . Allow extra following distance. . Keep your eyes moving — scan the road ahead and to the sides. brakes could get so hot that they . Pass with caution. would not work well. You would . . Keep windshield wiping Check the rearview mirror and then have poor braking or even equipment in good shape. vehicle instruments often. none going down a hill. You could . Keep the windshield washer fluid crash. Shift down to let the engine reservoir filled. assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will The Antilock Brake System (ABS) have to do all the work of slowing Winter Driving on page 9‑29 improves vehicle down and they could get so hot stability during hard stops on that they would not work well. Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. You would then have poor braking Drive carefully when there is or even none going down a hill. snow or ice between the tires Allow greater following distance You could crash. Always have the and the road, creating less traction on any slippery road and watch engine running and the vehicle or grip. Wet ice can occur at about for slippery spots. Icy patches can in gear when going downhill. 0°C (32°F) when freezing rain occur on otherwise clear roads in begins to fall, resulting in even less shaded areas. The surface of a traction. Avoid driving on wet ice or curve or an overpass can remain . Stay in your own lane. Do not in freezing rain until roads can be icy when the surrounding roads swing wide or cut across the treated with salt or sand. are clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. your own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating Turn off cruise control, if equipped, . Be alert on top of hills; too quickly causes the wheels to on slippery surfaces. something could be in your spin and makes the surface under lane (stalled car, accident). the tires slick, so there is even less traction. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑23. Service (U.S. and Canada) on especially any that is blocking page 13 8 or Roadside Service ‑ the exhaust pipe. (Mexico) on page 13‑10. To get Run the engine for short periods help and keep everyone in the . Check again from time to only as needed to keep warm, but vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does be careful. not collect there. . Turn on the hazard warning To save fuel, run the engine for only flashers. . Open a window about short periods as needed to warm 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the the vehicle and then shut the engine . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from the off and close the window most of mirror. wind to bring in fresh air. the way to save heat. Repeat this until help arrives but only when you { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets feel really uncomfortable from the on or under the instrument cold. Moving about to keep warm Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. also helps. under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control If it takes some time for help to cause exhaust gases to get system to a setting that arrive, now and then when you run inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside the engine, push the accelerator carbon monoxide (CO) which the vehicle and set the pedal slightly so the engine cannot be seen or smelled. fan speed to the highest runs faster than the idle speed. It can cause unconsciousness setting. See “Climate Control This keeps the battery charged to and even death. Systems” in the Index. restart the vehicle and to signal for (Continued) (Continued) help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible to save fuel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits it Out Slowly and cautiously spin the It is very important to know wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and how much weight the vehicle stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the can carry. This weight is called front wheels. Turn off any traction If stuck too severely for the traction the vehicle capacity weight system. Shift back and forth system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a forward and includes the weight of traction system off and use the gear, spinning the wheels as little as all occupants, cargo and all rocking method. possible. To prevent transmission nonfactory‐installed options. wear, wait until the wheels stop Two labels on the vehicle { WARNING spinning before shifting gears. show how much weight it may Release the accelerator pedal properly carry, the Tire and If the vehicle's tires spin at high while shifting, and press lightly Loading Information label and speed, they can explode, and on the accelerator pedal when the Certification label. you or others could be injured. the transmission is in gear. Slowly The vehicle can overheat, spinning the wheels in the forward causing an engine compartment and reverse directions causes a fire or other damage. Spin the rocking motion that could free the wheels as little as possible and vehicle. If that does not get the avoid going above 56 km/h vehicle out after a few tries, it might (35 mph). need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on page 10 93. For information about using tire ‑ chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page 10‑70. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Tire and Loading Information seating positions (A), and the { WARNING Label maximum vehicle capacity Do not load the vehicle weight (B) in kilograms and any heavier than the pounds. Gross Vehicle Weight The Tire and Loading Rating (GVWR), or either the Information label also shows maximum front or rear Gross the tire size of the original Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). equipment tires (C) and the This can cause systems to recommended cold tire inflation break and change the way the pressures (D). For more vehicle handles. This could information on tires and inflation cause loss of control and a see Tires on page 10‑49 and crash. Overloading can also Tire Pressure on page 10‑56. shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example There is also important loading A vehicle-specific Tire and information on the Certification Loading Information label is label. It tells you the Gross attached to the vehicle's center Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) pillar (B-pillar). With the driver and the Gross Axle Weight door open, the label is attached Rating (GAWR) for the front and near the door lock post. The Tire rear axle. See “Certification and Loading Information label Label” later in this section. shows the number of occupant Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Steps for Determining Correct 4. The resulting figure equals 6. If your vehicle will be towing Load Limit the available amount of cargo a trailer, the load from your 1. Locate the statement and luggage load capacity. trailer will be transferred to For example, if the XXX your vehicle. Consult this “The combined weight of “ ” occupants and cargo should amount equals 1400 lbs manual to determine how this never exceed XXX kg or and there will be five 150 lb reduces the available cargo passengers in your vehicle, and luggage load capacity of XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard. the amount of available cargo your vehicle. and luggage load capacity 2. Determine the combined See Trailer Towing on page 9‑57 is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 for important information on weight of the driver and (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). passengers that will be towing a trailer, towing safety riding in your vehicle. 5. Determine the combined rules and trailering tips. weight of luggage and cargo 3. Subtract the combined being loaded on the vehicle. weight of the driver and That weight may not safely passengers from XXX kg exceed the available cargo or XXX lbs. and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight A. Vehicle Capacity Weight A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo C. Available Cargo Cargo Weight = 317 kg Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs). Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs). (700 lbs). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and The label shows the size of the If the vehicle is carrying a heavy Loading Information label for vehicle's original tires and the load, it should be spread out. specific information about the inflation pressures needed to See “Steps for Determining vehicle's capacity weight and obtain the gross weight capacity Correct Load Limit” earlier in seating positions. The combined of the vehicle. This is called this section. weight of the driver, passengers, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and cargo should never exceed (GVWR). The GVWR includes { WARNING the vehicle's capacity weight. the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Do not load the vehicle Certification Label any heavier than the The Certification/Tire label also Gross Vehicle Weight tells you the maximum weights Rating (GVWR), or either the for the front and rear axles, maximum front or rear Gross called Gross Axle Weight Rating Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). (GAWR). To find out the actual This can cause systems to loads on the front and rear break and change the way the axles, you need to go to a weigh vehicle handles. This could station and weigh the vehicle. cause loss of control and a Your dealer can help you with crash. Overloading can also this. Be sure to spread out the shorten the life of the vehicle. load equally on both sides of the center line. Label Example Your warranty does not cover Never exceed the GVWR for the A vehicle-specific Certification/ parts or components that fail vehicle, or the GAWR for either because of overloading. Tire label is attached to the the front or rear axle. driver side center pillar (B-pillar). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed { WARNING WARNING (Continued) equipment your vehicle can Things inside the vehicle can carry. . Do not leave an strike and injure people in a unsecured child restraint Using heavier suspension sudden stop or turn, or in a in the vehicle. components to get added crash. . Secure loose items in the durability might not change . Put things in the cargo vehicle. your weight ratings. Ask your area of the vehicle. In the dealer to help you load your cargo area, put them as . Do not leave a seat folded vehicle the right way. far forward as possible. down unless needed. If you put things inside your Try to spread the weight vehicle – like suitcases, evenly. tools, packages, or anything . Never stack heavier else – they will go as fast as things, like suitcases, the vehicle goes. If you have to inside the vehicle so that stop or turn quickly, or if there some of them are above is a crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Starting and can be used. Vehicle speeds Adjustable Throttle and above 110 km/h (68 mph) Operating should be limited to Brake Pedal five minutes per use. If the vehicle has this feature, the New Vehicle Break-In . Avoid making hard stops position of the throttle and brake pedals can be adjusted. Notice: The vehicle does not for the first 322 km (200 mi) need an elaborate break-in. But it or so. During this time the will perform better in the long run new brake linings are not if you follow these guidelines: yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean . Do not drive at any one premature wear and earlier constant speed, fast or slow, replacement. Follow this for the first 805 km (500 mi). breaking-in guideline every Do not make full-throttle time you get new brake starts. Avoid downshifting linings. to brake or slow the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during . During the first 1 000 km break-in. See Driving (600 mi), avoid using more Characteristics and Towing than moderate acceleration Tips on page 9‑53 for the in lower gears and avoid trailer towing capabilities The switch used to adjust the vehicle speeds above of your vehicle and more pedals is located on the right side 110 km/h (68 mph). information. of the steering column, below the . Between the first wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward Following break‐in, engine speed 1 000 km (600 mi) and you to move the pedals further from and load can be gradually the floor, or push the switch away 5 000 km (3,000 mi), heavy increased. acceleration in lower gears from you to move the pedals closer to the floor. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Adjust the throttle and brake pedals Pressing the button cycles it through If the vehicle is in P (Park), the while the vehicle is in P (Park) three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will turn off, and Retained without pressing on the pedals. ON/RUN/START and STOPPING Accessory Power (RAP) will remain The pedals cannot be adjusted THE ENGINE/OFF. active. See Retained Accessory while the vehicle is in R (Reverse) If the pushbutton start is not Power (RAP) on page 9‑21 for or when cruise control is engaged. working, the vehicle may be more information. The throttle and brake pedals can near a strong radio antenna If the vehicle is not in P (Park), also be adjusted while driving. signal causing interference to the the ignition will return to keyless entry system. See Driver ACC/ACCESSORY and display Ignition Positions Information Center (DIC) on the message SHIFT TO PARK in page 5‑27 for more information. the Driver Information Center (DIC). To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle See Driver Information Center (DIC) must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or on page 5‑27 for more information. ON/RUN mode and the brake pedal When the vehicle is shifted into must be applied. P (Park), the ignition system will switch to OFF. STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF (No LED Lights): When the Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is stopped, press the engine vehicle is moving. This will cause START/STOP button once to turn a loss of power assist in the brake the engine off. and steering systems and disable the airbags.

The vehicle has an electronic keyless ignition with pushbutton start. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle must be shut off in an The ignition will switch from emergency: { WARNING ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after 1. Brake using a firm and steady ten minutes to prevent battery Turning off the vehicle while run down. pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering ON/RUN/START (Green LED deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. Light): This mode is for driving increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the and starting. With the ignition off, 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. and the brake pedal applied, This can be done while the pressing the button once will place vehicle is moving. After shifting the ignition system in ON/RUN/ If the vehicle cannot be pulled to N (Neutral), firmly apply the START. Once engine cranking over, and must be shut off while brakes and steer the vehicle begins, release the button. Engine driving, switch the ignition to to a safe location. cranking will continue until the ACC/ACCESSORY. engine starts. See Starting the 3. Come to a complete stop, shift ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Gasoline Engine on page 9‑19 for to P (Park), and turn the ignition Light): This mode allows you to more information. The ignition will to OFF. On vehicles with an use some electrical accessories then remain in ON/RUN. automatic transmission, the shift when the engine is off. lever must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch to the OFF With the ignition off, pressing the position. button one time without the brake pedal applied, will place the ignition 4. Set the parking brake. See system in ACC/ACCESSORY. Parking Brake on page 9‑30. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Service Only Mode Starting the Gasoline To start the vehicle: This power mode is available for Engine Starting Procedure service and diagnostics, and to Place the transmission in the proper 1. With the brake pedal applied, verify the proper operation of the press the START button located malfunction indicator lamp as may gear by moving the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart on the instrument panel. See be required for emission inspection Ignition Positions on page 9‑17. purposes. With the vehicle off, the engine when the vehicle is and the brake pedal not applied, already moving, use N (Neutral). 2. When the engine begins pressing and holding the button for Notice: Do not try to shift to cranking, let go of the button and more than five seconds will place P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. the engine cranks automatically the vehicle in Service Only Mode. If you do, you could damage the until it starts. The instruments and audio systems transmission. Shift to P (Park) If the transmitter is not in will operate as they do in ON/RUN, only when the vehicle is stopped. the vehicle or something is but the vehicle will not be able to be The keyless access transmitter must interfering with the transmitter, driven. The engine will not start in be inside the vehicle for the ignition the Driver Information Center Service Only Mode. Push the button to work. (DIC) will display NO REMOTE again to turn the vehicle off. DETECTED. See Driver Cell phone chargers can interfere Information Center (DIC) on with the operation of the Keyless page 5‑27 for more information. Access System. Battery chargers should not be plugged in when If the battery in the keyless starting or turning off the engine. access transmitter needs replacing, the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can still be driven. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

3. Do not race the engine Notice: Cranking the engine for Notice: The engine is designed immediately after starting long periods of time, by pressing to work with the electronics in it. Operate the engine and the START button immediately the vehicle. If you add electrical transmission gently until the after cranking has ended, parts or accessories, you could oil warms up and lubricates can overheat and damage the change the way the engine all moving parts. cranking motor, and drain the operates. Before adding electrical 4. If the engine does not start and battery. Wait at least 15 seconds equipment, check with your no DIC message is displayed, between each try, to allow the dealer. If you do not, the engine wait 15 seconds before trying cranking motor to cool down. might not perform properly. Any again to let the cranking motor When the engine starts, let go of resulting damage would not be cool down. the accelerator. If the vehicle starts covered by the vehicle warranty. briefly but then stops again, do the If the engine does not start Engine Heater after 5-10 seconds, especially same thing. This clears the extra in very cold weather (below gasoline from the engine. The engine coolant heater, −18°C or 0°F), it could be The vehicle has a if available, can help in cold weather flooded with too much gasoline. Computer-Controlled Cranking conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) Try pushing the accelerator System. This feature assists in for easier starting and better fuel pedal all the way to the floor starting the engine and protects economy during engine warm-up. while cranking for up to components. Once cranking has Plug in the coolant heater at least 15 seconds. been initiated, the engine continues four hours before starting the cranking for a few seconds or until vehicle. An internal thermostat in the vehicle starts. If the engine does the plug end of the cord will prevent not start, cranking automatically engine coolant heater operation at stops after 15 seconds to prevent temperatures above −18°C (0°F). cranking motor damage. To prevent gear damage, this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

To Use the Engine Coolant 4. Before starting the engine, be Shifting Into Park Heater sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep 1. Turn off the engine. it away from moving engine { WARNING 2. Open the hood and unwrap parts. If you do not it could It can be dangerous to get out of be damaged. the electrical cord. The cord is the vehicle if the shift lever is not located near the air cleaner. The length of time the heater should fully in P (Park) with the parking 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded remain plugged in depends on brake firmly set. The vehicle can 110-volt AC outlet. several factors. Ask a dealer in the roll. If you have left the engine area where you will be parking the running, the vehicle can move { WARNING vehicle for the best advice on this. suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will Plugging the cord into an Retained Accessory not move, even when you are on ungrounded outlet could cause Power (RAP) fairly level ground, use the steps an electrical shock. Also, the that follow. wrong kind of extension cord These accessories can be used could overheat and cause a fire. after the engine is turned off: 1. Hold the brake pedal down and You could be seriously injured. . Audio system (up to 10 minutes set the parking brake. Plug the cord into a properly or driver door is opened). See Parking Brake on page 9 30 grounded three-prong 110-volt AC . Power windows, sunroof ‑ outlet. If the cord will not reach, (if equipped), and power outlets for more information. use a heavy-duty three-prong (up to 10 minutes or any door is 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) extension cord rated for at least opened). by pushing the lever all the way 15 amps. toward the front of the vehicle. 3. Turn the ignition off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Leaving the Vehicle with the See if you can move the shift lever Shifting out of Park Engine Running away from P (Park) without first pulling it toward you. If you can, This vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission shift lock { WARNING it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). control system. The shift lock control is designed to prevent It can be dangerous to leave the Torque Lock movement of the shift lever out vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park), unless the ignition The vehicle could move suddenly Torque lock is when the weight of the vehicle puts too much is in ON/RUN and the brake if the shift lever is not fully in pedal is applied P (Park) with the parking brake force on the parking pawl in the firmly set. And, if you leave the transmission. This happens when The shift lock control is always parking on a hill and shifting the vehicle with the engine running, functional except in the case of an transmission into P (Park) is not uncharged or low voltage (less than it could overheat and even catch done properly and then it is difficult 9‐volt) battery. fire. You or others could be to shift out of P (Park). To prevent If the vehicle has an uncharged injured. Do not leave the vehicle torque lock, set the parking brake battery or a battery with low voltage, with the engine running. and then shift into P (Park). To find try charging or jump starting the out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" battery. See Jump Starting on listed previously. If you have to leave the vehicle page 10‑88. with the engine running, be sure If torque lock does occur, your To shift out of P (Park): the vehicle is in P (Park) and the vehicle may need to be pushed parking brake is firmly set before uphill by another vehicle to relieve 1. Apply the brake pedal. you leave it. After you have moved the parking pawl pressure, so you 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. the shift lever into P (Park), hold can shift out of P (Park). down the regular brake pedal. 3. Press the shift lever button. If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving 4. Move the shift lever to the Characteristics and Towing Tips on desired position. page 9‑53. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

If you still are unable to shift out of Engine Exhaust P (Park): WARNING (Continued) 1. Fully release the shift lever { WARNING . There are holes or openings button. in the vehicle body from 2. Hold the brake pedal down and Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket press the shift lever button monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not again. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. can cause unconsciousness and 3. Move the shift lever to the If unusual fumes are detected or even death. desired position. if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle: If you still cannot move the shift Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: lever from P (Park), consult your . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows dealer or a professional towing with poor ventilation (parking completely down. service. garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired that may block underbody immediately. Parking over Things airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the That Burn . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a { WARNING . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Things that can burn could touch . hot exhaust parts under the The vehicle exhaust system vehicle and ignite. Do not park has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle { WARNING Automatic While Parked Transmission It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the automatic The shift lever is located on the engine running. But if you ever have center console between the front to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake seats. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. { WARNING Do not leave the vehicle when Idling a vehicle in an enclosed the engine is running unless you area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and engine in an enclosed area move the shift lever to P (Park). that has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be There are several different positions Exhaust on page 9‑23. sure the vehicle will not move. for the shift lever. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑21. P (Park): This position locks the If parking on a hill and pulling a front wheels. It is the best position trailer, see Driving Characteristics to use when you start the engine and Towing Tips on page 9‑53. because the vehicle cannot move easily. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

Make sure the shift lever is fully in R (Reverse): Use this gear to { WARNING P (Park) before starting the engine. back up. The vehicle has an automatic At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) It is dangerous to get out of the transmission shift lock control vehicle if the shift lever is not fully can be used to rock the vehicle system. You must fully apply the back and forth to get out of snow, in P (Park) with the parking brake regular brakes first and then press firmly set. The vehicle can roll. ice, or sand without damaging your the shift lever button before you transmission. See If the Vehicle Is can shift from P (Park) when the Do not leave the vehicle when Stuck on page 9‑10 for additional the engine is running unless ignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannot information. you have to. If you have left the shift out of P (Park), ease pressure N (Neutral): In this position, the engine running, the vehicle can on the shift lever and push the shift engine does not connect with the move suddenly. You or others lever all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. wheels. To restart when the vehicle could be injured. To be sure the Then press the shift lever button is already moving, use N (Neutral) vehicle will not move, even when and move the shift lever into only. You can also use N (Neutral) you are on fairly level ground, another gear. See Shifting out of when the vehicle is being towed. always set the parking brake and Park on page 9‑22. move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving page 9‑21. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would and Towing Tips on page 9 53. ‑ not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

D (Drive): This position is for Manual Mode { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best fuel economy. If you need more Driver Shift Control (DSC) Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: engine is running at high speed is Notice: Driving with the engine dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 35 mph at a high rpm without upshifting firmly on the brake pedal, the (55 km/h), push the accelerator while using Driver Shift Control vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down. (DSC), could damage the vehicle. Always upshift when necessary You could lose control and hit . Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) while using DSC. people or objects. Do not shift or more, push the accelerator all into a drive gear while the engine the way down. Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows you to shift an automatic is running at high speed. The transmission will shift down transmission similar to a manual to a lower gear and have more power. transmission. To use the DSC Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) feature: or N (Neutral) with the engine Downshifting the transmission in 1. Move the shift lever to running at high speed may slippery road conditions could result the left from D (Drive) to damage the transmission. in skidding, see Skidding under “ ” M (Manual Mode). The repairs would not be covered Loss of Control on page 9‑5 by the vehicle warranty. Be sure If you do not move the shift lever Notice: Spinning the tires the engine is not running at high forward or rearward, the vehicle speed when shifting the vehicle. or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the will be in Sport Mode. When you accelerator pedal may damage are in Sport Mode the vehicle will still shift automatically. the transmission. If you are The transmission may remain stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use in a gear longer than it would in the brakes to hold the vehicle the normal driving mode based on braking, throttle input, and in place. vehicle lateral acceleration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

SPORT MODE ON will be 3. To return to Sport Mode from The transmission will only allow displayed in the DIC. See Ride M (Manual Mode), press and you to shift into gears appropriate Control System Messages on briefly hold the shift lever for the vehicle speed and engine page 5‑37. The word “sport” forward. revolutions per minute (rpm). will display below the odometer. The transmission will not The gear position will also be automatically shift to the next lower indicated in the tachometer. gear if the engine rpm is too high, Within Sport Mode there is a nor to the next higher gear when the further performance feature maximum engine rpm is reached. called Performance Mode If shifting is prevented for any Lift Foot (PMLF) Mode. reason, the currently selected gear The feature is activated The tachometer display on the will flash multiple times, indicating automatically when sports instrument panel cluster will that the transmission has not shifted oriented driving is detected, show which gear the vehicle is in. gears. The number indicates the requested based on cornering and on/off While in the DSC mode, the gear range when moving the throttle application. PMLF allows transmission will automatically shift lever forward or rearward. the transmission to hold the downshift when the vehicle comes See Tachometer on page 5 12 current gear instead of upshifting ‑ to a stop. This will allow for more for more information. when the throttle is lifted. power during take-off. While using the DSC feature, the 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press When accelerating the vehicle from vehicle will have firmer, quicker the shift lever forward to upshift a stop in snowy and icy conditions, shifting. You can use this for or rearward to downshift. you may want to shift into second sport driving or when climbing or An M will be displayed in gear. A higher gear ratio allows you descending hills, to stay in gear the DIC. to gain more traction on slippery longer, or to downshift for more surfaces. power or engine braking. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Fuel Economy Mode When fuel economy mode is on: Drive Systems The vehicle may have a fuel . The transmission will upshift economy mode. When engaged, sooner, and downshift later. All-Wheel Drive fuel economy mode can improve . The torque converter will lock up Vehicles with this feature always the vehicle's fuel economy. sooner, and stay on longer. send engine power to all four . The gas pedal will be less wheels. It is fully automatic, and sensitive. adjusts itself as needed for road conditions. . The vehicle's computers will more aggressively shut off fuel When using a compact spare to the engine under deceleration. tire on an AWD vehicle, the system automatically detects the . The engine operates at lower compact spare and disables AWD. rpm's in fuel economy mode, To restore AWD operation and which can increase noise and prevent excessive wear on the vibration. This is normal. system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire on page 10‑88 for more information. Pressing the eco button by the shift lever will engage fuel economy mode. When activated, the eco light in the instrument cluster will come on. See Fuel Economy Light on page 5‑25. Pressing the button a second time will turn fuel economy mode off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road If you get too close to the vehicle and it becomes necessary to slam in front of you, there will not be on the brakes and continue braking enough time to apply the brakes Antilock Brake to avoid a sudden obstacle, a if that vehicle suddenly slows or System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels stops. Always leave enough room are slowing down. If one of the up ahead to stop, even with ABS. This vehicle has the Antilock wheels is about to stop rolling, the Brake System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the Using ABS electronic braking system that helps brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal down firmly and let When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster ABS work. You might hear the ABS vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help pump or motor operating and feel checks itself. A momentary motor or the driver steer around the obstacle the brake pedal pulsate, but this is clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. normal. this test is going on, and it might even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the Braking in Emergencies pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates ABS allows the driver to steer and on wheel speed and controls brake at the same time. In many braking pressure accordingly. emergencies, steering can help Remember: ABS does not change more than even the very best the time needed to get a foot up braking. to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑22. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Parking Brake The system has a parking brake the status light will flash until full status light and a parking brake apply is reached. If the light does warning light. See Brake System not come on, or remains flashing, Warning Light on page 5‑21. you need to have the vehicle There are also three Driver serviced. Do not drive the vehicle Information Center (DIC) messages. if the parking brake status light See Driver Information Center (DIC) is flashing. See your dealer. See on page 5‑27 for more information. Brake System Warning Light on In case of insufficient electrical page 5‑21 for more information. power, the EPB cannot be applied If the EPB is applied while the or released. vehicle is in motion, a chime will Before leaving the vehicle, check sound, and the DIC message the parking brake status light to RELEASE PARKING BRAKE ensure the parking brake is applied. will be displayed. The vehicle will decelerate as long as the The vehicle has an Electric Parking EPB Apply switch is held in the up position. Brake (EPB). The switch for the Releasing the EPB switch during EPB is in the center console. The EPB can be applied any time the deceleration will release the The EPB can always be activated, the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is parking brake. If the switch is held even if the ignition is off. To avoid applied by momentarily lifting up on in the up position until the vehicle draining the battery, do not cycle the EPB switch. Once fully applied, comes to a stop, the EPB will the EPB too often without the the parking brake status light will be remain applied. engine running. The EPB can on. While the brake is being applied, be left applied while the vehicle is parked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

If the parking brake status light EPB Release Notice: Driving with the parking flashes continuously, the EPB is brake on can overheat the brake To release the EPB, place the only partially applied or released, system and cause premature ignition in the ON/RUN position, or there is a problem with the EPB. wear or damage to brake system apply and hold the brake pedal, The DIC message SERVICE parts. Make sure that the parking and push down momentarily on PARKING BRAKE will be displayed. brake is fully released and the the EPB switch. If you attempt to If this light flashes continuously, brake warning light is off before release the EPB without the brake release the EPB, and attempt to driving. pedal applied, a chime will sound, apply it again. If this light continues and the DIC message STEP ON to flash, do not drive the vehicle. Automatic EPB Release BRAKE TO RELEASE PARK See your dealer. BRAKE will be displayed. The EPB The EPB will automatically release If the parking brake warning light is is released when the parking brake if the vehicle is running, placed on, the EPB has detected an error status light is off. into gear, and an attempt is made to in another system and is operating drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration If the parking brake warning light with reduced functionality. To apply when the EPB is applied, to is on, the EPB has detected an the EPB when this light is on, lift up preserve parking brake lining life. error in another system and is on the EPB switch and hold it in the operating with reduced functionality. If you are towing a trailer and up position. Full application of the To release the EPB when this light parking on a hill, see Driving parking brake by the EPB system is on, push down on the EPB switch Characteristics and Towing Tips on may take a longer period of time and hold it in the down position. page 9‑53 for more information. than normal when this light is on. EPB release may take a longer Continue to hold the switch until the period of time than normal when parking brake status light remains this light is on. Continue to hold the on. If the parking brake warning light switch until the parking brake status is on, see your dealer. light is off. If the light is on, see your If the EPB fails to apply, the rear dealer. wheels should be blocked to prevent vehicle movement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist feature designed to assist the (HSA) feature, which may be useful Traction Control driver in stopping or decreasing when the vehicle is stopped on a System (TCS) vehicle speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, The vehicle has a Traction Control stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. control module to supplement vehicle drive off. After the driver On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the the power brake system under completely stops and holds the system operates if it senses that conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on one or both of the front wheels quickly and forcefully applied the a grade, HSA will be automatically are spinning or beginning to lose brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive stop or slow down the vehicle. period between when the driver (AWD) vehicle, the system will The stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts operate if it senses that any of the control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, wheels are spinning or beginning to pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure lose traction. When this happens, vehicle until the ABS activates. to ensure that there is no rolling. the system brakes the spinning Minor brake pedal pulsation or The brakes will automatically wheel(s) and/or reduces engine pedal movement during this time release when the accelerator pedal power to limit wheel spin. is normal and the driver should is applied within the two‐second The system may be heard or felt continue to apply the brake pedal window. It will not activate if the while it is working, but this is as the driving situation dictates. vehicle is in a drive gear and facing normal. The brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing automatically disengage when uphill and in R (Reverse). the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

TCS is on whenever the vehicle When this message is displayed is started. To limit wheel spin, and d comes on and stays on, especially in slippery road the vehicle is safe to drive but the conditions, the system should system is not operational. Driving always be left on. But, TCS should be adjusted accordingly. can be turned off if needed. Notice: Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is The TCS off light comes on and off. The vehicle's driveline could TRACTION CONTROL OFF is be damaged. displayed on the Driver Information Center (DIC) to indicate that the If d comes on and stays on, reset traction control system has been the system by: turned off. See Ride Control System Messages on page 5‑37. d 1. Stopping the vehicle. flashes to indicate that the TCS can be turned off by pressing traction control system is active. 2. Turning the engine off and waiting 15 seconds. and releasing g. When TCS is If there is a problem detected turned off, i comes on and the with TCS, SERVICE TRACTION 3. Starting the engine. system will not limit wheel spin. CONTROL and SERVICE d STABILITRAK may be displayed on If still comes on and stays on at a Driving should be adjusted the Driver Information Center (DIC) speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see accordingly. Press and release g your dealer for service. and d will be on. See Ride Control again to turn the system back on. System Messages on page 5‑37. A chime may also sound when the When TCS is turned off on AWD light comes on steady. vehicles, the system may still make noise. This is normal and necessary The is located on the console. g with AWD hardware. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

It may be necessary to turn the StabiliTrak® System system off if the vehicle ever gets stuck in sand, mud, or snow and The vehicle has a vehicle stability rocking the vehicle is required. enhancement system called See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on StabiliTrak. It is an advanced page 9‑10 for more information. computer controlled system that See also Winter Driving on page 9‑8 assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. When the stability control system for information on using TCS when activates, the Traction Control driving in snowy or icy conditions. StabiliTrak activates when the System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light If cruise control is being used when computer senses a difference will flash on the instrument panel. TCS activates, cruise control will between the intended path and This also occurs when traction automatically disengage. Press the the direction the vehicle is actually control or TSC is activated. A noise cruise control button to re‐engage traveling. StabiliTrak selectively may be heard or vibration may be when road conditions allow. applies braking pressure to the felt in the brake pedal. This is See Cruise Control on page 9‑36. vehicle's brakes to help steer the normal. Continue to steer the vehicle in the intended direction. vehicle in the intended direction. Adding non‐GM accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. StabiliTrak is on automatically If there is a problem detected See Accessories and Modifications whenever the vehicle is started. with StabiliTrak, SERVICE on page 10‑4 for more information. To assist with directional control STABILITRAK is displayed on the of the vehicle, the system Driver Information Center (DIC) and should always be left on. Trailer d will stay on. See Ride Control Sway Control (TSC) is also on System Messages on page 5‑37. automatically when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑61 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

When this message is displayed Both StabiliTrak and Traction Limited-Slip Rear Axle and/or d comes on and stays on, Control can be turned off if needed Vehicles with a limited-slip rear by pressing and holding until the vehicle is safe to drive but the g g axle can give more traction on system is not operational. Driving and i come on the instrument snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. should be adjusted accordingly. panel. This will also disable the When traction is low, this feature If d comes on and stays on, reset TSC feature. When StabiliTrak is allows the drive wheel with the the system by: turned off, the system will not assist most traction to move the vehicle. with directional control of the vehicle The limited-slip rear axle also gives 1. Stopping the vehicle. or limit wheel spin. Driving should the driver enhanced control when 2. Turning the engine off and be adjusted accordingly. Press and cornering hard or completing a waiting 15 seconds. release g again to turn the system maneuver, such as a lane change. back on. 3. Starting the engine. Selective Ride Control d If cruise control is being used when If still comes on and stays on at a StabiliTrak activates, the cruise The vehicle may have a ride speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see control will automatically disengage. control system called Selective your dealer for service. Press the cruise control button to Ride Control. The setting can be re‐engage when road conditions changed at any time. Based on road allow. See Cruise Control on conditions, steering wheel angle, page 9‑36 for more information. and the vehicle speed, the system automatically adjusts to provide the best handling while providing a smooth ride. The Tour and Sport modes will feel similar g is located on the console. on a smooth road. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

To switch from TOUR to SPORT Cruise Control If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® mode, move the shift lever to system and begins to limit wheel the left while the transmission spin while using cruise control, is in D (Drive). { WARNING the cruise control automatically disengages. See StabiliTrak® TOUR: Use for normal city and Cruise control can be dangerous System on page 9‑34 or Traction highway driving. This setting where you cannot drive safely at provides a smooth, soft ride. Control System (TCS) on a steady speed. So, do not use page 9‑32. When road conditions SPORT: Use where road conditions the cruise control on winding allow the cruise control to be safely or personal preference demand roads or in heavy traffic. used, you can apply the cruise more control. This setting provides Cruise control can be dangerous control again. more feel, or response to road “ ” on slippery roads. On such roads, conditions through increased fast changes in tire traction can steering effort and suspension control. Transmission shift points cause excessive wheel slip, and and shift firmness are also you could lose control. Do not use enhanced. See Manual Mode on cruise control on slippery roads. page 9‑26 under Automatic Transmission. With cruise control, a speed of If there is a problem detected with about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more Selective Ride Control, SERVICE can be maintained without keeping SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays your foot on the accelerator. Cruise on the Driver Information Center control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). (DIC). See Ride Control System Cruise Control Messages on page 5‑37. Driving If the brakes are applied, the cruise should be adjusted accordingly. control shuts off. J (On/Off): Press to turn the system on and off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

+ RES (Resume/Accelerate): The cruise control light on the Increasing Speed While Cruise Press briefly to make the vehicle instrument panel cluster comes on Control is at a Set Speed resume to a previously set speed after the cruise control has been set If the cruise control system is or press and hold to accelerate. to the desired speed. already activated, −SET (Set/Coast): Press to set the 1. Press J. . Press and hold the +RES button speed and activate cruise control or 2. Get up to the desired speed. on the steering wheel until the make the vehicle decelerate. desired speed is reached, then J OFF (Cancel): Press to 3. Press and release the −SET release it. disengage cruise control without button located on the steering wheel. . To increase vehicle speed in erasing the set speed from memory. small amounts, press the +RES Setting Cruise Control 4. Take your foot off the button. Each time this is done, accelerator. the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h If the cruise button is on when not in (1 mph) faster. use, it could get bumped and go into Resuming a Set Speed cruise when not desired. Keep the If the cruise control is set at a Reducing Speed While Cruise cruise control switch off when cruise desired speed and then the brakes Control is at a Set Speed is not being used. are applied, the cruise control is If the cruise control system is disengaged without erasing the already activated, set speed from memory. . Press and hold the −SET button Once the vehicle speed reaches on the steering wheel until the about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, desired lower speed is reached, press the +RES button on the then release it. steering wheel. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed and stays there. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

. To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control press the −SET button on the Object Detection steering wheel briefly. Each time There are three ways to end cruise Systems this is done, the vehicle goes control: about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Ultrasonic Parking Assist Passing Another Vehicle While . Press the J OFF button on the If available, the Ultrasonic Front Using Cruise Control steering wheel. and Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) Use the accelerator pedal to system assists the driver with . Press the button on the increase the vehicle speed. J parking and avoiding objects. When you take your foot off the steering wheel. UFRPA operates at speeds less pedal, the vehicle will slow down Erasing Speed Memory than 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensors to the previous set cruise speed. on the front and rear bumper detect The cruise control set speed is objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory by pressing the vehicle, and 2.5 m (8 ft) behind How well the cruise control will work the J button or if the ignition is the vehicle, and at least 25 cm on hills depends upon the vehicle turned off. (10 in) off the ground. speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down. If the brake is applied the cruise control disengages. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

How the System Works High-toned beeps from the front { WARNING speakers are for objects detected When the vehicle is shifted into near the front bumper. Low-toned R (Reverse) the front and rear The UFRPA system does not beeps from the rear speakers are sensors are automatically turned on. detect pedestrians, bicyclists, for objects detected near the rear After the vehicle is shifted out of animals, or any other objects bumper. The interval between the R (Reverse), the rear sensors are located below the bumper or that beeps becomes shorter as the turned off and the front sensors are too close or too far from the vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. stay on until the vehicle is above vehicle. To prevent injury, death, When the distance is less than a speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). or vehicle damage, even with 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a For the front park assist system UFRPA, always check the area continuous tone for five seconds. to be active again without shifting around the vehicle and check all into R (Reverse), the park assist To be detected, objects must be at mirrors before moving forward or button next to the shift lever must be least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground backing. pressed. See “Turning the System and below liftgate level. Objects On and Off” later in this section. must also be within 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle and 2.5 m (8 ft) UFRPA operates only at speeds from the rear bumper. This distance less than 8 km/h (5 mph). may be less during warmer or humid When the vehicle is in N (Neutral), weather. the system may be active. If the vehicle is in a car wash, the sensors may detect objects in the car wash. See “Turning the System On and Off” later in this section to turn the system off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Front Display The following describes how the UFRPA front display lights appear as the vehicle gets closer to a detected object:

Description Metric English one amber bar 1.2 m 4 ft two amber bars 1.0 m 40 in three amber bars 0.6 m 23 in The front display is located in the instrument panel in the center of three amber bars and one red bar 0.3 m 1 ft the speedometer and has four bars to provide distance and system information. Objects Detected by Both the However, if an object comes within Front and Rear Sensors 0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper while the vehicle is backing up and at the In general, if objects are detected at same time there is another object the same time near both the front further than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rear and rear bumpers while backing up, bumper, then the beeps only sound the beeps only sound to indicate to indicate the object that is closer that objects are close to the rear to the front bumper. bumper. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Turning the System On and Off When the System Does Not be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold The UFRPA system can be turned Seem to Work Properly weather. The message may on and off by pressing the park The following messages may be not clear until the frost or ice assist button located next to the displayed on the DIC: has melted. shift lever. SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: . A trailer was attached to the If this message occurs, take the vehicle, or an object was vehicle to your dealer to repair the hanging out of the liftgate during system. the last drive cycle. Once the PARK ASSIST OFF: If the UFRPA attached object is removed, system does not activate due to a UFRPA will return to normal temporary condition, the message operation. The LED next to the park assist displays on the DIC. This can occur . An object or cover is attached to button lights up when the system is under the following conditions: the front of the vehicle. . on and turns off when it has been The driver has disabled the . A tow bar is attached to the disabled. system. vehicle. . When the system is off, PARK The ultrasonic sensors are . The bumper is damaged. ASSIST OFF displays on the not clean. Keep the vehicle's Take the vehicle to your dealer Driver Information Center (DIC). bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, to repair the system. The message disappears after a ice and slush. For cleaning short period of time. instructions, see Exterior Care . Other conditions, such as on page 10‑97. vibrations from a jackhammer or UFRPA defaults to the on setting the compression of air brakes on . each time the vehicle is started. The park assist sensors are a very large truck, are affecting covered by frost or ice. Frost or system performance. ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

Rear Vision Vehicles Without a Navigation WARNING (Continued) Camera (RVC) System The vehicle may have a Rear Vision Do not back the vehicle using When the vehicle is on and the Camera (RVC) system. Read this only the RVC screen, such as driver shifts into R (Reverse), entire section before using it. during longer, higher speed the video image automatically backing maneuvers, or where appears on the inside rearview The RVC system can assist there could be cross-traffic. mirror. Once the driver shifts out the driver when backing up by Perceived distances may be of R (Reverse), the video image displaying a view of the area different from actual distances. automatically disappears from behind the vehicle. the inside rearview mirror. Failure to use proper care before Turning the Rear Vision Camera { WARNING backing may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Always System Off or On The RVC system does not display check before backing by checking To turn off the RVC system, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, behind and around the vehicle. press and hold z , located on or any other object located the inside rearview mirror, until outside the camera's field of view, the left indicator light turns off. below the bumper, or under the The RVC display is now disabled. vehicle. To turn the RVC system on again, (Continued) press and hold z until the left indicator light illuminates. The RVC system display is now enabled and the display will appear in the mirror normally. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Vehicles With a Navigation Turning the Rear Vision Camera Symbols System System On or Off The navigation system may have An image appears on the navigation To turn the rear vision camera a feature that lets the driver view screen with the message “Check system on or off: symbols on the navigation screen Surroundings for Safety” when the 1. Shift into P (Park). while using the rear vision camera. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). The Ultrasonic Front and Rear The navigation screen goes to the 2. Press the CONFIG button. Parking Assist (UFRPA) system previous screen after approximately 3. Select Display. must not be disabled to use 10 seconds once the vehicle is the caution symbols. The error shifted out of R (Reverse). message “Rear Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable” may display To cancel the delay, do one of the if UFRPA has been disabled and following: the symbols have been turned on. . Press a hard key on the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on navigation system. page 9‑38. . Shift into P (Park). The symbols appear and may cover an object when viewing the . Reach a vehicle speed of navigation screen when an object is 8 km/h (5 mph). detected by the UFRPA system.

4. Select Camera. When a checkmark appears next to the Camera option, the RVC system is on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

To turn the symbols on or off: To turn the guidelines on or off: Rear Vision Camera Location 1. Shift into P (Park). 1. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Display. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Symbols. When a 4. Select Guidelines. When a checkmark appears next to the checkmark appears next to the Symbols option, symbols will Guidelines option, guidelines appear. will appear. Guidelines Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system has a guideline Messages overlay that can help the driver align SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA the vehicle when backing into a SYSTEM: This message can parking spot. display when the system is not The camera is located above the receiving information it requires license plate. from other vehicle systems. If any other problem occurs or if a problem persists, see your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

The area displayed by the camera is When the System Does Not limited. Seem to Work Properly It does not display objects that are The rear vision camera system may close to either corner or under the not work properly or display a clear bumper and can vary depending image if: on vehicle orientation or road conditions. The distance of the . The RVC is turned off. image that appears on the screen See “Turning the Rear Vision is different from the actual distance. Camera System On or Off” earlier in this section. The following illustration shows the field of view that the camera . It is dark. provides. . The sun or the beam of headlamps is shining directly into the camera lens. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and mounting angle of the camera can change or the camera can A. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and B. Corner of the rear bumper. mounting angle checked at your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Fuel Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge and a yellow fuel cap can use either Use of the recommended fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel is an important part of the proper containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). maintenance of this vehicle. To help See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on keep the engine clean and maintain page 9‑49. For all other vehicles, optimum vehicle performance, we use only the unleaded gasoline recommend the use of gasoline described under Recommended advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Fuel on page 9‑46. Gasoline. Look for the TOP TIER label on the Recommended Fuel fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets Use regular unleaded gasoline enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle with a posted octane rating of 87 or developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows higher. If the octane rating is less of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that than 87, an audible knocking noise, Detergent Gasoline can be found identifies the vehicle's engine. commonly referred to as spark at www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the knock, might be heard when driving. instrument panel. See Vehicle If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Identification Number (VIN) on at 87 octane or higher as soon as page 12‑1. possible. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher, the engine needs service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Gasoline Specifications California Fuel Fuels in Foreign (U.S. and Canada Only) Requirements Countries At a minimum, gasoline should If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any meet ASTM specification D 4814 California Emissions Standards, other fuel not recommended in the in the United States or it is designed to operate on fuels previous text on fuel. Costly repairs CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in that meet California specifications. caused by use of improper fuel Canada. Some gasolines contain See the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle an octane-enhancing additive called label. If this fuel is not available in warranty. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend Standards, the vehicle will operate an auto club, or contact a major oil against the use of gasolines satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the containing MMT. See Fuel Additives federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. on page 9‑48 for additional control system performance might information. be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. If this occurs, return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used, repairs might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Fuel Additives For customers who do not use Notice: This vehicle was not TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline designed for fuel that contains To provide cleaner air, all gasolines regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel methanol. Do not use fuel in the United States are now System Treatment PLUS, added to containing methanol. It can required to contain additives the fuel tank at every engine oil corrode metal parts in the fuel that help prevent engine and fuel change, can help clean deposits system and also damage plastic system deposits from forming, from fuel injectors and intake and rubber parts. That damage allowing the emission control valves. GM Fuel System Treatment would not be covered under the system to work properly. In most PLUS is the only gasoline additive vehicle warranty. cases, nothing should have to be recommended by General Motors. Some gasolines that are added to the fuel. However, some It is available at your dealer. gasolines contain only the minimum not reformulated for low amount of additive required to meet Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an U.S. Environmental Protection such as ethers and ethanol, octane-enhancing additive called Agency regulations. To help keep and reformulated gasolines methylcyclopentadienyl manganese fuel injectors and intake valves might be available in your area. tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant clean and avoid problems due We recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the to dirty injectors or valves, look gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend for gasoline that is advertised as specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce Look for the TOP TIER label on other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission the fuel pump to ensure gasoline 15% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. meets enhanced detergency vehicles that were not designed The malfunction indicator lamp standards developed by the auto for those fuels. might turn on. If this occurs, companies. A list of marketers return to your dealer for service. providing TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline can be found at www.toptiergas.com. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet Notice: Some additives are not ASTM Specification D 5798 compatible with E85 fuel and can Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge or CGSB Specification 3.512. harm the vehicle's fuel system. and a yellow fuel cap can use either Filling the tank with fuel mixtures Do not add anything to E85. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel that do not meet ASTM or CGSB Damage caused by additives containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). specifications can affect driveability would not be covered by the For all other vehicles, use only the and could cause the malfunction vehicle warranty. unleaded gasoline described under indicator lamp to come on. As the Recommended Fuel on page 9‑46. Notice: This vehicle was not outside temperature approaches designed for fuel that contains We encourage the use of E85 in freezing, ethanol fuel distributors methanol. Do not use fuel vehicles that are designed to use it. should supply winter grade ethanol, containing methanol. It can The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded corrode metal parts in the fuel fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline. system and also damage plastic renewable sources such as corn The starting characteristics of and rubber parts. That damage and other crops. E85 fuel make it unsuitable for use would not be covered under the Many service stations will not have when temperatures fall below −18°C vehicle warranty. an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump (0°F). In the range of −18°C (0°F) to available. The U.S. Department 0°C (32°F), it may take more time to of Energy has an alternative fuels start the engine. website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ E85 has less energy per liter locator/stations/) that can help you (gallon) than gasoline, so you will find E85 fuel. Those stations that need to refill the fuel tank more do have E85 should have a label often when using E85 than when indicating ethanol content. Do not you are using gasoline. See Filling use the fuel if the ethanol content is the Tank on page 9‑50. greater than 85%. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank To open the fuel door, push the rearward center edge in and release and it will open. { WARNING To remove the fuel cap, turn it Fuel vapor burns violently and a slowly counterclockwise. fuel fire can cause bad injuries. While refueling, hang the tethered To help avoid injuries to you and fuel cap from the hook on the others, read and follow all the fuel door. instructions on the fuel pump island. Turn off the engine when When reinstalling the cap, turn refueling. Do not smoke near it clockwise until it clicks once, otherwise the malfunction indicator fuel or when refueling the vehicle. lamp could turn on. See Malfunction Do not use cellular phones. The tethered fuel cap is located Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. Keep sparks, flames, and behind a hinged fuel door on the smoking materials away from passenger side of the vehicle. fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling the vehicle. This is against the law in some places. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep children away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not { WARNING top off or overfill the tank and wait a { WARNING few seconds after you have finished Fuel can spray out on you pumping before removing the If a fire starts while you are if you open the fuel cap too nozzle. Clean fuel from painted refueling, do not remove the quickly. If you spill fuel and then surfaces as soon as possible. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel something ignites it, you could See Exterior Care on page 10‑97. by shutting off the pump or by be badly burned. This spray can notifying the station attendant. happen if the tank is nearly full, When replacing the fuel cap, turn it Leave the area immediately. clockwise until it clicks once. Make and is more likely in hot weather. sure the cap is fully installed. The Open the fuel cap slowly and diagnostic system can determine if Notice: If a new fuel cap is wait for any hiss noise to stop. the fuel cap has been left off or needed, be sure to get the right Then unscrew the cap all the way. improperly installed. This would type of cap from your dealer. allow fuel to evaporate into the The wrong type of fuel cap might atmosphere. See Malfunction not fit properly, might cause the Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. malfunction indicator lamp to light, and could damage the fuel tank and emissions system. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing Container . Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing { WARNING with the inside of the fill Information opening before operating Never fill a portable fuel the nozzle. Contact should Only use towing equipment that container while it is in the vehicle. be maintained until the filling has been designed for the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from is complete. Contact your dealer or trailering the container can ignite the fuel dealer for assistance with preparing . Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. and the vehicle damaged if this See the following trailer towing occurs. To help avoid injury to . Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: while pumping fuel. you and others: . For information on driving . Dispense fuel only into while towing a trailer, see approved containers. “Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips.” . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a . For maximum vehicle and trailer vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, weights, see “Trailer Towing.” or on any surface other than . For information on equipment the ground. to tow a trailer, see “Towing (Continued) Equipment.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

For information on towing a disabled For trailering capacity, see Trailer vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on WARNING (Continued) Towing on page 9‑57. Trailering page 10‑93. For information on changes handling, acceleration, towing the vehicle behind another The driver and passengers could braking, durability and fuel vehicle such as a motor home, see be seriously injured. The vehicle economy. With the added weight, Recreational Vehicle Towing on may also be damaged; the the engine, transmission, wheel page 10‑93. resulting repairs would not be assemblies and tires are forced covered by the vehicle warranty. to work harder and under greater Driving Characteristics Pull a trailer only if all the steps in loads. The trailer also adds wind and Towing Tips this section have been followed. resistance, increasing the pulling Ask your dealer for advice and requirements. For safe trailering, correctly use the proper trailering { WARNING information about towing a trailer with the vehicle. equipment. The driver can lose control when The following information has pulling a trailer if the correct The vehicle can tow a trailer important trailering tips and rules equipment is not used or the when equipped with the proper for your safety and that of your vehicle is not driven properly. trailer towing equipment. passengers. Read this section For example, if the trailer is carefully before pulling a trailer. too heavy, the brakes may not work well — or even at all. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

Pulling a Trailer . The vehicle can tow in Check all trailer hitch parts D (Drive). Use a lower gear if and attachments, safety chains, Here are some important points: the transmission shifts too often. electrical connectors, lamps, tires . There are many laws, including . Do not use the Fuel Economy and mirror adjustments. If the trailer speed limit restrictions that apply Mode when towing. has electric brakes, start the vehicle to trailering. Check for legal and trailer moving and then apply . requirements. Obey speed limit restrictions. the trailer brake controller by hand Do not drive faster than the to be sure the brakes are working. . Do not tow a trailer at all during maximum posted speed for the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) trailers, or no more than During the trip, check regularly to be the new vehicle is driven. 90 km/h (55 mph), to reduce sure that the load is secure, and the The engine, axle or other wear on the vehicle. lamps and trailer brakes are working parts could be damaged. properly. Driving with a Trailer . During the first 800 km Towing with a Stability Control (500 miles) that a trailer is Towing a trailer requires experience. System towed, do not drive over Get familiar with handling and 80 km/h (50 mph) and do braking with the added trailer When towing, the sound of the not make starts at full throttle. weight. The vehicle is now longer stability control system might be This reduces wear on the and not as responsive as the heard. The system is reacting to vehicle. vehicle is by itself. the vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

Following Distance Making Turns Turn Signals When Towing a Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns Trailer vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the The turn signal indicators on the driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with instrument panel flash whenever This can help to avoid situations the vehicle. The vehicle could be signaling a turn or lane change. that require heavy braking and damaged. Avoid making very Properly hooked up, the trailer sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. lamps also flash, telling other drivers the vehicle is turning, Passing When turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal so the changing lanes or stopping. More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, When towing a trailer, the arrows on when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees or other the instrument panel flash for turns rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in even if the bulbs on the trailer are farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden burned out. Check occasionally to before returning to the lane. maneuvers. be sure the trailer bulbs are still Backing Up working. Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Driving on Grades Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the brake pedal Reduce speed and shift to a until the chocks absorb the load. lower gear before starting down { WARNING a long or steep downgrade. If the 4. Reapply the brake pedal. transmission is not shifted down, Parking the vehicle on a hill Then apply the parking brake the brakes might have to be used so with the trailer attached can be and shift into P (Park). dangerous. If something goes much that they would get hot and no 5. Release the brake pedal. longer work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. People can be injured, and both The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Leaving After Parking on a Hill the vehicle and the trailer can be Use a lower gear if the transmission 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal damaged. When possible, always shifts too often. while you: park the rig on a flat surface. When towing at high altitude on . Start the engine. steep uphill grades, engine coolant . Shift into a gear. boils at a lower temperature than If parking the rig on a hill: at normal altitudes. If the engine is 1. Press the brake pedal, but . Release the parking brake. turned off immediately after towing do not shift into P (Park) yet. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. at high altitude on steep uphill Turn the wheels into the curb grades, the vehicle could show if facing downhill or into traffic 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is signs similar to engine overheating. if facing uphill. clear of the chocks. To avoid this, let the engine run 2. Have someone place chocks 4. Stop and have someone pick up while parked, preferably on level under the trailer wheels. and store the chocks. ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Maintenance When Trailer Trailer Towing It can depend on any special Towing equipment on the vehicle, and the Before pulling a trailer, there are amount of tongue weight the vehicle The vehicle needs service more three important considerations that can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer often when pulling a trailer. See this have to do with weight: Tongue” later in this section for manual's Maintenance Schedule or . The weight of the trailer more information. index for more information. Things that are especially important in . The weight of the trailer tongue Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in trailer operation are automatic . The total weight on the vehicle's the tow vehicle and it has all the transmission fluid, engine oil, axle tires lubricant, belts, cooling system and required trailering equipment. brake system. Inspect these before Weight of the Trailer The weight of additional optional and during the trip. equipment, passengers and cargo in How heavy can a trailer safely be? the tow vehicle must be subtracted Check periodically to see that all It depends on how the rig is used. from the maximum trailer weight. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. For example, speed, altitude, road Use the following chart to determine Engine Cooling When Trailer grades, outside temperature and how much the vehicle can weigh, Towing how much the vehicle is used to based upon the vehicle model and pull a trailer are all important. The cooling system may temporarily options. overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

Maximum Trailer Maximum Tongue Vehicle Weight GCWR* Weight 3.6L Engine, FWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 185 kg (7,022 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) Package 3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 640 kg (8,025 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) 3.6L Engine, AWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 270 kg (7,209 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) Package 3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue information or advice. weight the vehicle can carry, which The tongue load (A) of any trailer See Customer Assistance Offices will also reduce the trailer weight the is an important weight to measure (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, ‑ because it affects the total gross or Customer Assistance Offices the tongue load must be added weight of the vehicle. The Gross (Mexico) on page 13 5 for more to the GVW because the vehicle ‑ Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes information. will be carrying that weight, too. the curb weight of the vehicle, any See Vehicle Load Limits on cargo carried in it, and the people page 9 10 for more information who will be riding in the vehicle. ‑ about the vehicle's maximum If there are a lot of options, load capacity. equipment, passengers or cargo in Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Trailering may be limited by the Total Weight on the Vehicle's vehicle's ability to carry tongue Tires weight. Tongue weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Be sure the vehicle's tires are (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or inflated to the upper limit for cold the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle tires. These numbers can be found Weight Rating). The effect of on the Certification label or see additional weight may reduce the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10 trailering capacity more than the for more information. Make sure total of the additional weight. not to go over the GVW limit for the vehicle, or the GAWR, including the It is important that the vehicle weight of the trailer tongue. If using does not exceed any of its a weight distributing hitch, make If a weight-carrying hitch or a ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, sure not to go over the rear axle weight-distributing hitch is being Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue limit before applying the weight used, the trailer tongue (A) should Weight. The only way to be sure it is distribution spring bars. weigh 10‐15 percent of the total not exceeding any of these ratings loaded trailer weight (B). is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. After loading the trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they are not, adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

Towing Equipment Hitch Cover To reinstall the hitch cover: Hitches 1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push It is important to have the correct the upper tabs in the hitch cover hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large into the slots in the fascia. trucks going by and rough roads are 2. Move the bottom of the cover a few reasons why the right hitch is forward until the lower tabs line needed. up with the lower fascia slots. . The rear bumper on the vehicle 3. Snap the hitch cover into place is not intended for hitches. by pushing the upper corners Do not attach rental hitches or forward. other bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted hitch 4. Turn the fasteners on the lower that does not attach to the tabs 90 degrees clockwise to The vehicle may have a hitch cover. bumper. lock the cover in place. To remove the hitch cover: . Will any holes be made in the 1. Turn the fasteners on Safety Chains body of the vehicle when the the lower tabs 90 degrees trailer hitch is installed? If there Always attach chains between the counterclockwise. are, then be sure to seal the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the holes later when the hitch is 2. Lift the lower edge of the cover safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the removed. If the holes are not about 45 degrees. sealed, dirt, water, and deadly tongue from contacting the road if it 3. Pull the cover downward becomes separated from the hitch. carbon monoxide (CO) from to disengage the upper the exhaust can get into the Always leave just enough slack so attachments. the rig can turn. Never allow safety vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on chains to drag on the ground. page 9‑23. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

Trailer Brakes Conversions and A loaded trailer that weighs more Add-Ons than 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs to have its own brake system that is adequate for the weight of the Add-On Electrical trailer. Be sure to read and follow Equipment the instructions for the trailer brakes When TSC is applying the brakes, Notice: Do not add anything so they are installed, adjusted and the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light electrical to the vehicle unless maintained properly. flashes to notify the driver to reduce speed. If the trailer continues to you check with your dealer first. Because the vehicle has anti-lock sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine Some electrical equipment can brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's torque to help slow the vehicle. damage the vehicle and the brake system. If you do, both brake damage would not be covered systems will not work well, or at all. TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is ® by the vehicle's warranty. Some turned off. See StabiliTrak System add-on electrical equipment can Trailer Sway on page 9‑34 for more information. keep other components from Control (TSC) working as they should. Add-on equipment can drain the The vehicle has a Trailer Sway vehicle's 12 volt battery, even if the Control (TSC) feature as part ‐ vehicle is not operating. of the StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects that the trailer The vehicle has an airbag system. is swaying, the vehicle's brakes Before attempting to add anything are automatically applied. electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑34 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑35. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Automatic Transmission Bulb Replacement Vehicle Care Fluid ...... 10-12 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-32 General Information Cooling System ...... 10-14 High Intensity Discharge Engine Coolant ...... 10-15 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-32 General Information ...... 10-3 Engine Overheating ...... 10-18 Headlamps ...... 10-32 California Proposition Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-38 California Perchlorate Brakes ...... 10-22 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-40 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Brake Fluid ...... 10-23 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Accessories and Battery ...... 10-24 Modifications ...... 10-4 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-25 Electrical System Vehicle Checks Starter Switch Check ...... 10-25 Electrical System Doing Your Own Automatic Transmission Shift Overload ...... 10-41 Service Work ...... 10-4 Lock Control Function Fuses and Circuit Hood ...... 10-5 Check ...... 10-26 Breakers ...... 10-41 Engine Compartment Park Brake and P (Park) Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Overview ...... 10-6 Mechanism Check ...... 10-26 Instrument Panel Fuse Engine Cover ...... 10-7 Wiper Blade Block ...... 10-44 Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Replacement ...... 10-27 Rear Compartment Fuse Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Headlamp Aiming Block ...... 10-46 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Jump Starting Tires ...... 10-49 Different Size Tires and Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Wheels ...... 10-67 Tire Designations ...... 10-52 Uniform Tire Quality Towing Tire Terminology and Grading ...... 10-67 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-93 Definitions ...... 10-53 Wheel Alignment and Tire Recreational Vehicle Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Balance ...... 10-69 Towing ...... 10-93 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Wheel Replacement ...... 10-69 Appearance Care Tire Chains ...... 10-70 Operation ...... 10-57 Exterior Care ...... 10-97 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 Tire Pressure Monitor Interior Care ...... 10-100 Tire Sealant and System ...... 10-58 Floor Mats ...... 10-103 Tire Pressure Monitor Compressor Kit ...... 10-73 Operation ...... 10-59 Storing the Tire Sealant and Tire Inspection ...... 10-62 Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Tire Rotation ...... 10-63 Tire Changing ...... 10-81 When It Is Time for New Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-88 Tires ...... 10-64 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

General Information California Proposition California Perchlorate For service and parts needs, 65 Warning Materials Requirements visit your dealer. You will receive Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive genuine GM parts and GM-trained one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag and supported service people. known to the State of California to initiators, safety belt pretensioners, Genuine GM parts have one of cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in these marks: other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Accessories and Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control Doing Your Own making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, Service Work can affect vehicle performance is not covered under the terms of and safety, including such things the vehicle warranty and may affect { WARNING as airbags, braking, stability, ride remaining warranty coverage for and handling, emissions systems, affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any by the vehicle warranty. Also, see Adding Equipment to service work. the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑35. If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

To order the proper service manual, Hood see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 13‑18. To open the hood: This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑34. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records on page 11‑15. 2. Move the secondary hood release lever up to release the striker. The lever is located near the middle of the hood. 1. Pull the release handle with the above symbol on it. It is located 3. Lift the hood. below the instrument panel to Before closing the hood, be sure all the left of the steering wheel. the filler caps are on properly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank Engine Cover page 10‑12. and Pressure Cap. See Engine B. Power Steering Reservoir and Coolant on page 10‑15. Cap (Under Engine Cover). I. Battery (Out of View). See Power Steering Fluid on See Battery on page 10‑24. page 10‑20. J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine See Jump Starting on Oil on page 10‑8. page 10‑88. D. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of K. Remote Negative (−) Terminal View). See Engine Oil on (Out of View). See Jump page 10‑8. Starting on page 10‑88. E. Engine Cover on page 10‑7. L. Engine Compartment Fuse F. Transmission Fluid Cap Block on page 10‑42. A. Oil Fill Cap and Dipstick (Out of View). M. Windshield Washer Fluid See Automatic Transmission Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on B. Engine Cover Bolt Fluid on page 10‑12. page 10‑21. C. Engine Cover G. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Brakes on page 10‑22. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

To remove: Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil 1. Remove the oil fill cap (A). To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the engine 2. Remove the engine cover performance and long life, oil level at each fuel fill. In order bolt (B). careful attention must be paid to get an accurate reading, the to engine oil. Following these vehicle must be on level ground. 3. Raise the engine cover (C) to simple, but important steps will The engine oil dipstick handle release from the retainers. help protect your investment: is a yellow loop. See Engine 4. Lift and remove the engine Compartment Overview on . Always use engine oil approved cover. page 10‑6 for the location to the proper specification and of the engine oil dipstick. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to of the proper viscosity grade. reinstall engine cover. See “Selecting the Right Engine 1. If the engine has been running Oil” in this section. recently, turn off the engine and allow several minutes for the oil . Check the engine oil level to drain back into the oil pan. regularly and maintain the Checking the oil level too soon proper oil level. See “Checking after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil” and “When to Add provide an accurate oil level Engine Oil” in this section. reading. . Change the engine oil at the 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean appropriate time. See Engine it with a paper towel or cloth, Oil Life System on page 10‑10. then push it back in all the way. . Always dispose of engine oil Remove it again, keeping the properly. See “What to Do with tip down, and check the level. Used Oil” in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

When to Add Engine Oil operating range, the engine Specification could be damaged. You should If the oil is below the cross-hatched Use and ask for licensed engine drain out the excess oil or limit area at the tip of the dipstick, add oils with the dexos1™ approved driving of the vehicle and seek a 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil certification mark. Engine oils service professional to remove and then recheck the level. See meeting the requirements for the the excess amount of oil. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” vehicle should have the dexos1 in this section for an explanation of See Engine Compartment Overview approved certification mark. what kind of oil to use. For engine on page 10‑6 for the location of the This certification mark indicates oil crankcase capacity, see engine oil fill cap. that the oil has been approved Capacities and Specifications on Add enough oil to put the level to the dexos1 specification. page 12‑2. somewhere in the proper operating Notice: Do not add too much range. Push the dipstick all the way oil. Oil levels above or below back in when through. the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful Selecting the Right Engine Oil to the engine. If you find that Selecting the right engine oil you have an oil level above the depends on both the proper oil operating range, i.e., the engine specification and viscosity grade. Notice: Failure to use the has so much oil that the oil level See Recommended Fluids and recommended engine oil or gets above the cross-hatched Lubricants on page 11‑13. equivalent can result in engine area that shows the proper damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Check with your dealer or service provider on whether the oil is approved to the dexos1 specification. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System recommended and could cause SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity When to Change Engine Oil grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by other viscosity grade oils such as the vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the If in an area of extreme cold, engine oil and filter. This is based Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which where the temperature falls below elements that can be unhealthy for −20°F (−29°C), an SAE 0W 30 include engine revolutions, engine ‐ your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. oil should be used. An oil of this cancer. Do not let used oil stay on viscosity grade will provide easier Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is cold starting for the engine at skin and nails with soap and water, extremely low temperatures. indicated can vary considerably. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or For the oil life system to work When selecting an oil of the properly dispose of clothing or rags appropriate viscosity grade, properly, the system must be reset containing used engine oil. See the every time the oil is changed. always select an oil that meets manufacturer's warnings about the the dexos1 specification or use and disposal of oil products. When the system has calculated equivalent. See “Specification” that oil life has been diminished, for more information. Used oil can be a threat to the it indicates that an oil change is environment. If you change your necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the OIL SOON message comes on. Oil Flushes oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting Do not add anything to the oil. it in the trash or pouring it on the The recommended oils with the ground, into sewers, or into streams dexos specification and displaying or bodies of water. Recycle it by the dexos certification mark are all taking it to a place that collects that is needed for good performance used oil. and engine protection. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

See Engine Oil Messages on How to Reset the Engine Oil The oil life system can also be reset page 5‑35. Change the oil as soon Life System as follows: as possible within the next 1 000 km Reset the system whenever the 1. Turn the ignition on with the (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving engine off. under the best conditions, the oil engine oil is changed so that the life system might indicate that an system can calculate the next 2. Fully press and release the oil change is not necessary for up engine oil change. To reset the accelerator pedal three times to a year. The engine oil and filter system: within five seconds. must be changed at least once a 1. Using the DIC MENU button and If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL year and at this time the system thumbwheel on the turn signal SOON message is not on, must be reset. Your dealer has lever, display REMAINING OIL the system is reset. trained service people who will LIFE on the DIC. See Driver perform this work and reset the Information Center (DIC) on The system is reset when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON system. It is also important to check page 5‑27 and Engine Oil message is off. the oil regularly over the course of Messages on page 5‑35. an oil drain interval and keep it at 2. Press the SET/CLR button to If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the proper level. reset the oil life at 100%. message comes back on when the If the system is ever reset vehicle is started, the engine oil life Be careful not to reset the oil accidentally, the oil must be system has not been reset. Repeat life display accidentally at any changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the procedure. time other than after the oil is since the last oil change. changed. It cannot be reset Remember to reset the oil life accurately until the next oil system whenever the oil is changed. change. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the How to Inspect the Engine Air Fluid intervals listed in Maintenance Cleaner/Filter Schedule on page 11‑4, and To inspect the air cleaner/filter, How to Check Automatic be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and remove the filter from the vehicle Transmission Fluid and lightly shake the filter to Lubricants on page 11‑13. It is not necessary to check release loose dust and dirt. If the the transmission fluid level. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter filter remains covered with dirt, a A transmission fluid leak is the new filter is required. Never use only reason for fluid loss. If a leak See Engine Compartment Overview compressed air to clean the filter. occurs, take the vehicle to your on page 10‑6 for the location of the To inspect or replace the engine air dealer and have it repaired as engine air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter: soon as possible. When to Inspect the Engine Air 1. Open the hood. See Hood on There is a special procedure Cleaner/Filter page 10‑5. for checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the 2. Locate the air filter housing on procedure is difficult, you should scheduled maintenance intervals the front of the passenger side have this done at your dealer. and replace it at the first oil change of the engine compartment. Contact your dealer for additional after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) See Engine Compartment information or the procedure can interval. See Maintenance Schedule Overview on page 10‑6. be found in the service manual. on page 11‑4 for more information. To purchase a service manual, If driving in dusty/dirty conditions, see Service Publications Ordering inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Information on page 13‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

9. Retighten the air duct clamp. 10. Reconnect the electrical connector.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution A. Cover Cut Outs A. Air Duct Clamp when working on the engine B. Electrical Connector B. Air Filter Tabs and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off. C. Retaining Clips 7. To install the air filter, place filter inside box where the pleats fit in 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by between the tabs located inside Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is loosening the air duct clamp (A). the lower box. Ensure that the off, dirt can easily get into the 4. Disconnect the electrical cover cut outs (A) on both sides engine, which could damage it. connector (B). match the air filter tabs (B) on Always have the air cleaner/filter both sides. 5. Lift the 3 retaining clips (C) on in place when you are driving. the air filter housing. 8. Replace air cleaner cover Notice: Installing an air by inserting the 4 tabs into cleaner different than the one 6. Tilt and lift the cover slightly the 4 slots. Lower cover to meet upwards and slide the cover recommended in Maintenance bottom of box. Place the 3 clips Replacement Parts may cause away from outside edge of the on retention features and clip vehicle. Remove the air filter. engine damage not covered by closed. the vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Cooling System { WARNING { WARNING When it is safe to lift the hood: An electric engine cooling fan Heater and radiator hoses, and under the hood can start up even other engine parts, can be very when the engine is not running hot. Do not touch them. If you do, and can cause injury. Keep you can be burned. hands, clothing, and tools away Do not run the engine if there from any underhood electric fan. is a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could If the coolant inside the coolant cause an engine fire, and you surge tank is boiling, do not do could be burned. Get any leak anything else until it cools down. fixed before you drive the vehicle. The vehicle should be parked on a level surface. If there seems to be no leak, A. Engine Cooling Fan The coolant level should be with the engine on, check to (Out of View) between the MIN and MAX lines. see if the electric engine cooling If it is not, the vehicle may have fan is running. If the engine is B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and a leak at the radiator hoses, heater overheating, the fan should be Pressure Cap hoses, radiator, water pump, running. If it is not, the vehicle or somewhere else in the cooling needs service. Turn off the engine. system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, DEX-COOL® can cause premature drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, corrosion. In addition, the engine nothing else needs to be added. coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some This mixture: sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before temperature. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will. . Gives boiling protection up Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is (silicate-free) coolant in the to 129°C (265°F), engine set for the proper coolant mixture. vehicle. temperature. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get . Protects against rust and Engine Coolant too hot but you would not get corrosion. The cooling system in the vehicle the overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. is filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or . Helps keep the proper engine coolant. This coolant is designed to others could be burned. Use a temperature. remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant occurs first. mixture is used, the engine could overheat and be badly damaged. The following explains the cooling The repair cost would not be system and how to check and add covered by the vehicle warranty. coolant when it is low. If there is a Too much water in the mixture problem with engine overheating, can freeze and crack the engine, see Engine Overheating on radiator, heater core, and other page 10 18 ‑ parts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Never dispose of engine coolant The coolant surge tank is located by putting it in the trash, pouring in the engine compartment { WARNING it on the ground, or into sewers, on the driver side of the vehicle. streams, or bodies of water. See Engine Compartment Overview Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out Have the coolant changed by an on page 10‑6 for more information authorized service center, familiar on location. and burn you badly. They are with legal requirements regarding under pressure, and if you turn used coolant disposal. This will help How to Add Coolant to the the coolant surge tank pressure protect the environment and your Coolant Surge Tank cap — even a little — they can health. Notice: This vehicle has a come out at high speed. Never turn the cap when the cooling Checking Coolant specific coolant fill procedure. Failure to follow this procedure system, including the coolant The vehicle must be on a level could cause the engine to surge tank pressure cap, is hot. surface when checking the coolant overheat and be severely Wait for the cooling system and level. damaged. coolant surge tank pressure cap Check to see if coolant is visible If no problem is found, check to cool if you ever have to turn in the coolant surge tank. If the to see if coolant is visible in the the pressure cap. coolant inside the coolant surge coolant surge tank. If coolant is tank is boiling, do not do anything visible but the coolant level is not else until it cools down. If coolant at the indicated level mark, add a is visible but the coolant level 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable is not at the indicated mark, add a water and DEX-COOL coolant at 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable the coolant surge tank, but be sure water and DEX-COOL coolant at the the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank, but be sure the coolant surge tank pressure cap, cooling system is cool before this is is cool before you do it. done. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑18 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Notice: In cold weather, water { WARNING can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other Adding only plain water or some parts. Use the recommended other liquid to the cooling system coolant and the proper coolant can be dangerous. Plain water mixture. and other liquids, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. { WARNING The coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture. You can be burned if you spill With plain water or the wrong coolant on hot engine parts. mixture, the engine could get too Coolant contains ethylene glycol hot but you would not get the and it will burn if the engine parts 1. Remove the coolant surge tank overheat warning. The engine are hot enough. Do not spill pressure cap when the cooling could catch fire and you or coolant on a hot engine. system, including the coolant others could be burned. Use a surge tank pressure cap and 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable upper radiator hose, is no water and DEX-COOL coolant. longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose. 2. Then keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with Check the level in the coolant surge If the decision is made to lift the the proper DEX-COOL coolant tank when the cooling system has hood, make sure the vehicle is mixture to the indicated cooled down. If the coolant is not parked on a level surface. level mark. at the proper level, repeat Steps 1 Then check to see if the engine 4. With the coolant surge tank through 3 and reinstall the pressure cooling fans are running. If the pressure cap off, start the cap. If the coolant still is not at the engine is overheating, both fans engine and let it run until you proper level when the system cools should be running. If they are not, can feel the upper radiator hose down again, see your dealer. do not continue to run the engine getting hot. Watch out for the and have the vehicle serviced. Engine Overheating engine cooling fan. Notice: Engine damage from By this time, the coolant level The vehicle has an indicator to warn running the engine without inside the coolant surge tank of engine overheating. coolant is not covered by the may be lower. If the level is There is an engine coolant warranty. lower, add more of the proper temperature warning light on ® Notice: If the engine catches fire DEX-COOL coolant mixture the vehicle's instrument panel. because of being driven with no to the coolant surge tank until See Engine Coolant Temperature coolant, the vehicle can be badly the level reaches the indicated Gauge on page 5‑14. damaged. The costly repairs level mark. If the decision is made not to lift the would not be covered by the 5. Then replace the pressure cap. hood when this warning appears, vehicle warranty. Be sure the pressure cap is but instead get service help right hand-tight. away. See Roadside Service (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside Service (Mexico) on page 13‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING the road, shift to P (Park) or displayed but no steam can be seen N (Neutral) and let the or heard, the problem may not be engine idle. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: is no longer in the overheat zone from the engine if you see or hear or an overheat warning no longer . steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day displays, the vehicle can be driven. off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in steam or coolant before you . Tows a trailer front. If the warning does not come open the hood. If the overheat warning displays with back on, continue to drive normally. no sign of steam: If you keep driving when the If the warning continues, pull engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off. over, stop, and park the vehicle right away. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as idle the engine for three minutes of the vehicle until the engine necessary. while parked. If the warning is still is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Fluid dipstick with a clean rag. Notice: Extremely small amounts 5. Replace the cap and completely of contamination can cause tighten it. steering system damage and 6. Remove the cap again and look cause it to not work properly. at the fluid level on the dipstick. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluid side of the The level should be within the See Engine Compartment Overview reservoir cap/dipstick or to HOT mark. If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level within on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. enter the reservoir. the mark. When to Check Power Steering To check the power steering fluid: What to Use Fluid 1. Turn the engine off and let the To determine what kind of fluid to It is not necessary to regularly engine compartment cool down. use, see Recommended Fluids and check power steering fluid unless 2. Remove the engine cover, Lubricants on page 11 13. Always a leak is suspected in the system if required. See Engine Cover on ‑ use the proper fluid. or unusual noise is heard. A fluid page 10‑7. loss in this system could indicate a 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the problem. Have the system inspected reservoir clean. and repaired. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

Washer Fluid Adding Washer Fluid Notice . What to Use The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD When using concentrated FLUID message appears on the washer fluid, follow the When windshield washer fluid Driver Information Center (DIC) manufacturer's instructions is needed, be sure to read the when the fluid level is low. for adding water. manufacturer's instructions before . Do not mix water with use. If operating the vehicle in an ready-to-use washer fluid. area where the temperature may Water can cause the solution fall below freezing, use a fluid that to freeze and damage the has sufficient protection against washer fluid tank and other freezing. parts of the washer system. . Fill the washer fluid tank Open the cap with the washer only three-quarters full symbol on it. Add washer fluid when it is very cold. This up to the fill mark. See Engine allows for fluid expansion Compartment Overview on if freezing occurs, which page 10‑6 for reservoir location. could damage the tank if it is completely full. . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

Brakes Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, This vehicle has disc brakes. brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Replacing Brake System Parts are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in if the vehicle is to have really good the proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed specifications in Capacities and { WARNING and tested with top-quality brake Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking The brake wear warning sound Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get means that soon the brakes will replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. not work well. That could lead to If this is not done, the brakes might Brake Pedal Travel a crash. When the brake wear not work properly. For example, warning sound is heard, have See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change the vehicle serviced. does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front pedal travel. This could be a and rear brakes — for the worse. Notice: Continuing to drive with sign that brake service might The braking performance expected worn-out brake pads could result be required. can change in many other ways if in costly brake repair. the wrong replacement brake parts are installed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Brake Fluid There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING might go down: If too much brake fluid is added, . The brake fluid level goes down it can spill on the engine and because of normal brake lining burn, if the engine is hot enough. wear. When new linings are You or others could be burned, installed, the fluid level goes and the vehicle could be back up. damaged. Add brake fluid only The brake master cylinder reservoir . A fluid leak in the brake when work is done on the brake is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as hydraulic system can also cause hydraulic system. indicated on the reservoir cap. a low fluid level. Have the brake See Engine Compartment Overview hydraulic system fixed, since a on page 10‑6 for the location of the leak means that sooner or later When the brake fluid falls to a low reservoir. the brakes will not work well. level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Do not top off the brake fluid. Light on page 5‑21. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

What to Add Notice Battery Use only new DOT 3 brake . Using the wrong fluid Refer to the replacement number fluid from a sealed container. can badly damage brake shown on the original battery label See Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. when a new battery is needed. Lubricants on page 11‑13. For example, just a few See Engine Compartment Overview Always clean the brake fluid drops of mineral-based oil, on page 10‑6 for battery location. reservoir cap and the area such as engine oil, in the brake hydraulic system can around the cap before removing it. { WARNING This helps keep dirt from entering damage brake hydraulic the reservoir. system parts so badly that Battery posts, terminals, and they will have to be replaced. related accessories contain lead Do not let someone put in and lead compounds, chemicals { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid. known to the State of California With the wrong kind of fluid in . If brake fluid is spilled on the to cause cancer and reproductive the brake hydraulic system, vehicle's painted surfaces, harm. Wash hands after handling. the brakes might not work well. the paint finish can be This could cause a crash. Always damaged. Be careful not use the proper brake fluid. to spill brake fluid on the vehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Vehicle Storage All-Wheel Drive Starter Switch Check

{ WARNING Transfer Case { WARNING When to Check and Change Batteries have acid that can burn Lubricant When you are doing this you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could You can be badly hurt if you are The transfer case is filled with oil move suddenly. If the vehicle not careful. See Jump Starting on during manufacture, which then moves, you or others could be page 10 88 for tips on working does not require changing. It is not injured. ‑ necessary to regularly check the around a battery without transfer case fluid unless there is a getting hurt. 1. Before starting this check, be leak suspected or an unusual noise sure there is enough room is heard. A fluid loss could indicate around the vehicle. Infrequent Usage: Remove the a problem. It is recommended to black, negative (−) cable from the have the transfer case serviced 2. Firmly apply both the parking battery to keep the battery from at your dealer. brake and the regular brake. running down. See Parking Brake on page 9‑30. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the Do not use the accelerator battery or use a battery trickle pedal, and be ready to turn charger. off the engine immediately if it starts. 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the ignition on, but do not start the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the your foot on the regular brake, Function Check regular brake, try to move the set the parking brake. shift lever out of P (Park) with . To check the parking brake's { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever holding ability: With the engine moves out of P (Park), contact running and the transmission in When you are doing this your dealer for service. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot inspection, the vehicle could pressure from the regular brake move suddenly. If the vehicle Park Brake and P (Park) pedal. Do this until the vehicle is moves, you or others could be Mechanism Check held by the parking brake only. injured. . To check the P (Park) { WARNING mechanism's holding ability: 1. Before starting this check, With the engine running, shift be sure there is enough room When you are doing this check, to P (Park). Then release the around the vehicle. It should the vehicle could begin to move. parking brake followed by the be parked on a level surface. You or others could be injured regular brake. and property could be damaged. 2. Firmly apply the parking Contact your dealer if service is brake. See Parking Brake on Make sure there is room in front required. page 9‑30. of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle brake immediately if the vehicle begin to move. begins to move. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Wiper Blade Replacement Front Wiper Blade Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Replacement Windshield wiper blades should The rear wiper blade and wiper be inspected for wear or cracking. To replace the wiper blade arm have a cover for protection. See Maintenance Schedule on assembly: The cover must be removed before the wiper blade can be replaced. page 11‑4 for more information. 1. Pull the windshield wiper It is a good idea to clean or replace assembly away from the To remove the cover: the wiper blade assembly on windshield. a regular basis or when worn. For proper windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 11‑14. Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could 1. Slide a plastic tool under cover damage the windshield. Any and push upward to unsnap. damage that occurs would not be 2. Slide cover towards wiper covered by your warranty. Do not blade tip to unhook from allow the wiper arm to touch the blade assembly. windshield. 3. Remove the cover. 2. Press the button in the middle of the wiper arm connector, and 4. After wiper blade replacement, pull the wiper blade away from ensure that cover hook slides the arm connector. into slot in blade assembly. 3. Remove the wiper blade. 5. Snap cover down to secure. 4. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for wiper blade replacement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

To remove the wiper blade: 2. Push the release lever (B) to Headlamp Aiming 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the disengage the hook and push The headlamp aiming system has windshield. the wiper arm (A) out of the blade assembly (C). been preset at the factory. 3. Push the new blade assembly If the vehicle is damaged in an securely on the wiper arm until accident, the aim of the headlamps the release lever clicks into can be affected and adjustment place. could be necessary. 4. Replace wiper cover. It is recommended that a dealer adjust the headlamps. To re-aim the headlamps yourself, use the following procedure. The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows: . The vehicle should be placed so A. Wiper Arm the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a light-colored wall. B. Release Lever . The vehicle must have all four C. Blade Assembly tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

. The vehicle should be placed so To adjust the vertical aim: it is perpendicular to the wall. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on . The vehicle should not have any page 10‑5 for more information. snow, ice, or mud on it. . The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed. . The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 75 kg (160 lbs) sitting on the driver seat. Up-level Vehicle . Tires should be properly inflated. 2. Locate the aim point at Headlamp aiming is done with the the center inner projector vehicle's low-beam headlamps. Base Vehicle condensing lens of the low-beam The high-beam headlamps will be headlamp, not the outer lens. correctly aimed if the low-beam 3. Measure the distance from the headlamps are aimed properly. ground to the aim dot on the low-beam headlamp. Record the distance. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

Notice: Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut-off when aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in 4. At the wall, measure from front of the headlamp not being the ground upward (A) to adjusted. This allows only the the recorded distance from beam of light from the headlamp Step 3 and mark it. being adjusted to be seen on the 7. Locate the vertical headlamp 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) flat surface. adjusters, which are under the on the wall the width of the hood near each headlamp vehicle at the height of the assembly. mark in Step 4. For the vehicle equipped with a base level lamp (halogen bulb), there will be one vertical headlamp adjuster (V1). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

8. For the base vehicle, turn the vertical adjuster (V1) until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam. For the up-level vehicle, turn the vertical adjusters (V1 and V2) simultaneously until the 9. Make sure that the light from headlamp beam is aimed to the the headlamp is positioned horizontal tape line. Turn them at the bottom edge of the For the vehicle equipped with an clockwise or counterclockwise horizontal tape line. The lamp up-level headlamp (HID), there to raise or lower the angle of on the left (A) shows the correct will be two vertical headlamp the beam. headlamp aim. The lamp on the adjusters for V1 and V2 (A). right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp aim. Some vehicles have funnel-shaped caps on the 10. Repeat Steps 7–9 for the adjusters for easier access of opposite headlamp. a Number 2 Phillips screwdriver to turn the adjusters. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamps For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10‑40. { WARNING For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system your dealer. operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the Halogen Bulbs system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you Base Headlamp Assembly drop or scratch the bulb. You or After an HID headlamp bulb has (Front View Passenger Side) others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime to read and follow the instructions Running Lamp (DRL) on the bulb package. originally. This is normal. B. High‐Beam Headlamp C. Turn Signal Lamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Base Headlamp Assembly Uplevel Headlamp Assembly Uplevel Headlamp Assembly (Rear View Passenger Side) (Front View Driver Side) (Rear View Driver Side) A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp Running Lamp (DRL) (To be replaced at dealer only) (To be replaced at dealer only) B. High‐Beam Headlamp B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) C. Turn Signal Lamp C. Turn Signal Lamp C. Turn Signal Lamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Driver Side Passenger Side The removal of the underhood The removal of the air filter/cleaner electrical center is required for the assembly and base is required for replacement of one of these bulbs: the replacement of one of these 1. Open the hood. See Hood on bulbs: page 10‑5. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑5. { WARNING

Liquids from environment or spillage and/or tools placed on top of or used in the underhood 2. Unlatch three clips and lift up electrical center while the cover the underhood electrical center is removed can pose a risk of cover to remove. electrical shock/burn to anyone in the vicinity. These conditions can also cause damage to electrical components on the vehicle. Keep liquids and tools away from the underhood electrical center when the A. Air Duct Clamp cover is removed. B. Connector Lock C. Sensor Connectors D. Retaining Clips 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (A). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

3. Remove the connector lock (B) Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime located at the bottom of the Running Lamps (DRL), sensor connector (C). High-Beam Headlamps (Base) 4. Press on the top and bottom of the sensor connectors (C) and remove. 5. Lift the three retaining clips (D) on the air filter housing. 6. Turn and tilt cover slightly upwards and slide cover away from outside edge of vehicle. Lift the cover away from base. 2. From the back side of the headlamp assembly, remove the bottom cap to replace the high-beam headlamp bulb. 1. From the back side of the 3. Disconnect electrical connector. headlamp assembly, remove the 4. Remove the bulb socket from top cap to replace the low-beam the headlamp assembly. headlamp/DRL bulb. 5. Replace the bulb in the bulb socket. 6. Install the bulb socket in the headlamp assembly. 7. Connect the electrical connector. 7. Lift the air cleaner/filter base to disengage from three pins. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

8. Install the cap with the down Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) 3. Remove the DRL bulb socket arrow pointing down in the back (Uplevel) from the headlamp assembly. of the headlamp assembly. 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb 9. For driver side, reinstall the socket. underhood electrical center 5. Install the bulb socket in the cover by latching three clips. headlamp assembly. 10. For passenger side, reinstall 6. Connect the electrical connector. the air filter/cleaner assembly base by pushing to seat. 7. Install the cap with the down Verify the base is seated arrow pointing down in the back securely, then install the engine of the headlamp assembly. air filter/cleaner assembly. 8. For driver side, reinstall the underhood electrical center High/Low‐Beam Headlamps (Uplevel) cover by latching three clips. 9. For passenger side, reinstall The high/low beam headlamps 1. From the back side of the the air filter/cleaner assembly on the uplevel are High Intensity headlamp assembly, remove base by pushing to seat. Discharge (HID) and should be the bottom cap to replace the Verify the base is seated replaced at the dealer. DRL bulb. securely, then install the engine 2. Disconnect electrical connector. air filter/cleaner assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Front Turn Signal Lamp Turn Signal Lamps 3. Remove the taillamp cover from (Base and Uplevel) the lamp assembly by pulling To replace one of these bulbs: rearward from the top to To replace the Front Turn 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate unfasten from snap tabs. Signal Lamp: on page 2‑14. 1. Remove the turn signal lamp bulb socket from the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the turn signal lamp bulb from the socket. 3. Replace the bulb in the bulb socket. 4. Install the bulb socket in the headlamp assembly. 5. For driver side, reinstall the underhood electrical center cover by latching three clips. 4. Remove the two screws from the A. Push Pin taillamp assembly. 6. For passenger side, reinstall the air filter/cleaner assembly base B. Taillamp Cover 5. Pull the taillamp assembly by pushing to seat . Verify the 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release straight back to remove. base is seated securely, then the taillamp cover (B). install the engine air filter/ cleaner assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

8. Press a new bulb into the Back-Up Lamps socket, insert it into the taillamp assembly and turn the bulb To replace one of these bulbs: socket clockwise until it clicks. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly on page 2‑14. and tighten the screws. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. 11. Push the push pin to secure the taillamp cover.

A. Turn Signal Lamp B. Back-Up Bulb/Socket 6. Turn the turn signal lamp (A) bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. A. Push Pin 7. Pull the bulb straight out from B. Taillamp Cover the socket. 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release the taillamp cover (B). 3. Remove the taillamp cover from the lamp assembly by pulling rearward from the top to unfasten from snap tabs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

7. Turn the back–up bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. 8. Install a new bulb/socket assembly into the taillamp assembly and turn the bulb/ socket clockwise until it clicks. 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. 4. Remove the two screws from the A. Turn Signal Lamp 11. Push the push pin to secure taillamp assembly. B. Back–Up Bulb/Socket the taillamp cover. 5. Pull the taillamp assembly Assembly straight back to remove. 6. Disconnect the wire harness from the back–up bulb/socket (B). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs To replace one of these bulbs: Bulb Exterior Lamp 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate Number on page 2‑14 for more Hyperclick Back up Lamp information. ‐ PH16W Daytime 7443 A. Bulb Socket Running Lamp B. Bulb Headlamp 9005 C. Lamp Assembly High-Beam Headlamp 4. Turn the bulb socket (A) H10 counterclockwise to remove Low-Beam from lamp assembly (C). License Plate Lamp 194LL 5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of Turn Signal Front 7440 the bulb socket. Tail/Turn W21W 6. Push the replacement bulb Signal Rear Passenger Side Shown, straight into the bulb socket and Driver Side Similar turn the bulb socket clockwise For replacement bulbs not listed 2. Push the left end of the lamp to install into lamp assembly. here, contact your dealer. assembly towards the right. 7. Turn the lamp assembly into the 3. Turn the lamp assembly down to liftgate engaging the clip side remove from liftgate. first. 8. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have Overload protected from short circuits by a the headlamp wiring checked right combination of fuses and circuit The vehicle has fuses and circuit away if the lamps go on and off or breakers. This greatly reduces the breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by Windshield Wipers electrical problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse. until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted, normal or the problem is fixed. and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace This greatly reduces the chance a bad fuse with a new one of the Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating. of circuit overload and fire caused from electrical overload, overload by electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. can be temporarily borrowed from power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes from the windshield before using out. Replace the fuse as soon as Replace a bad fuse with a new one the windshield wipers. you can. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit If there is a problem on the road electrical problem and not snow breakers, and relays, see Engine and a fuse needs to be replaced, or ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on the same amperage fuse can be page 10‑42 and Rear Compartment borrowed. Choose some feature of Fuse Block on page 10‑46. the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Fuse Block To remove the fuse block cover, press the clips on the cover and lift it straight up. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses features shown. Antilock Brake 24 J-Case Usage System Pump Fuses Rear Electrical 25 6 Wiper Center 1 12 Vacuum Pump Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

J-Case Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Engine Control Battery Sense 9 Rear Electrical Module Powertrain 32 (Regulated Voltage 26 Center 2 Control) 10 Fuel Injectors–Even 41 Cooling Fan 2 Adaptive Forward 11 Fuel Injectors-Odd Lighting/Adaptive 42 Starter 33 13 Washer Headlamp Leveling 45 Cooling Fan 1 Heated Steering Module 14 Wheel Body Control 34 Mini Fuses Usage Module 7 Instrument Panel Engine Control Cluster/Malfunction Electronic Brake 1 16 35 Module Battery Indicator Lamp/ Control Module Ignition Transmission Air Conditioning 36 2 Control Module 17 Air Quality Sensor Compressor Clutch Battery 18 Headlamp Washer Low-Beam Engine Control 46 5 Headlamp‐Right Module Run Crank Transmission 19 Control Module Low-Beam 47 Post–Catalytic Run Crank Headlamp‐Left 7 Converter O2 Rear Electrical 50 Front Fog Lamps Sensor 20 Center Run Crank 51 Horn Pre–Catalytic 30 Switch Back Light 8 Converter O2 Fuel System Control 52 Sensor Module 53 Headlamp Level Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Sensing Diagnostic 7 Powertrain Block 54 Module Ignition 9 Cooling Fan 2 High-Beam 55 13 Cooling Fan 1 Headlamp-Right 15 Run/Crank High-Beam 56 Headlamp-Left Micro Usage Ignition Steering 57 Relays Column Lock 2 Vacuum Pump Trailer Right 65 Stoplamp 4 Wiper Control 66 Trailer Left Stoplamp 5 Wiper Speed 10 Starter 67 Spare The instrument panel fuse block 68 Spare 12 Cool Fan 3 is located in the center console between the driver and passenger 69 Spare 14 Low Beam/HID seats. To access the fuses, open 70 Spare the fuse panel door from the U Micro Usage passenger side by pulling it out. 71 Spare Relays To reinstall the door, push the door 72 Spare Air Conditioning 3 back into its original location. Compressor Clutch The vehicle may not be equipped 8 Headlamp Washer with all of the fuses, relays and features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Mini Fuses Usage DISPLY Display S/ROOF Sunroof Rear Vision RVC MIRR Camera Mirror Universal UHP Handsfree Phone RDO Radio Auxiliary Power APO- IP Outlet- Instrument Panel Auxiliary Power APO- CNSL Outlet- Floor Console Body Control BCM 3 Module 3 Body Control BCM 4 Module 4 Body Control BCM 5 Module 5 Instrument Panel Fuse Block OnStar® System ONSTAR (If Equipped) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage J-Case Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Fuses RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor Block Body Control Body Control BCM 8 BCM 6 Module 8 Module 6 FRT BLWR Front Blower Electronic Steering ESCL Column Lock Relays Usage Sensing and AIRBAG Diagnostic Module LOGIC RLY Logistics Relay Retained Data Link RAP/ DLC Accessory Power/ Connector ACCY RLY Accessory Relay Instrument Panel IPC Cluster

SPARE Not Used The rear compartment fuse block is Body Control located in the cargo area, on the BCM 1 Module 1 driver side of the vehicle behind the lower trim panel. To open, turn the Body Control BCM 2 latch with a flat bladed tool and pull Module 2 the trim panel from the edges to fold AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio it down. Heating Ventilation The vehicle may not be equipped HVAC & Air Conditioning with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage SPARE * SEC Security Spare Fuses FUSES INFOTMNT Infotainment Automatic Occupant AOS MDL * TRLR EXP Trailer Export Sensing Module WPR REAR Rear Wiper SPARE Not Used MIR Mirror Window SPARE Not Used WDO MDL Module SPARE Not Used Vehicle Information PASS DR Passenger Door VICS Communications WDO SW Window Switch System (Export) DRV CNSTR Driver Power Seat Canister Vent PWR SEAT VENT PASS DR Passenger/Driver LGM Lift Gate Module PWR SEAT Power Seats LOGIC Logic MDL TRLR Trailer Module CAMERA Rear Vision Camera Rear Parking Assist FRT Front Ventilated RPA MDL Module VENT SEAT Seats RDM Rear Drive Module TRLR MDL Trailer Module PRK Semi Active Rear Compartment Fuse Block Trailer Park Lamps LPS TRLR SADS MDL Damping System Module FUEL Fuel Pump PUMP Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage RR RT WDO Right Window SPARE Not Used Rear Heated Seats HTD SEAT PRK * FUEL Park Brake Module Fuel Pump FRT BRK MDL PUMP Front Heated Seats HTD SEAT SPARE Not Used WPR Wiper Control THEFT CONTRL Theft Horn LT WDO Left Window HORN * RUN RLY Run Relay IGN/ * LGATE Liftgate Ignition/Theft 1 THEFT 1 Logistic Relay LOGIC SHUNT Shunt (Export) LGATE Liftgate Module REAR MDL DEFOG Rear Window Rear Defog DEFOG REAR Defogger IGN/ Ignition/Theft 2 * BCM Body Control THEFT 2 THEFT Module Theft *Denotes uplevel content. SPARE Not Used * TRLR 2 Trailer 2 HTD MIR Heated Mirror Universal Garage UGDO Auxiliary Power Door Opener AUX PWR Outlet Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires same danger as overloaded can cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by could cause serious injury. service center should repair, a leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount See the warranty manual maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure for information regarding . Do not spin the tires in the tire warranty and where should be checked when excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) to get service. For additional the tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact— such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at See Tire Pressure for . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. High-Speed Operation on improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause dangerous. page 10‑57 for inflation pressure a crash. If the tread is badly adjustment for high-speed . worn, replace them. Overloading the tires can driving. cause overheating as a . Replace any tires that have result of too much flexing. been damaged by impacts There could be a blowout and with potholes, curbs, etc. a serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑10. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall Labeling aspect ratio, construction type, (D) Tire Identification Number and service description. See the (TIN): The letters and numbers Useful information about a “Tire Size” illustration later in this following the DOT (Department tire is molded into its sidewall. section for more detail. of Transportation) code are The examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire the Tire Identification Number passenger vehicle tire and a (TIN). The TIN shows the compact spare tire sidewall. Performance Criteria Specification): Original manufacturer and plant code, equipment tires designed to tire size, and date the tire was GM's specific tire performance manufactured. The TIN is criteria have a TPC specification molded onto both sides of the code molded onto the sidewall. tire, although only one side may GM's TPC specifications meet have the date of manufacture. or exceed all federal safety (E) Tire Ply Material: The type guidelines. of cord and number of plies in (C) DOT (Department of the sidewall and under the tread. Transportation): The (F) Uniform Tire Quality Department of Transportation Grading (UTQG): Tire Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example (DOT) code indicates that manufacturers are required the tire is in compliance to grade tires based on three (A) Tire Size: The tire size with the U.S. Department performance factors: treadwear, is a combination of letters of Transportation Motor traction, and temperature and numbers used to define a Vehicle Safety Standards. resistance. For more information particular tire's width, height, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 10‑67. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

(G) Maximum Cold Inflation (B) Temporary Use Only: The TIN shows the Load Limit: Maximum load The compact spare tire or manufacturer and plant that can be carried and the temporary use tire has a code, tire size, and date the maximum pressure needed tread life of approximately tire was manufactured. The TIN to support that load. 5 000 km (3,000 mi) and is molded onto both sides of the should not be driven at speeds tire, although only one side may over 105 km/h (65 mph). have the date of manufacture. The compact spare tire is for (D) Maximum Cold Inflation emergency use when a regular Load Limit: Maximum load road tire has lost air and gone that can be carried and the flat. If the vehicle has a compact maximum pressure needed spare tire, see Compact Spare to support that load. Tire on page 10‑88 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71. (E) Tire Inflation: The temporary use tire or compact (C) Tire Identification Number spare tire should be inflated (TIN): The letters and numbers to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more Compact Spare Tire Example following the DOT (Department information on tire pressure and of Transportation) code are the (A) Tire Ply Material: The type inflation see Tire Pressure on Tire Identification Number (TIN). of cord and number of plies in page 10‑56. the sidewall and under the tread. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

(F) Tire Size: A combination Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit of letters and numbers define a number that indicates the tire tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. construction type, and service The following is an example For example, if the tire size description. The letter T as the of a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in first character in the tire size tire size. item C of the illustration, it would means the tire is for temporary mean that the tire's sidewall is use only. 60 percent as high as it is wide. (G) TPC Spec (Tire (D) Construction Code: A Performance Criteria letter code is used to indicate Specification): Original the type of ply construction in equipment tires designed to the tire. The letter R means GM's specific tire performance radial ply construction; the (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: criteria have a TPC specification The United States version letter D means diagonal or code molded onto the sidewall. of a metric tire sizing system. bias ply construction; and the GM's TPC specifications meet The letter P as the first letter B means belted‐bias ply or exceed all federal safety character in the tire size construction. guidelines. means a passenger vehicle (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of tire engineered to standards the wheel in inches. set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

(F) Service Description: These Aspect Ratio: The relationship Curb Weight: The weight of a characters represent the load of a tire's height to its width. motor vehicle with standard and index and speed rating of the Belt: A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including tire. The load index represents cords that is located between the maximum capacity of fuel, the load carrying capacity a tire the plies and the tread. Cords oil, and coolant, but without is certified to carry. The speed may be made from steel or other passengers and cargo. rating is the maximum speed a reinforcing materials. DOT Markings: A code tire is certified to carry a load. Bead: The tire bead contains molded into the sidewall of a steel wires wrapped by steel tire signifying that the tire is Tire Terminology and in compliance with the U.S. Definitions cords that hold the tire onto the rim. Department of Transportation Air Pressure: The amount (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety of air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic Standards. The DOT code outward on each square inch tire in which the plies are laid includes the Tire Identification of the tire. Air pressure is at alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric expressed in kPa (kilopascal) 90 degrees to the centerline designator which can also or psi (pounds per square inch). of the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, Cold Tire Pressure: The production plant, brand, and Accessory Weight: The date of production. combined weight of optional amount of air pressure in a tire, accessories. Some examples measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight of optional accessories are or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits automatic transmission, power before a tire has built up heat on page 9‑10. steering, power brakes, power from driving. See Tire Pressure windows, power seats, and air on page 10‑56. conditioning. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: Weight Rating for the front axle. The maximum air pressure to The side of an asymmetrical tire See Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. that has a particular side that page 9‑10. The maximum air pressure is faces outward when mounted GAWR RR: Gross Axle molded onto the sidewall. on a vehicle. The side of the Weight Rating for the rear axle. Maximum Load Rating: tire that contains a whitewall, See Vehicle Load Limits on The load rating for a tire at the bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or page 9‑10. maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. model name molding that is Intended Outboard Sidewall: higher or deeper than the same The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb of the tire. when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Kilopascal (kPa): The metric vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight. A tire used on passenger cars unit for air pressure. and some light duty trucks and Normal Occupant Weight: Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: multipurpose vehicles. A tire used on light duty trucks The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat Recommended Inflation and some multipurpose Pressure: Vehicle passenger vehicles. multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle Load Limits on manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown Load Index: An assigned page 9‑10. number ranging from 1 to 279 on the tire placard. See Tire that corresponds to the load Occupant Distribution: Pressure on page 10‑56 and carrying capacity of a tire. Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Vehicle Capacity Weight: tire in which the ply cords that bands, sometimes called wear The number of designated extend to the beads are laid at bars, that show across the seating positions multiplied by 90 degrees to the centerline of tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated the tread. (1/16 in) of tread remains. cargo load. See Vehicle Load Rim: A metal support for a tire See When It Is Time for New Limits on page 9‑10. and upon which the tire beads Tires on page 10‑64. Vehicle Maximum Load on the are seated. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Tire: Load on an individual tire Sidewall: The portion of a tire Grading Standards): A tire due to curb weight, accessory between the tread and the bead. information system that provides weight, occupant weight, and consumers with ratings for a cargo weight. Speed Rating: An tire's traction, temperature, Vehicle Placard: A label alphanumeric code assigned and treadwear. Ratings to a tire indicating the maximum permanently attached to are determined by tire a vehicle showing the speed at which a tire can manufacturers using operate. vehicle capacity weight and government testing procedures. the original equipment tire size Traction: The friction between The ratings are molded into and recommended inflation the sidewall of the tire. the tire and the road surface. pressure. See “Tire and Loading See Uniform Tire Quality The amount of grip provided. Information Label” under Vehicle Grading on page 10‑67. Tread: The portion of a tire Load Limits on page 9‑10. that comes into contact with the road. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure . Rough ride. When to Check Tires need the correct amount . Needless damage from Check the tires once a month of air pressure to operate road hazards. or more. Do not forget the effectively. The Tire and Loading compact spare tire, if the vehicle has one. The cold compact Notice: Neither tire Information label on the vehicle indicates the original spare should be at 420 kPa underinflation nor (60 psi). See Compact Spare overinflation is good. equipment tires and the correct Tire on page 10‑88. Underinflated tires, or tires cold tire inflation pressures. that do not have enough air, The recommended pressure How to Check can result in: is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's Use a good quality pocket-type . Tire overloading and maximum load carrying capacity. gauge to check tire pressure. overheating which could Proper tire inflation cannot be lead to a blowout. For additional information determined by looking at the tire. regarding how much weight Check the tire inflation pressure . Premature or the vehicle can carry, and an when the tires are cold, meaning irregular wear. example of the Tire and Loading the vehicle has not been driven . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle for at least three hours or no Load Limits on page 9‑10. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). . Reduced fuel economy. How the vehicle is loaded Overinflated tires, or tires affects vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the that have too much air, comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire can result in: with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. . Unusual wear. designed to carry. . Poor handling. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

If the cold tire inflation pressure Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P235/65R18, matches the recommended High-Speed Operation P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 size pressure on the Tire and tires require inflation pressure Loading Information label, adjustment when driving the vehicle { WARNING no further adjustment is at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold inflation necessary. If the inflation Driving at high speeds, pressure to the maximum inflation pressure is low, add air until 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, pressure shown on the tire sidewall, the recommended pressure is puts an additional strain on tires. or 260 kPa (38 psi), whichever reached. If the inflation pressure Sustained high-speed driving is lower. Return the tires to the is high, press on the metal stem causes excessive heat buildup recommended cold tire inflation in the center of the tire valve to and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure when high-speed driving release air. You could have a crash and you has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits or others could be killed. Some on page 9‑10 and Tire Pressure on Recheck the tire pressure with high-speed rated tires require page 10‑56. the tire gauge. inflation pressure adjustment The maximum load and inflation Return the valve caps on the for high-speed operation. When pressure is molded on the valve stems to prevent leaks speed limits and road conditions tire sidewall, in small letters, and keep out dirt and moisture. are such that a vehicle can be near the rim flange. It will read driven at high speeds, make sure something like this: Maximum load the tires are rated for high-speed 690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) operation, in excellent condition, Max. Press. and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is System more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on subsequent vehicle start‐ups as transmit tire pressure readings to long as the malfunction exists. a significantly under‐inflated tire a receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator Each tire, including the spare lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation is illuminated, the system may (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and not be able to detect or signal low monthly when cold and inflated to tire tread life, and may affect the tire pressure as intended. TPMS the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety by the vehicle manufacturer on ability. of reasons, including the installation the vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or pressure label. (If your vehicle has not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent tires of a different size than the size maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct Always check the TPMS malfunction tire inflation pressure label, you telltale after replacing one or more tire pressure, even if under‐inflation should determine the proper tire has not reached the level to trigger tires or wheels on your vehicle to inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale. the TPMS to continue to function vehicle has been equipped with Your vehicle has also been properly. a tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑59 for additional information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Federal Communications Using the DIC, tire pressure levels Commission (FCC) Rules can be viewed. For additional and with Industry Canada information and details about the Standards DIC operation and displays see Driver Information Center (DIC) on See Radio Frequency Statement on page 5‑27. page 13 23 for information ‑ When a low tire pressure condition regarding Part 15 of the Federal The low tire pressure warning light is detected, the TPMS illuminates Communications Commission (FCC) may come on in cool weather when the low tire pressure warning light Rules and with Industry Canada the vehicle is first started, and then located on the instrument cluster. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. turn off as the vehicle is driven. If the warning light comes on, stop This could be an early indicator that as soon as possible and inflate the air pressure is getting low and Tire Pressure Monitor the tires to the recommended needs to be inflated to the proper Operation pressure shown on the tire loading pressure. information label. See Vehicle Load This vehicle may have a Tire A Tire and Loading Information Limits on page 9 10. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). ‑ label shows the size of the original The TPMS is designed to warn A message to check the pressure equipment tires and the correct the driver when a low tire pressure displays in the Driver Information inflation pressure for the tires when condition exists. TPMS sensors are Center (DIC). The low tire pressure they are cold. See Vehicle Load mounted onto each tire and wheel warning light and the DIC warning Limits on page 9‑10, for an example assembly, excluding the spare tire message come on at each ignition of the Tire and Loading Information and wheel assembly. The TPMS cycle until the tires are inflated label and its location. Also see Tire sensors monitor the air pressure to the correct inflation pressure. Pressure on page 10‑56. in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

The TPMS can warn about TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching a low tire pressure condition but Message process was not done or it does not replace normal tire not completed successfully maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly after rotating the tires. if one or more of the TPMS sensors on page 10‑62, Tire Rotation on The malfunction light and are missing or inoperable. When page 10‑63 and Tires on the DIC message should go the system detects a malfunction, page 10‑49. off after successfully completing the low tire pressure warning light the sensor matching process. Notice: Tire sealant materials are flashes for about one minute and See "TPMS Sensor Matching not all the same. A non-approved then stays on for the remainder Process" later in this section. tire sealant could damage of the ignition cycle. A DIC . the TPMS sensors. TPMS warning message also displays. One or more TPMS sensors sensor damage caused by The malfunction light and DIC are missing or damaged. using an incorrect tire sealant warning message come on at each The malfunction light and is not covered by the vehicle ignition cycle until the problem is the DIC message should go warranty. Always use only corrected. Some of the conditions off when the TPMS sensors the GM-approved tire sealant that can cause these to come are installed and the sensor available through your dealer on are: matching process is performed or included in the vehicle. successfully. See your dealer . One of the road tires has been for service. Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits replaced with the spare tire. use a GM approved liquid tire The spare tire does not have a sealant. Using non-approved tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction sealants could damage the TPMS light and the DIC message sensors. See Tire Sealant and should go off after the road Compressor Kit on page 10‑73 for tire is replaced and the sensor information regarding the inflator matching process is performed kit materials and instructions. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

. Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match not match the original equipment Process the first tire/wheel position, and tires or wheels. Tires and wheels five minutes overall to match all other than those recommended Each TPMS sensor has a unique four tire/wheel positions. If it takes could prevent the TPMS from identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops functioning properly. See Buying code needs to be matched to a and must be restarted. New Tires on page 10‑65. new tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicle s tires or replacing The TPMS sensor matching . ’ Operating electronic devices or one or more of the TPMS sensors. process is: being near facilities using radio Also, the TPMS sensor matching 1. Set the parking brake. wave frequencies similar to the process should be performed after TPMS could cause the TPMS replacing a spare tire with a road 2. Place the vehicle power mode in sensors to malfunction. tire containing the TPMS sensor. ON/RUN/START. See Ignition If the TPMS is not functioning The malfunction light and the DIC Positions on page 9‑17. properly, it cannot detect or signal a message should go off at the next 3. Select the vehicle information low tire condition. See your dealer ignition cycle. The sensors are menu using the menu button. for service if the TPMS malfunction matched to the tire/wheel positions, 4. Select the tire pressure screen light and DIC message come on using a TPMS relearn tool, in the using the up/down thumbwheel. and stay on. following order: driver side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger 5. Press and hold SET/CLR to side rear tire, and driver side rear. begin the sensor matching See your dealer for service or to process. purchase a relearn tool. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

6. Press SET/CLR to confirm 10. Proceed to the passenger Tire Inspection selection. The horn sounds side rear tire, and repeat the twice to signal the receiver procedure in Step 8. We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the is in relearn mode and TIRE 11. Proceed to the driver side rear LEARNING ACTIVE message tire, and repeat the procedure vehicle has one, be inspected displays on the DIC screen. in Step 8. The horn sounds two for signs of wear or damage at 7. Start with the driver side times to indicate the sensor least once a month. front tire. identification code has been Replace the tire if: 8. Place the relearn tool against matched to the driver side rear . The indicators at three or the tire sidewall, near the valve tire, and the TPMS sensor stem. Then press the button matching process is no longer more places around the tire to activate the TPMS sensor. active. The TIRE LEARNING can be seen. ACTIVE message on the DIC A horn chirp confirms that the . display screen goes off. There is cord or fabric sensor identification code has showing through the tire's been matched to this tire and 12. Press STOP to turn the rubber. wheel position. ignition off. . The tread or sidewall is 9. Proceed to the passenger 13. Set all four tires to the side front tire, and repeat the recommended air pressure cracked, cut, or snagged procedure in Step 8. level as indicated on the Tire deep enough to show cord and Loading Information label. or fabric. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

. The tire has a bump, bulge, Any time unusual wear is Do not include the compact or split. noticed, rotate the tires as spare tire in the tire rotation. . The tire has a puncture, cut, soon as possible and check Adjust the front and rear tires or other damage that cannot the wheel alignment. Also check to the recommended inflation be repaired well because of for damaged tires or wheels. pressure on the Tire and the size or location of the See When It Is Time for New Loading Information label damage. Tires on page 10‑64 and Wheel after the tires have been Replacement on page 10‑69. rotated. See Tire Pressure on Tire Rotation page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load Tires should be rotated Limits on page 9‑10. every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor See Maintenance Schedule on System. See Tire Pressure page 11‑4. Monitor Operation on Tires are rotated to achieve page 10‑59. a uniform wear for all tires. Check that all wheel nuts are The first rotation is the most properly tightened. See “Wheel important. Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection on page 10‑62 { WARNING and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 for Tires more information. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on Factors such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time. the parts to which it is fastened, temperatures, driving speeds, can make wheel nuts become This also applies for the spare tire, vehicle loading, and road conditions if the vehicle has one, even if it is loose after time. The wheel affect the wear rate of the tires. could come off and cause an never used. Multiple conditions accident. When changing a including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure wheel, remove any rust or dirt maintenance affect how fast aging from places where the wheel takes place. Tires will typically attaches to the vehicle. In an need to be replaced due to wear emergency, a cloth or a paper before they may need to be towel can be used; however, replaced due to age. Consult the tire use a scraper or wire brush later manufacturer for more information to remove all rust or dirt. on when tires should be replaced.

Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent Treadwear indicators are one way corrosion or rust build-up. to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear Do not get grease on the flat when the tires have only 1.6 mm wheel mounting surface or (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. on the wheel nuts or bolts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

Vehicle Storage Buying New Tires GM's TPC Spec number is Tires age when stored normally molded onto the tire's sidewall GM has developed and near the tire size. If the tires mounted on a parked vehicle. matched specific tires for have an all‐season tread design, Park a vehicle that will be stored the vehicle. The original for at least a month in a cool, dry, the TPC Spec number will be clean area away from direct sunlight equipment tires installed followed by MS for mud and to slow aging. This area should be were designed to meet snow. See Tire Sidewall General Motors Tire free of grease, gasoline, or other Labeling on page 10‑50 for substances that can deteriorate Performance Criteria additional information. rubber. Specification (TPC Spec) GM recommends replacing Parking for an extended period system rating. When can cause flat spots on the tires replacement tires are needed, all the tires at the same time. that may result in vibrations while GM strongly recommends Uniform tread depth on all driving. When storing a vehicle for buying tires with the same tires will help to maintain the at least a month, remove the tires TPC Spec rating. performance of the vehicle. or raise the vehicle to reduce the Braking and handling weight from the tires. GM's exclusive TPC Spec performance may be adversely system considers over a affected if all the tires are not dozen critical specifications replaced at the same time. See that impact the overall Tire Inspection on page 10‑62 performance of the vehicle, and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 including brake system for information on proper tire performance, ride rotation. and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Vehicles that have a tire { WARNING { WARNING pressure monitoring system Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks Spec rated tires are installed. could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. See Tire Pressure Monitor Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail System on page 10‑58. tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. The Tire and Loading mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with Information label indicates the wheels on the vehicle. the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load { WARNING If the vehicle tires must be Limits on page 9‑10 for the label replaced with a tire that does location and more information Mixing tires of different sizes, not have a TPC Spec number, about the Tire and Loading brands, or types may cause make sure they are the same Information label. loss of control of the vehicle, size, load range, speed rating, resulting in a crash or other and construction (radial) as the vehicle damage. Use the original tires. correct size, brand, and type of tires on all wheels. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

Different Size Tires and Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING Wheels Grading If wheels or tires are installed that If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable are a different size than the original where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety equipment wheels and tires, vehicle sidewall between tread shoulder performance, including its braking, if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. and maximum section width. ride and handling characteristics, For example: stability, and resistance to rollover This increases the chance may be affected. If the vehicle has of a crash and serious injury. Treadwear 200 Traction AA electronic systems such as antilock Only use GM specific wheel and Temperature A brakes, rollover airbags, traction tire systems developed for the control, and electronic stability vehicle, and have them properly The following information relates control, the performance of these installed by a GM certified to the system developed by the systems can also be affected. technician. United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on (NHTSA), which grades tires page 10‑65 and Accessories and by treadwear, traction, and Modifications on page 10‑4. temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

The grades are molded on the Treadwear Traction – AA, A, B, C sidewalls of most passenger car The treadwear grade is a The traction grades, from tires. The Uniform Tire Quality comparative rating based highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, Grading (UTQG) system does on the wear rate of the tire and C. Those grades represent not apply to deep tread, winter when tested under controlled the tire's ability to stop on tires, compact spare tires, tires conditions on a specified wet pavement as measured with nominal rim diameters of government test course. under controlled conditions 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), For example, a tire graded on specified government or to some limited-production 150 would wear one and a test surfaces of asphalt and tires. half (1½) times as well on concrete. A tire marked C may While the tires available on the government course as have poor traction performance. General Motors passenger a tire graded 100. The relative Warning: The traction grade cars and light trucks may vary performance of tires depends assigned to this tire is based with respect to these grades, upon the actual conditions of on straight-ahead braking they must also conform to their use, however, and may traction tests, and does not federal safety requirements depart significantly from the include acceleration, cornering, and additional General Motors norm due to variations in driving hydroplaning, or peak traction Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) habits, service practices characteristics. standards. and differences in road All Passenger Car Tires Must characteristics and climate. Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Temperature – A, B, C temperature grade for this tire Wheel Replacement is established for a tire that is The temperature grades Replace any wheel that is bent, are A (the highest), B, and C, properly inflated and not cracked, or badly rusted or representing the tire's resistance overloaded. Excessive speed, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming to the generation of heat and underinflation, or excessive loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and its ability to dissipate heat loading, either separately or in wheel nuts should be replaced. when tested under controlled combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it. conditions on a specified buildup and possible tire failure. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any indoor laboratory test wheel. of these conditions exist. Sustained high temperature can Wheel Alignment and Tire cause the material of the tire to Balance Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. degenerate and reduce tire life, The tires and wheels were and excessive temperature aligned and balanced at the Each new wheel should have can lead to sudden tire failure. factory to provide the longest tire the same load-carrying capacity, The grade C corresponds to a life and best overall performance. diameter, width, offset, and be level of performance which all Adjustments to wheel alignment and mounted the same way as the passenger car tires must meet tire balancing will not be necessary one it replaces. under the Federal Motor Safety on a regular basis. However, check the alignment if there is unusual tire Standard No. 109. Grades B and wear or if the vehicle is pulling to A represent higher levels of one side or the other. If the vehicle performance on the laboratory vibrates when driving on a smooth test wheel than the minimum road, the tires and wheels might required by law. Warning: The need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new { WARNING GM original equipment parts. { WARNING Replacing a wheel with a used Do not use tire chains. There is { WARNING one is dangerous. How it has not enough clearance. Tire chains been used or how far it has been used on a vehicle without the Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could proper amount of clearance can wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. cause damage to the brakes, nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a suspension, or other vehicle affect the braking and handling new GM original equipment parts. The area damaged by the of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. tire chains could cause loss of and cause loss of control, causing control and a crash. a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Use another type of traction nuts for replacement. device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combination and Notice: The wrong wheel road conditions. Follow that can also cause problems with manufacturer's instructions. bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer To avoid vehicle damage, drive calibration, headlamp aim, slow and readjust or remove the bumper height, vehicle ground traction device if it contacts the clearance, and tire or tire chain vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. clearance to the body and If traction devices are used, chassis. install them on the front tires. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

If a Tire Goes Flat It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the { WARNING It is unusual for a tire to blow out road, if possible. while driving, especially if the tires Lifting a vehicle and getting are maintained properly. See Tires under it to do maintenance or { WARNING on page 10‑49. If air goes out of a repairs is dangerous without the tire, it is much more likely to leak Driving on a flat tire will cause appropriate safety equipment and out slowly. But if there is ever a permanent damage to the tire. training. If a jack is provided with blowout, here are a few tips about Re-inflating a tire after it has the vehicle, it is designed only for what to expect and what to do: been driven on while severely changing a flat tire. If it is used for If a front tire fails, the flat tire underinflated or flat may cause anything else, you or others could creates a drag that pulls the vehicle a blowout and a serious crash. be badly injured or killed if the toward that side. Take your foot off Never attempt to re-inflate a tire vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack the accelerator pedal and grip the that has been driven on while is provided with the vehicle, only steering wheel firmly. Steer to severely underinflated or flat. use it for changing a flat tire. maintain lane position, and then Have your dealer or an authorized gently brake to a stop, well off the tire service center repair or If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire road, if possible. replace the flat tire as soon and wheel damage by driving slowly A rear blowout, particularly on a as possible. to a level place, well off the road, curve, acts much like a skid and if possible. Turn on the hazard may require the same correction warning flashers. See Hazard as used in a skid. Stop pressing Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), { WARNING WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement Changing a tire can be 4. Do not allow passengers to of wheel blocks (A). dangerous. The vehicle can remain in the vehicle. slip off the jack and roll over 5. Place wheel blocks on or fall causing injury or death. both sides of the tire at the Find a level place to change the opposite corner of the tire tire. To help prevent the vehicle being changed. from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. This vehicle may come with a jack 2. Put an automatic and spare tire or a tire sealant and transmission in P (Park) compressor kit. To use the jacking or a manual transmission equipment to change a spare A. Wheel Block in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). tire safely, follow the instructions below. Then see Tire Changing on B. Flat Tire 3. Turn off the engine and do page 10‑81. To use the tire sealant not restart while the vehicle The following information explains and compressor kit, see Tire how to repair or change a tire. is raised. Sealant and Compressor Kit on (Continued) page 10‑73. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

Tire Sealant and If this vehicle has a tire sealant and { WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a Compressor Kit spare tire, tire changing equipment, Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not { WARNING the tire to rupture and you be a place to store a tire. or others could be injured. Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Be sure to read and follow the The tire sealant and compressor area with poor ventilation is tire sealant and compressor kit can be used to temporarily seal dangerous. Engine exhaust may instructions and inflate the tire punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area of the tire. It can enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust to its recommended pressure. also be used to inflate an under contains carbon monoxide (CO) Do not exceed the recommended inflated tire. which cannot be seen or smelled. pressure. It can cause unconsciousness If the tire has been separated from and even death. Never run the the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, engine in an enclosed area or has a large puncture, the tire is that has no fresh air ventilation. { WARNING too severely damaged for the tire For more information, see Engine sealant and compressor kit to be Storing the tire sealant and effective. See Roadside Service Exhaust on page 9‑23. compressor kit or other (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 equipment in the passenger or Roadside Service (Mexico) on compartment of the vehicle could page 13‑10. cause injury. In a sudden stop or Read and follow all of the tire collision, loose equipment could sealant and compressor kit strike someone. Store the tire instructions. sealant and compressor kit in its original location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

The kit includes: A. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or Replacement sealant canisters Air Only) are available at your local dealer. B. On/Off Button See “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. C. Pressure Gauge There is only enough sealant to D. Pressure Deflation Button seal one tire. After usage, the E. Tire Sealant Canister sealant canister and sealant/air hose assembly must be replaced. F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) See “Removal and Installation of G. Air Only Hose (Black) the Sealant Canister” following. H. Power Plug Using the Tire Sealant Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Read and follow the safe handling Inflate a Punctured Tire instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister. Follow the directions closely for correct sealant usage. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

heated environment for five minutes. 4. Remove the valve stem cap This will help to inflate the tire from the flat tire by turning it faster. counterclockwise. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) and wheel damage by driving slowly onto the tire valve stem. Turn it to a level place. Turn on the hazard clockwise until it is tight. warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. accessory power outlet in the See If a Tire Goes Flat on vehicle. Unplug all items from page 10‑71 for other important other accessory power outlets. safety warnings. See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the 1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter. compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug page 10‑80. cord in the door or window. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle and the power plug (H). must be running while using the 3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Press and turn the selector When using the tire sealant positioned close to the ground switch (A) counterclockwise to and compressor kit during cold so the hose will reach it. the Sealant + Air position. temperatures, warm the kit in a Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

9. Press the on/off button (B) The pressure gauge (C) may 11. Press the on/off button (B) to turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire to turn the tire sealant and compressor kit on. pressure while the compressor compressor kit off. The compressor will inject is on. Turn the compressor off The tire is not sealed and sealant and air into the tire. to get an accurate pressure will continue to leak air until reading. The compressor The pressure gauge (C) will the vehicle is driven and the may be turned on/off until the sealant is distributed in the tire, initially show a high pressure correct pressure is reached. while the compressor pushes the therefore, Steps 12–18 must sealant into the tire. Once the Notice: If the recommended be done immediately after sealant is completely dispersed pressure cannot be reached Step 11. into the tire, the pressure will after approximately 25 minutes, Be careful while handling the quickly drop and start to rise the vehicle should not be driven tire sealant and compressor again as the tire inflates with farther. The tire is too severely kit as it could be warm after air only. damaged and the tire sealant and usage. compressor kit cannot inflate the 10. Inflate the tire to the tire. Remove the power plug from 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from recommended inflation the accessory power outlet and the accessory power outlet in pressure using the pressure unscrew the inflating hose from the vehicle. gauge (C). The recommended the tire valve. See Roadside 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) inflation pressure can be Service (U.S. and Canada) on counterclockwise to remove it found on the Tire and Loading page 13‑8 or Roadside Service from the tire valve stem. Information label. See Tire (Mexico) on page 13‑10. Pressure on page 10‑56. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

14. Replace the tire valve 17. Return the equipment to its See Roadside Service (U.S. stem cap. original storage location in the and Canada) on page 13‑8 or 15. Replace the sealant/air vehicle. Roadside Service (Mexico) on hose (F), and the power 18. Immediately drive the vehicle page 13‑10. plug (H) back in their 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the If the tire pressure has not original location. sealant in the tire. dropped more than 68 kPa 19. Stop at a safe location and (10 psi) from the recommended check the tire pressure. Refer inflation pressure, inflate the tire to the recommended to Steps 1–11 under “Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor inflation pressure. Kit without Sealant to Inflate 20. Wipe off any sealant from the a Tire (Not Punctured).” wheel, tire, and vehicle. If the tire pressure has fallen 21. Dispose of the used sealant 16. If the flat tire was able to more than 68 kPa (10 psi) canister (E) and sealant/air inflate to the recommended below the recommended hose (F) assembly at a local inflation pressure, remove the inflation pressure, stop driving dealer or in accordance with maximum speed label from the the vehicle. The tire is too local state codes and practices. sealant canister (E) and place severely damaged and the tire it in a highly visible location. sealant cannot seal the tire. Do not exceed the speed on this label until the damaged tire is repaired or replaced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

22. Replace with a new canister If a tire goes flat, avoid further assembly available from your tire and wheel damage by driving dealer. slowly to a level place. Turn on 23. After temporarily sealing the the hazard warning flashers. tire using the tire sealant See Hazard Warning Flashers on and compressor kit, take page 6‑5. the vehicle to an authorized See If a Tire Goes Flat on dealer within 161 km (100 mi) page 10‑71 for other important of driving to have the tire safety warnings. repaired or replaced. 1. Remove the tire sealant and Using the Tire Sealant and compressor kit from its storage Compressor Kit without location. See Storing the Tire Sealant to Inflate a Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on (Not Punctured) page 10‑80. 2. Unwrap the air only hose (G) To use the air compressor to inflate and the power plug (H). a tire with air only and not sealant: 3. Place the kit on the ground. Make sure the tire valve stem is positioned close to the ground so the hose will reach it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

4. Remove the tire valve stem cap 9. Press the on/off button (B) to This option is only functional from the flat tire by turning it turn the compressor on. when using the air only counterclockwise. The compressor will inflate the hose (G). 5. Attach the air only hose (G) onto tire with air only. 11. Press the on/off button (B) to the tire valve stem by turning it 10. Inflate the tire to the turn the tire sealant and clockwise until it is tight. recommended inflation compressor kit off. 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the pressure using the pressure Be careful while handling the accessory power outlet in the gauge (C). The recommended tire sealant and compressor vehicle. Unplug all items from inflation pressure can be kit as it could be warm after other accessory power outlets. found on the Tire and Loading usage. See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Information label. See Tire 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from If the vehicle has an accessory Pressure on page 10‑56. the accessory power outlet in power outlet, do not use the The pressure gauge (C) may the vehicle. cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire 13. Disconnect the air only If the vehicle only has a cigarette pressure while the compressor hose (G) from the tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. is on. Turn the compressor valve stem, by turning it off to get an accurate reading. Do not pinch the power plug counterclockwise, and replace The compressor may be turned the tire valve stem cap. cord in the door or window. on/off until the correct pressure 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle is reached. 14. Replace the air only hose (G) and the power plug (H) and must be running while using the If you inflate the tire higher air compressor. cord back in its original than the recommended location. 8. Press and turn the selector pressure you can adjust switch (A) clockwise to the Air the excess pressure by 15. Place the equipment in the Only position. pressing the pressure deflation original storage location in the button (D) until the proper vehicle. pressure reading is reached. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Removal and Installation of the Storing the Tire Sealant Sealant Canister and Compressor Kit To remove the sealant canister: 1. Unwrap the sealant hose. 2. Press the canister release button. 3. Pull up and remove the canister. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. The tire sealant and compressor kit 5. Push the new canister into has an accessory adapter located in place. a compartment on the bottom of its housing that may be used to inflate air mattresses, balls, etc. This vehicle may have a tire sealant and compressor kit in place of a jack or spare tire. It is located in a foam container in the rear compartment storage area. If the vehicle has a cargo cover, see Cargo Management System on page 4‑4 for instructions on how to access the tire sealant and compressor kit. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Tire Changing Removing the Spare Tire and Tools To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate on page 2‑14.

3. Remove the spare tire cover. 4. Remove the nut retaining the spare tire. 5. Remove the spare tire and place it next to the tire being changed.

2. Press on the bottom of the handle assembly to unlatch it and lift up on the handle. The prop rod locks into place when open. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Take off the wheel cover or center cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach the wheel bolts. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71 for more information. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen and 6. Remove the wing nut (D). remove the wheel nut caps. 4. Turn the wheel wrench 7. Remove the extension (A), Do not try to remove plastic caps counterclockwise to loosen jack (B) and wheel wrench (C) from the cover or center cap. all the wheel nuts, but do not remove them yet. and place them near the tire 3. Pull the cover or center cap being changed. away from the wheel. Store 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. the wheel cover in the cargo Notice: Make sure that the jack area until you have the flat tire lift head is in the correct position repaired or replaced. or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

6. Position the jack lift head at the 7. Insert the hooked end of the { WARNING jack location nearest the flat tire. extension handle through the Raising the vehicle with the The jacking location is indicated jack and the flat end through jack improperly positioned can by a V-shaped notch in the the wheel wrench. plastic molding. The jack must damage the vehicle and even not be used in any other make the vehicle fall. To help position. avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

Notice: Using a jack to raise the { WARNING vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your Lifting a vehicle and getting vehicle. When raising your under it to do maintenance or vehicle on a jack, be sure to repairs is dangerous without the position it correctly under the appropriate safety equipment and frame and avoid contact with training. If a jack is provided with the plastic molding. the vehicle, it is designed only for 10. Put the compact spare tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for near you. anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 9. Raise the vehicle by turning the is provided with the vehicle, only wheel wrench clockwise until the use it for changing a flat tire. slots in the jack head fit into the metal flange located behind the 8. Turn the extension with the triangle on the plastic moulding. wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack lift head until the jack just fits under the vehicle.

Remove all of the wheel nuts. 11. Remove the flat tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

{ WARNING { WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Never use oil or grease on bolts parts to which it is fastened, can or nuts because the nuts might make wheel nuts become loose come loose. The vehicle's wheel after time. The wheel could come could fall off, causing a crash. off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any 14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. rust or dirt from places where the Tighten each nut by hand wheel attaches to the vehicle. until the wheel is held against In an emergency, a cloth or a the hub. paper towel can be used; 12. Remove any rust or dirt from however, use a scraper or wire 15. Lower the vehicle by the wheel bolts, mounting turning the jack handle brush later to remove all rust surfaces, and spare wheel. counterclockwise. or dirt. 13. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Notice: Improperly tightened 17. Lower the jack all the way and { WARNING wheel nuts can lead to brake remove the jack from under the pulsation and rotor damage. vehicle. Wheel nuts that are improperly or To avoid expensive brake repairs, incorrectly tightened can cause 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly evenly tighten the wheel nuts with the wheel wrench. the wheels to become loose or in the proper sequence and to come off. The wheel nuts should the proper torque specification. When reinstalling the wheel cover be tightened with a torque wrench See Capacities and Specifications or center cap on the full-size tire, to the proper torque specification on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut tighten all five plastic caps hand after replacing. Follow the torque torque specification. snug with the aid of the wheel specification supplied by the wrench and tighten them with aftermarket manufacturer when the wheel wrench an additional using accessory locking wheel one‐quarter of a turn. nuts. See Capacities and Notice: Wheel covers will not fit Specifications on page 12‑2 on the vehicle's compact spare. for original equipment wheel If you try to put a wheel cover on nut torque specifications. the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.

16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence, as shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 3. Install the cargo cover. and Tools For more information, see Cargo Management System on { WARNING page 4‑4. 4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the Storing a jack, a tire, or other rear storage compartment. equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 6. Route the strap through the wheel, as shown. To store the flat or spare tire and tools: 7. Attach the strap to the other cargo tie-down in the rear of 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the vehicle. on page 2‑14 for more information. 8. Tighten the strap. 2. Put back all tools as they 5. Attach the strap to the cargo The compact spare is for temporary were stored in the rear storage tie-down in the rear of the use only. Replace the compact compartment and put the vehicle. spare tire with a full-size tire as compartment cover back on. soon as you can. For more information, see “Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools” next in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire full-size tire repaired or replaced Jump Starting when possible. However, the compact spare tire will last longer For more information about the { WARNING and be in good shape if it is vehicle battery, see Battery on page 10 24. Driving with more than one replaced as soon as possible. ‑ compact spare tire at a time Notice: When the compact If the vehicle battery has run down, could result in loss of braking spare is installed, do not take you may want to use another and handling. This could lead the vehicle through an automatic vehicle and some jumper cables to to a crash and you or others car wash with guide rails. start your vehicle. Be sure to use could be injured. Use only one The compact spare can get the following steps to do it safely. compact spare tire at a time. caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and { WARNING other parts of the vehicle. If this vehicle has a compact spare Do not use the compact spare on Batteries can hurt you. They can tire, it was fully inflated when the be dangerous because: vehicle was new; however, it can other vehicles. lose air after a time. Check the Do not mix the compact spare tire . They contain acid that can inflation pressure regularly. or wheel with other wheels or tires. burn you. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi). They will not fit. Keep the spare tire . They contain gas that can Stop as soon as possible and and its wheel together. explode or ignite. check that the spare tire is correctly Notice: Tire chains will not fit the . They contain enough inflated after installing the spare compact spare. Using them can electricity to burn you. on the vehicle. The compact spare damage the vehicle and can is designed to perform well at damage the chains too. Do not If you do not follow these steps speeds up to 105 km/h (65 mph) for use tire chains on the compact exactly, some or all of these distances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi), spare. things can hurt you. so a trip can be completed and the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

Notice: Ignoring these steps 2. Get the vehicles close enough 3. Turn off the ignition on both could result in costly damage so the jumper cables can reach, vehicles. Unplug unnecessary to the vehicle that would not but be sure the vehicles are not accessories plugged into the be covered by the warranty. touching each other. If they cigarette lighter or the accessory Trying to start the vehicle by are, it could cause a ground power outlet. Turn off the radio pushing or pulling it will not connection you do not want. and all lamps that are not work, and it could damage the You would not be able to start needed. This will avoid sparks, vehicle. your vehicle, and the bad helping save both batteries and grounding could damage the radio. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must the electrical systems. have a 12-volt battery with a 4. Open the hood on the negative ground system. To avoid the possibility of the other vehicle and locate the vehicles rolling, set the parking positive (+) and negative (−) Notice: Only use a vehicle brake firmly on both vehicles terminal locations on that that has a 12-volt system with involved in the jump start vehicle. a negative ground for jump procedure. Put the transmission starting. If the other vehicle does Open the hood on your vehicle in P (Park) before setting the and find the remote positive (+) not have a 12-volt system with a parking brake. negative ground, both vehicles and remote negative (−) jump can be damaged. Notice: If any accessories are starting terminals. left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

The remote negative (−) terminal is a stud located in the engine { WARNING compartment on the driver side of the vehicle, on the front tie Using an open flame near a bar. See Engine Compartment battery can cause battery gas to Overview on page 10‑6 for more explode. People have been hurt information on location. doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you To uncover the remote need more light. positive (+) terminal, lift open the access panel on the battery Be sure the battery has enough cover indicated by the (+) sign. water. You do not need to add water to the battery installed in Your vehicle is equipped with a { WARNING your new vehicle. But if a battery remote positive (+) terminal (A) has filler caps, be sure the right and a remote negative (−) An electric fan can start up even amount of fluid is there. If it is low, terminal (B). The remote when the engine is not running add water to take care of that positive (+) terminal is located and can injure you. Keep hands, first. If you do not, explosive gas in the engine compartment on clothing and tools away from any could be present. the driver side of the vehicle, underhood electric fan. above the rear of the battery. Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

Do not connect the negative (−) Do not let the other end touch { WARNING cable to the negative (−) terminal anything until the next step. on the dead battery because this The other end of the negative (−) Fans or other moving engine can cause sparks. cable does not go to the dead parts can injure you badly. Keep 6. Connect the red positive (+) battery. It goes to a heavy, your hands away from moving unpainted metal engine part or parts once the engine is running. cable to the positive (+) terminal on the vehicle with to a remote negative (−) terminal the dead battery. Use a remote on the vehicle with the dead 5. Check that the jumper cables positive (+) terminal if the battery. do not have loose or missing vehicle has one. 9. Connect the other end of the insulation. If they do, you could 7. Do not let the other end negative (−) cable away from get a shock. The vehicles could the dead battery, but not also be damaged. touch metal. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the near engine parts that move. Before you connect the cables, good battery. Use a remote The electrical connection is just here are some basic things you positive (+) terminal if the as good there, and the chance should know. Positive (+) will go vehicle has one. of sparks getting back to the to positive (+) or to a remote battery is much less. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle 8. Now connect the black negative (−) cable to the Your vehicle has a remote (−) has one. Negative (−) will go to a terminal for this purpose. heavy, unpainted metal engine negative (−) terminal of part or to a remote negative (−) the good battery. Use a 10. Now start the vehicle with terminal if the vehicle has one. remote negative (−) terminal the good battery and run the if the vehicle has one. engine for a while. Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) or you will get a 11. Try to start the vehicle that short that would damage the had the dead battery. If it will battery and maybe other parts. not start after a few tries, it probably needs service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the jumper cables are To disconnect the jumper cables connected or removed in the from both vehicles, do the following: wrong order, electrical shorting 1. Disconnect the black may occur and damage the negative (−) cable from the vehicle. The repairs would not be vehicle that had the dead covered by the vehicle warranty. battery. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct 2. Disconnect the black order, making sure that the negative (−) cable from the cables do not touch each other vehicle with the good battery. or other metal. 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the vehicle with the Jumper Cable Removal good battery. A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Part or Remote Negative (−) cable from the other vehicle. Terminal 5. Close the access panel on the B. Good Battery or Remote battery cover, if applicable. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Towing Recreational Vehicle Here are some important things to Towing consider before recreational vehicle Towing the Vehicle towing: Recreational vehicle towing means . What is the towing capacity Notice: To avoid damage, towing the vehicle behind another of the towing vehicle? the disabled vehicle should vehicle – such as behind a motor Be sure to read the tow be towed with all four wheels home. The two most common types vehicle manufacturer's off the ground. Care must be of recreational vehicle towing are recommendations. taken with vehicles that have known as dinghy towing and dolly low ground clearance and/or towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . What is the distance that will be special equipment. Always vehicle with all four wheels on the travelled? Some vehicles have flatbed on a car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the restrictions on how far and how vehicle with two wheels on the long they can tow. Consult your dealer or a ground and two wheels up on a . professional towing service if the Is the proper towing equipment device known as a dolly. disabled vehicle must be towed. going to be used? See your See Roadside Service (U.S. and dealer or trailering professional Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside for additional advice and Service (Mexico) on page 13‑10. equipment recommendations. To tow the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be vehicle for recreational purposes, towed? Just as preparing the such as behind a motor home, see vehicle for a long trip, make “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this sure the vehicle is prepared section. to be towed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing Front-wheel‐drive and all-wheel-drive vehicles may be dinghy towed from the front. These vehicles can also be towed by placing them on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground. For other towing options, see “Dolly Towing” following in this section. Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded while towing the vehicle, it could be damaged. To tow the vehicle from the front 2. Remove the shift lever boot by Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) with all four wheels on the ground: pulling up on the rear of the trim while towing the vehicle. 1. Position the vehicle that will be plate. For vehicles being dinghy towed, towed and secure it to the the vehicle should be run at the towing vehicle. beginning of each day and at each RV fuel stop for about five minutes. This will ensure proper lubrication of transmission components. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

Once the destination has been Notice: Do not tow a vehicle reached: with the front drive wheels on 1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). the ground if one of the front tires is a compact spare tire. Towing 2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by with two different tire sizes on inserting the front edge and the front of the vehicle can pressing the rear of the trim cause severe damage to the plate until it snaps into place. transmission. 3. Start the engine and let it idle for Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive more than three minutes before Vehicles) driving the vehicle. All-wheel drive vehicles should not Notice: Too much or too ‐ be towed with two wheels on the 3. Use a small screw driver or tool little fluid can damage the ground. To properly tow these to press and hold the manual transmission. Be sure that vehicles, they should be placed on release button on the front right. the transmission fluid is at the a platform trailer with all four wheels proper level before towing with 4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral). off of the ground or dinghy towed all four wheels on the ground. Notice: If the vehicle is from the front. See Dinghy Towing towed without performing earlier in this section. each of the steps listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the automatic transmission could be damaged. Be sure to follow all steps of the dinghy towing procedure prior to and after towing the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing 3. Set the parking brake. (Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles) 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's instructions for preparing the vehicle and dolly for towing. 6. Release the parking brake. Towing the Vehicle From the Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have To tow the vehicle from the front the vehicle towed from the rear. with the rear wheels on the ground, do the following: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑21. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

Appearance Care Notice: Avoid using high Finish Care pressure washes closer than Application of aftermarket clearcoat 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the sealant/wax materials is not Exterior Care vehicle. Use of power washers recommended. If painted surfaces exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) Washing the Vehicle are damaged, see your dealer to can result in damage or removal have the damage assessed and To preserve the vehicle's finish, of paint and decals. wash it often and out of direct repaired. Foreign materials such sunlight. Rinse the vehicle well, before as calcium chloride and other salts, washing and after, to remove all ice melting agents, road oil and tar, Notice: Do not use petroleum cleaning agents completely. If they tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals based, acidic, or abrasive are allowed to dry on the surface, from industrial chimneys, etc., can cleaning agents as they can they could stain. damage the vehicle's finish if they damage the vehicle's paint, remain on painted surfaces. Wash metal, or plastic parts. If damage Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to the vehicle as soon as possible. occurs, it would not be covered If necessary, use non-abrasive by the vehicle's warranty. avoid surface scratches and water spotting. cleaners that are marked safe for Approved cleaning products painted surfaces to remove foreign can be obtained from your matter. dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

Occasional hand waxing or Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Windshield and Wiper Blades mild polishing should be done Parts Clean the outside of the windshield to remove residue from the paint Regularly clean bright metal parts with glass cleaner. finish. See your dealer for approved with water or chrome polish on Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cleaning products. chrome or stainless steel trim, cloth or paper towel soaked with Notice: Machine compounding if necessary. windshield washer fluid or a mild or aggressive polishing on a For aluminum, never use auto detergent. Wash the windshield basecoat/clearcoat paint finish or chrome polish, steam, or thoroughly when cleaning the may damage it. Use only caustic soap to clean. A coating blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, non-abrasive waxes and polishes of wax, rubbed to a high polish, is and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax that are made for a basecoat/ recommended for all bright metal treatments may cause wiper clearcoat paint finish on the parts. streaking. vehicle. Replace the wiper blades if they To keep the paint finish looking Cleaning Exterior are worn or damaged. Damage new, keep the vehicle garaged Lamps/Lenses and Emblems can be caused by extreme dusty or covered whenever possible. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, soft cloth, and a car washing soap snow, and ice. to clean exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

Weatherstrips Notice: Chrome wheels and other Steering, Suspension, and chrome trim may be damaged Apply silicone grease on Chassis Components if the vehicle is not washed weatherstrips to make them last after driving on roads that have Visually inspect front and rear longer, seal better, and not stick or been sprayed with magnesium, suspension and steering system squeak. See Recommended Fluids calcium, or sodium chloride. for damaged, loose, or missing parts and Lubricants on page 11 13. ‑ These chlorides are used on or signs of wear. Inspect the power steering for proper hook-up, binding, Tires roads for conditions such as ice and dust. Always wash the leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to chrome with soap and water check constant velocity joints, clean the tires. after exposure. rubber boots, and axle seals for leaks. Notice: Using petroleum-based Notice: To avoid surface tire dressing products on the damage, do not use strong Body Component Lubrication vehicle may damage the paint soaps, chemicals, abrasive Lubricate all key lock cylinders, finish and/or tires. When applying polishes, cleaners, brushes, a tire dressing, always wipe off hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and or cleaners that contain acid the steel fuel door hinge unless the any overspray from all painted on aluminum or chrome-plated surfaces on the vehicle. components are plastic. Applying wheels. Use only approved silicone grease on weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum cleaners. Also, never drive with a clean cloth will make them or Chrome a vehicle with aluminum or last longer, seal better, and not stick chrome-plated wheels through or squeak. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild an automatic car wash that uses soap and water to clean the wheels. silicone carbide tire cleaning After rinsing thoroughly with clean brushes. Damage could occur water, dry with a soft, clean towel. and the repairs would not be A wax may then be applied. covered by the vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Underbody Maintenance Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on Use plain water to flush dirt and Quickly repair minor chips and the instrument cluster. Using a mild debris from the vehicle's underbody. scratches with touch-up materials soap solution, immediately remove Your dealer or an underbody car available from your dealer to avoid hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect washing system can do this. If not corrosion. Larger areas of finish repellant from all interior surfaces or removed, rust and corrosion can damage can be corrected in your permanent damage may result. develop. dealer's body and paint shop. Your dealer may have products for Sheet Metal Damage Chemical Paint Spotting cleaning the interior. Use cleaners If the vehicle is damaged and Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the requires sheet metal repair or and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent replacement, make sure the body causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. To prevent repair shop applies anti-corrosion discolorations, and small, irregular overspray, apply all cleaners directly material to parts repaired or dark spots etched into the paint to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners replaced to restore corrosion surface. should be removed quickly. Never protection. allow cleaners to remain on the Interior Care surface being cleaned for extended Original manufacturer replacement periods of time. parts will provide the corrosion To prevent dirt particle abrasions, protection while maintaining the regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Cleaners may contain solvents vehicle warranty. Immediately remove any soils. Note that can become concentrated that newspapers or dark garments in the interior. Before using that can transfer color to home cleaners, read and adhere to all furnishings can also permanently safety instructions on the label. transfer color to the vehicle's While cleaning the interior, maintain interior. adequate ventilation by opening the doors and windows. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (101,1)

Vehicle Care 10-101

To prevent damage, do not clean . Do not heavily saturate the Fabric/Carpet the interior using the following upholstery when cleaning. Start by vacuuming the surface cleaners or techniques: . Do not use solvents or cleaners using a soft brush attachment. . Never use a razor or any other containing solvents. If a rotating brush attachment is sharp object to remove a soil Interior Glass being used during vacuuming, only from any interior surface. use it on the floor carpet. Before To clean, use a terry cloth fabric . cleaning, gently remove as much Never use a brush with stiff dampened with water. Wipe droplets bristles. of the soil as possible using one left behind with a clean dry cloth. of the following techniques: . Never rub any surface Commercial glass cleaners may be aggressively or with excessive used, if necessary, after cleaning . Gently blot liquids with a paper pressure. the interior glass with plain water. towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. . Do not use laundry detergents Notice: To prevent scratching, or dishwashing soaps with never use abrasive cleaners . For solid soils, remove as much degreasers. For liquid cleaners, on automotive glass. Abrasive as possible prior to vacuuming. use approximately 20 drops cleaners or aggressive cleaning To clean: per 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. may damage the rear window 1. Saturate a clean lint-free A concentrated soap solution defogger. colorfast cloth with water or will leave a residue that creates club soda. Microfiber cloth is streaks and attracts dirt. Do not recommended to prevent lint use solutions that contain strong transfer to the fabric or carpet. or caustic soap. 2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (102,1)

10-102 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Do not use cleaners that increase soil and gently rub toward the Other Plastic Surfaces gloss, especially on the instrument center. Fold the cleaning cloth panel. Reflected glare can decrease to a clean area frequently to Use a soft microfiber cloth visibility through the windshield prevent forcing the soil in to dampened with water to remove under certain conditions. the fabric. dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft Notice: Use of air fresheners may 4. Continue gently rubbing the microfiber cloth dampened with cause permanent damage to soiled area until there is no a mild soap solution. plastics and painted surfaces. longer any color transfer from If an air freshener comes in the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating contact with any plastic or leather, especially perforated painted surface in the vehicle, 5. If the soil is not completely leather, as well as other interior removed, use a mild soap blot immediately and clean with surfaces, may cause permanent a soft cloth dampened with a solution followed only by damage. Wipe excess moisture club soda or plain water. mild soap solution. Damage from these surfaces after caused by air fresheners would If the soil is not completely cleaning and allow them to dry not be covered by the vehicle removed, it may be necessary naturally. Never use heat, steam, warranty. to use a commercial upholstery spot lifters or spot removers. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Do not use cleaners that contain hidden area for colorfastness silicone or wax-based products. before using a commercial Cleaners containing these upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. solvents can permanently If ring formation occurs, clean change the appearance and the entire fabric or carpet. feel of leather or soft trim and are not recommended. Following the cleaning process, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (103,1)

Vehicle Care 10-103

Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. { WARNING . Do not place anything on top of If a floor mat is the wrong the driver side floor mat. size or is not properly installed, . Use only a single floor mat on it can interfere with the pedals. the driver side. Interference with the pedals can . Do not place one floor mat on cause unintended acceleration top of another. and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a Removing and Replacing the crash and injury. Make sure Floor Mats 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor the floor mat does not interfere The driver side floor mat is held in mat to unlock each retainer and with the pedals. place by two button-type retainers. remove. The passenger side floor mat is held 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor in place by one button-type retainer. Use the following guidelines for mat retainer openings over the proper floor mat usage. carpet retainers and snapping . The original equipment floor into position. mats were designed for your 3. Make sure the floor mat is vehicle. If the floor mats need properly secured and verify replacing, it is recommended that it does not interfere with that certified floor mats be the pedals. purchased. Non-certified floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (104,1)

10-104 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Special Application Services General Information Service and Special Application Maintenance Services ...... 11-9 Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes Additional Maintenance the required maintenance for the General Information and Care vehicle. Follow this schedule to General Information ...... 11-1 Additional Maintenance help protect against major repair and Care ...... 11-10 expenses resulting from neglect Cadillac Premium Care or inadequate maintenance. It may Recommended Fluids, Maintenance also help to maintain the value Cadillac Premium Care Lubricants, and Parts of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Maintenance ...... 11-3 Recommended Fluids and responsibility of the owner to have Lubricants ...... 11-13 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Replacement Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-4 Parts ...... 11-14 Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform Maintenance Records required maintenance using Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 genuine replacement parts. They have up‐to‐date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes the The Tire Rotation and Required Refer to the information in the importance of providing Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Schedule Additional competitively priced maintenance vehicle owner. It is recommended Required Services ‐ Normal chart. and repair services. With trained to have your dealer perform these The Additional Required technicians, the dealer is the place services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Services ‐ Severe are for for routine maintenance such as Proper vehicle maintenance helps to vehicles that are: oil changes and tire rotations and keep the vehicle in good working additional maintenance items like condition, improves fuel economy, . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper and reduces vehicle emissions. in hot weather. blades. Because of the way people use . Mainly driven in hilly or Notice: Damage caused by vehicles, maintenance needs mountainous terrain. improper maintenance can lead vary. There may need to be . Frequently towing a trailer. to costly repairs and may not be more frequent checks and covered by the vehicle warranty. services. The Additional Required . Used for high speed or Maintenance intervals, checks, Services ‐ Normal are for competitive driving. inspections, recommended fluids, vehicles that: . Used for taxi, police, or delivery and lubricants are important to . Carry passengers and cargo service. keep the vehicle in good working within recommended limits on condition. the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits. . Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑46. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Refer to the information in the Cadillac Premium . Engine air cleaner filter Maintenance Schedule Additional replacement. Required Services ‐ Severe chart. Care Maintenance . Passenger compartment air filter { Your vehicle comes with replacement. WARNING the Cadillac Premium Care . Multi‐point vehicle inspection Maintenance. It is a maintenance (MPVI) performed by a qualified Performing maintenance work program that covers select technician. can be dangerous and can maintenance services during cause serious injury. Perform the first 4 years or 80 000 km Cadillac requires that all Cadillac maintenance work only if the (50,000 mi), whichever comes Premium Care Maintenance required information, proper tools, first. services be performed by a and equipment are available. Cadillac authorized service dealer. Cadillac Premium Care If they are not, see your dealer Maintenance covers routine to have a trained technician do maintenance services, when the work. See Doing Your Own scheduled in accordance with Service Work on page 10‑4. the owner manual, including: . Oil changes based on the vehicle's oil life monitor system. . Tire rotation every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Required Services Every SOON message displays, have 12 000 km/7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services the engine oil and filter changed Rotate the tires, if recommended within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. for the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop If driven under the best conditions, following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. the engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑63. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and Once a Month and filter must be changed at least oil life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil page 10‑56. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑10. . Inspect the tires for wear. accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since See Engine Coolant on page 10‑62. the last service. Reset the oil life page 10‑15. . Check the windshield washer system when the oil is changed. . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on See Engine Oil Life System on level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑21. page 10‑10. page 10‑21. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Visually inspect windshield . Check restraint system . Check parking brake and wiper blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety automatic transmission park or contamination. See Exterior System Check on page 3‑21. mechanism. See Park Brake and Care on page 10 97. Replace P (Park) Mechanism Check on ‑ . Visually inspect fuel system for worn or damaged wiper blades. damage or leaks. page 10‑26. See Wiper Blade Replacement . Check accelerator pedal for on page 10‑27. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for damage, high effort, or binding. . Check tire inflation pressures. loose or damaged parts. Replace if needed. See Tire Pressure on . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10‑56. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage. Check the hold open page 10‑97. Inspection on page 10‑62. ability of the strut. See your . Check starter switch. See Starter dealer if service is required. . Visually check for fluid leaks. Switch Check on page 10‑25. . Check tire sealant expiration . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Check automatic transmission See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on date, if equipped. See Tire shift lock control function. Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10‑12. See Automatic Transmission page 10‑73. . Inspect brake system. Shift Lock Control Function . Inspect sunroof track and seal, Check on page 10‑26. . Visually inspect steering, if equipped. See Sunroof on suspension, and chassis page 2‑27. components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear. See Exterior Care on page 10‑97. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Footnotes — Maintenance c) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Services — Normal d) Do not directly power wash a) Or every two years, whichever the transfer case output seals. comes first. More frequent High pressure water can overcome replacement may be needed if the seals and contaminate the the vehicle is driven in areas with transfer case fluid. Contaminated heavy traffic, areas with poor air fluid will decrease the life of the quality, or areas with high dust transfer case and should be levels. Replacement may also be replaced. needed if there is a reduction in air e) Or every five years, whichever flow, excessive window fogging, comes first. See Cooling System on or odors. page 10‑14. b) Check all fuel and vapor lines f) Or every 10 years, whichever and hoses for proper hook‐up, comes first. Inspect for fraying, routing, and condition. Check that excessive cracking, or damage; the purge valve, if the vehicle has replace, if needed. one, works properly. Replace as needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Footnotes — Maintenance d) Do not directly power wash Special Application Schedule Additional Required the transfer case output seals. Services — Severe High pressure water can overcome Services the seals and contaminate the a) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use transfer case fluid. Contaminated comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate fluid will decrease the life of the chassis components every b) Check all fuel and vapor lines transfer case and should be 5 000 km/3,000 mi. and hoses for proper hook‐up, replaced. routing, and condition. Check that . Have underbody flushing service e) Or every five years, whichever the purge valve, if the vehicle has performed once a year. one, works properly. Replace as comes first. See Cooling System on needed. page 10‑14. c) Or every four years, whichever f) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Additional Battery Brakes The battery supplies power to Brakes stop the vehicle and are Maintenance and Care start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. additional electrical accessories. Your vehicle is an important . Signs of brake wear may include investment and caring for it . To avoid break‐down or failure chirping, grinding, or squealing properly may help to avoid to start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. future costly repairs. To maintain battery with full cranking power. vehicle performance, additional . Trained dealer technicians have maintenance services may be . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment required. It is recommended the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and that your dealer perform these the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts services — their trained dealer connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. corrosion‐free. technicians know your vehicle Fluids best. Your dealer can also perform Belts a thorough assessment with a Proper fluid levels and multi‐point inspection to recommend . Belts may need replacing if approved fluids protect the when your vehicle may need they squeak or show signs of vehicle’s systems and components. attention. The following list is cracking or splitting. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 13 for GM intended to explain the services . Trained dealer technicians ‑ and conditions to look for that may can inspect the belts and approved fluids. indicate services are required. recommend replacement . Engine oil and windshield when necessary. washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Hoses Shocks and Struts Tires Hoses transport fluids and should Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, be regularly inspected to ensure for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining that there are no cracks or leaks. the tires can save money, fuel, and . Signs of wear may include With a multi‐point inspection, your steering wheel vibration, can reduce the risk of tire failure. dealer can inspect the hoses and bounce/sway while braking, . Signs that the tires need to be advise if replacement is needed. longer stopping distance, replaced include three or more Lamps or uneven tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the . As part of the multi‐point Properly working headlamps, rubber; cracks or cuts in the taillamps, and brake lamps are inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually tread or sidewall; or a bulge important to see and be seen on or split in the tire. the road. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can . Signs that the headlamps need or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the attention include dimming, failure when service is needed. right tires. Your dealer can also to light, cracking, or damage. provide tire/wheel balancing The brake lamps need to be services to ensure smooth checked periodically to ensure vehicle operation at all speeds. that they light when braking. Your dealer sells and services . With a multi‐point inspection, name brand tires. your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Vehicle Care Windshield Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking For safety, appearance, and the Wiper blades need to be cleaned like new, vehicle care products best viewing, keep the windshield and kept in good condition to are available from your dealer. clean and clear. provide a clear view. For information on how to clean . Signs of damage include . Signs of wear include streaking, and protect the vehicle’s interior scratches, cracks, and chips. skipping across the windshield, and exterior, see Interior Care on and worn or split rubber. page 10‑100 and Exterior Care on . Trained dealer technicians page 10‑97. can inspect the windshield . Trained dealer technicians can and recommend proper check the wiper blades and Wheel Alignment replacement if needed. replace them when needed. Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, Engine Oil of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 88863462). Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood and Door Hinges in Canada 10953474). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 25979378 — Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 25979379 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 — Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the rear side cargo management cover, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal Transmission Fluid 5.0 L 5.3 qt Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 ft lb *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑12 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-14 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-16 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-18 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Cadillac. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-19 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-20 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-20 Telephone (TTY) Users can occur. If your concern has not (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-21 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-21 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Service OnStar® ...... 13-22 can be quickly resolved at that (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-8 Navigation System ...... 13-22 level. If the matter has already Roadside Service Radio Frequency been reviewed with the sales, (Mexico) ...... 13-10 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-23 service or parts manager, contact Scheduling Service Radio Frequency the owner of your dealership or Appointments Statement ...... 13-23 the general manager. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Cadillac, your case will generally be heard member of dealership management, remember that your concern will within 40 days. If you do not agree it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's with the decision given in your case, resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest you may reject it and proceed with further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. any other venue for relief available Cadillac Customer Assistance to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Center at 1-800-458-8006. Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto In Canada, call the Canadian dealer are committed to making Line Program using the toll-free Cadillac Customer Care Centre sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at 1-888-446-2000. with the new vehicle. However, at the following address: We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program toll-free number in order to give after following the procedure Council of Better Business your inquiry prompt attention. Have outlined in Steps One and Two, Bureaus, Inc. the following information available you can file with the Better Business 4200 Wilson Boulevard to give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Suite 800 representative: to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business title, or the plate at the top left Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in of the instrument panel and disputes regarding vehicle repairs all 50 states and the District of visible through the windshield. or the interpretation of the New Columbia. Eligibility is limited by Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. you may be required to resort to this factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and informal dispute resolution program the right to change eligibility present mileage. prior to filing a court action, use of limitations and/or discontinue its the program is free of charge and participation in this program. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian We believe our impartial program Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you offers advantages over courts in do not feel your concerns have most jurisdictions because it is Procedure (Mexico) been addressed after following the informal, quick, and free of charge. procedure outlined in Steps One For further information concerning and Two, General Motors of Canada eligibility in the Canadian Motor Limited wants you to be aware Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), of its participation in a no-charge call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call mediation/arbitration program. the General Motors Customer Care General Motors of Canada Limited Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), has committed to binding arbitration 1-800-263-7854 (French), Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving or write to: Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Mediation/Arbitration Program warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by c/o Customer Care Centre vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and General Motors of Canada Limited may include an informal hearing Mail Code: CA1-163-005 See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is 1908 Colonel Sam Drive designed so that the entire dispute Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 settlement process, from the time The inquiry should be accompanied you file your complaint to the final by the Vehicle Identification decision, should be completed Number (VIN). in approximately 70 days. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Assistance If you have a problem that has not STEP THREE Procedure been satisfactorily handled through If your case is not resolved in a the normal means, we suggest the reasonable amount of time by your Owner satisfaction and goodwill are following steps: very important to your dealer and dealer, please call the General General Motors. STEP ONE Motors Customer Assistance Center (CAC) and provide the Normally, any problem with the Explain your case to your dealer following information: transaction, sale, or usage of service agent, service manager, the vehicle must be handled dealer sales agent, or sales . Name by your dealer sales or service manager, depending on your case. . Address departments. However, we Make sure that they have . Phone number recognize that despite the good all necessary information. intentions of all parties involved, They are interested in your . Model year sometimes a misunderstanding continual satisfaction. . Brand may occur. STEP TWO . Vehicle Identification If you are not satisfied, please Number (VIN) contact the general manager or . Mileage your dealership owner to ask for . Delivery date their help. If they are not able to resolve your case, ask them . Description of the problem to contact the right people at . Dealership name General Motors for support, if needed. . Dealership address See Customer Assistance Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Customer Assistance From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America and Offices (U.S. and Canada) 1-800-496-9992 (English) Caribbean Islands/Countries 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and Cadillac encourages customers U.S. Virgin Islands) to call the toll-free number for From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, assistance. However, if a customer 1-800-496-9994 wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac, S. de R.L. de C.V. the letter should be addressed to: Canada Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada Canadian Cadillac Customer Care C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Cadillac Customer Assistance Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0805 Cadillac Motor Car Division Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0805 P.O. Box 33169 www.gm.ca Detroit, MI 48232-5169 Customer Assistance www.Cadillac.com 1-888-446-2000 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Offices (Mexico) 1-800-458-8006 Telephone devices (TTYs)) To contact the Customer Assistance 1-800-833-2622 (For Text Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112 Telephone devices (TTYs)) Center (CAC), use the phone Roadside Service: 1-800-882-1112 Overseas numbers listed in this section. Customer assistance is available Please contact the local Monday through Friday, 08:00 to General Motors Business Unit. 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from 08:00 to 15:00 hours. All e-mail inquiries to the Customer Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Mexico El Salvador Online Owner Center From Mexico City 800-6273 Manage your vehicle (U.S.) 5329-0816 Honduras at cadillac.com. Click on Owners, then Manage my From Other Mexico Locations 800-0122-6101 “ ” “ Cadillac/Owners Login.” 01-800-466-0816 Customer Assistance Information and services United States and Canada for Text Telephone (TTY) customized for your specific vehicle all in one convenient 1-866-466-8195 — Users (U.S. and Canada) place. Costa Rica To assist customers who are deaf, . Digital owner manual, warranty 00-800-052-1005 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired information, and more. and who use Text Telephones Guatemala (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment . Storage for online service and available at its Customer Assistance maintenance records. 1-800-999-5252 Center. Any TTY user can . Cadillac dealer locator for Panama communicate with Cadillac by service nationwide. dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users . Exclusive privileges and offers. 00-800-052-0001 in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Dominican Republic . Recall notices for your specific vehicle. 1-888-751-5301 . OnStar and GM Cardmember Services Earnings summaries. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Other Helpful Links: . Access third party enthusiast GM Mobility sites and social media networks. Cadillac — www.cadillac.com Reimbursement Program . Locate owner resources such Cadillac Merchandise — as lease-end, financing, and (U.S. and Canada) www.cadillaccollection.com warranty information. Help Center — www.cadillac.com/ . Retrieve your favorite articles, pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do quizzes, tips and multimedia . FAQ (Frequently Asked galleries organized into the Questions) Features and Auto Care Sections. . Contact Us . Download the owner manual for This program is available to Cadillac Owner Centre your vehicle, quickly and easily. (Canada) cadillacowner.ca qualified applicants for cost . Find the Cadillac-recommended reimbursement of eligible Take a trip to the Cadillac Owner maintenance services for your aftermarket adaptive equipment Centre: vehicle. required for the vehicle, such as . Chat live with online help hand controls or a wheelchair/ representatives. scooter lift for the vehicle. . Use the Vehicle Tools section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

For more information on the limited Calling for Service Coverage offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Service, Services are provided up to call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), Center at 1-800-323-9935. ready: whichever comes first. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and In the U.S., anyone driving the home telephone number. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a General Motors of Canada person driving the vehicle without also has a Mobility Program. . Telephone number of your permission from the owner is not Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) location. covered. for details. TTY users call . Location of the vehicle. 1-800-263-3830. Roadside Service is not a part of . Model, year, color, and license the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Roadside Service plate number of the vehicle. Cadillac and General Motors of (U.S. and Canada) . Odometer reading, Vehicle Canada Limited reserve the right to Identification Number (VIN), make any changes or discontinue U.S.: 1-800-224-1400 and delivery date of the vehicle. the Roadside Service program at any time without notification. Canada: 1-800-882-1112. . Description of the problem. Text Telephone (TTY) Users Cadillac and General Motors of (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438. Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an Service is available 24 hours a day, owner or driver if they decide the 365 days a year. claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Cadillac Owner Privileges™ . Flat Tire Change: Service to Cadillac Technician Roadside change a flat tire with spare Service (U.S. Only) . Emergency Fuel Delivery: tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Delivery of enough fuel for the must be in good condition Cadillac's exceptional Roadside vehicle to get to the nearest and properly inflated. It is your Service is more than an auto club service station. responsibility for the repair or or towing service. It provides every . Lock-Out Service: Service to replacement of the tire if it is Cadillac owner in the United States unlock the vehicle if you are not covered by the warranty. with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and, where locked out. A remote unlock may . Battery Jump Start: Service to available, a Cadillac trained dealer be available if you have OnStar. jump start a dead battery. For security reasons, the driver technician who can provide on-site must present identification . Trip Routing Service: Detailed service. before this service is given. maps of North America are A dealer technician will travel provided when requested to your location within a 30 mile . Emergency Tow from a Public either with the most direct Road or Highway: Tow to radius of a participating Cadillac route or the most scenic route. dealership. If beyond this radius, we the nearest Cadillac dealer for Additional travel information warranty service, or if the vehicle will arrange to have your car towed is also available. Allow three to the nearest Cadillac dealership. was in a crash and cannot be weeks for delivery. driven. Assistance is also given Each technician travels with a when the vehicle is stuck in the . Trip Interruption Benefits specially equipped service vehicle sand, mud, or snow. and Service: If your trip is complete with the necessary interrupted due to a warranty Cadillac parts and tools required failure, incidental expenses to handle most roadside repairs. may be reimbursed during the 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi) Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are hotel, meals, and rental car. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits Roadside Service Roadside Service and Service: Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and (Mexico) . Impound towing caused by a copy of the repair orders are As a new owner, your vehicle violation of any laws. required. Once authorization is automatically enrolled in the . Legal fines. has been received, the Roadside Assistance program. Roadside Service advisor will The services are available at no . Mounting, dismounting, help you make arrangements cost under the terms and conditions or changing of snow tires, and explain how to receive chains, or other traction devices. of the program. The Roadside payment. Assistance program is not part . Towing or services for vehicles . Alternative Service: If of, or included, in the coverage driven on a non-public road or assistance cannot be provided provided by the new vehicle highway. right away, the Roadside limited warranty. Services Specific to Service advisor may give Roadside Assistance provides Canadian-Purchased Vehicles you permission to get local assistance to the driver and emergency road service. passengers while driving the . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement You will receive payment, up to vehicle within your city of residence is approximately $5 Canadian. $100, after sending the original or on any passable road in Diesel fuel delivery may be receipt to Roadside Service. Mexico, the United States, and restricted. Propane and other Mechanical failures may be Canada. Services are subject fuels are not provided through covered, however any cost for to the limitations described in this service. parts and labor for repairs not the following pages. Program . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle covered by the warranty are coverage varies by country. the owner responsibility. registration is required. Roadside Assistance is available . Trip Routing Service: Limit of 24 hours a day, 365 days of six requests per year. the year. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

This program expires two years . Lock-Out Service: Service to When the vehicle is not from the date of the invoice for unlock the vehicle if you are accessible to be towed, all the vehicle, regardless of vehicle locked out. maneuvers required to access it mileage and changes in vehicle . Battery Jump Start: Service to will be at the owner's expense. ownership. jump start a dead battery. If the vehicle is in another For more information about the . *Emergency Messages: city outside of your residence, renewal of this program at the end Transmission of urgent phone Roadside Assistance is limited of its term, contact the Cadillac messages. to moving the vehicle to the Customer Assistance Center at nearest dealer. If you would like . 01-800-466-0805. *Emergency Calls: Call for the vehicle moved to a different emergency services. dealer, you will be asked to Services Provided . *Dealership Location cover the difference in cost . Flat Tire Change: If unable Assistance: Information at the time of the move. to change a flat tire, Roadside regarding addresses and If the vehicle cannot be received Assistance will provide towing telephone numbers for by the nearest Cadillac dealer service to the nearest authorized Cadillac dealers. due to scheduling conflicts, the Cadillac dealership. It is the . Emergency Towing: Tow to vehicle will be taken to a safe owner's responsibility for the the nearest dealer for warranty place where it will remain for up repair or replacement of the tire. service if the vehicle cannot be to 48 hours until it can be taken This service is limited to the driven. to the dealer. If the storage costs transfer of the vehicle to the exceed the amount authorized, If the vehicle is involved repair facility. the owner is responsible to pay in an accident during the . Emergency Fuel Delivery: the difference at the time of commission of a crime, Delivery of enough fuel for the service. Contact Roadside administrative violation, vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance for more information or breach of traffic regulations, service station. on authorized amounts. Roadside Assistance will not provide service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

. *Trip Interruption: This service A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary is provided if you are prevented up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle from further usage of your must be returned to its original Pick Up: Transportation to vehicle while traveling and it destination, excluding vehicles pick up your vehicle after repairs is not possible for the nearest with a carrying capacity greater are complete. Once the dealer Cadillac dealership to repair than 3.5 tons. has reported that the vehicle the vehicle the same day, has been repaired, Roadside requiring the vehicle to stay Complimentary Transportation: If Assistance will provide bus or at the dealership for a night or you prefer to continue your commercial airline one-way more. If this happens, in addition trip to the intended destination service (subject to availability) to the previously listed services or return to your place of for the person designated by and prior to confirmation by the residence, and the trip requires you to collect your vehicle at dealership, you are entitled to more than eight hours driving on the dealership's location if you choose one of the following the road, transportation for the or the designated person are alternatives, within the limits of driver and passengers by first not in the same town or city existing Roadside Assistance class bus or coach commercial as the dealership. program guidelines. If the costs airline will be provided to a location chosen by Roadside *These services are not provided exceed the amount authorized for U.S. or Canada residents. All for these services, you must pay Assistance, depending on availability at the chosen services provided in the U.S. and the difference at the time of Canada are at the owner's expense service. destination. Restrictions apply based on vehicle specifications. and will be reimbursed by Roadside Roadside Assistance Assistance. will coordinate hotel If you are on the road, taxi accommodations for all vehicle service to the nearest bus travelers for up to two nights. station or airport will be provided. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Services Not Included in Roadside . Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Assistance telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services Roadside Assistance does not apply only to Mexico per the are of no cost to you and available cover or reimburse services for terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. the following: Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations . that exceed the limits of the Events caused by fraud or bad . Any damage to the vehicle faith by the driver. program, some of which are without intent, derived from listed previously in this section. . Vehicle immobilization the services provided. situations due to a major force To contact Roadside Assistance by . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: or unforeseen circumstances, choosing a Cadillac dealer such as natural phenomena that is nearest to the temporary Mexico of an extraordinary nature, storage facility for the disabled 01-800-466-0805 earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, vehicle. and other cyclonic storms. United States . Cost of all maneuvers required . Vehicle immobilization situations to access the vehicle when it is 1-866-466-8906 arising from car accidents not available to be towed. caused by the driver of Canada the vehicle or third parties. . Cost of fuel provided. 1-800-268-6800 This means any occurrence Routine vehicle repair costs E-mail that causes physical injury to are not covered by the Roadside the occupants and/or the vehicle Assistance program. For more [email protected] caused by external forces. information, see your new vehicle Cadillac reserves the right to make . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, warranty. any changes or discontinue the armed forces or police actions Roadside Assistance program at which prevent timely delivery of any time without notification. assistance services. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments Program (U.S. and Warranty service can generally (U.S. and Canada) Canada) be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable When the vehicle requires To enhance your ownership to wait, GM helps to minimize warranty service, contact experience, we and our participating inconvenience by providing several your dealer and request an dealers are proud to offer Courtesy transportation options. Depending appointment. By scheduling Transportation, a customer support on the circumstances, your dealer a service appointment and program for vehicles with the can offer one of the following: advising the service consultant Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty of your transportation needs, Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service your dealer can help minimize extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred your inconvenience. hybrid-specific warranties in means of offering Courtesy If the vehicle cannot be scheduled both the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide into the service department Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your immediately, keep driving it until options are available to assist in destination with minimal interruption it can be scheduled for service, reducing inconvenience when of your daily schedule. This includes unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required. one-way or round-trip shuttle service safety related. If it is, please call within reasonable time and distance Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. your dealership, let them know this, part of the New Vehicle Limited and ask for instructions. Warranty. A separate booklet If your dealer requests you to entitled “Limited Warranty and bring the vehicle for service, Owner Assistance Information” you are urged to do so as early furnished with each new vehicle in the work day as possible to provides detailed warranty allow for same-day repair. coverage information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle shuttle service, may not be available transportation is used instead that you obtain if the vehicle is kept at every dealer. Please contact of your dealer's shuttle service, for an overnight warranty repair. your dealer for specific information the expense must be supported Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy by original receipts and can only and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be up to the maximum amount receipts. This requires that you sign be administered by appropriate allowed by GM for shuttle service. and complete a rental agreement dealer personnel. In addition, for U.S. customers, and meet state/provincial, local, and should you arrange transportation rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the through a friend or relative, limited Requirements vary and may right to unilaterally modify, reimbursement for reasonable include minimum age requirements, change, or discontinue Courtesy fuel expenses may be available. insurance coverage, credit card, Transportation at any time and Claim amounts should reflect actual etc. You are responsible for fuel to resolve all questions of claim costs and be supported by original usage charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and receipts. See your dealer for responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its information regarding the allowance fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion. amounts for reimbursement of fuel usage beyond the completion of or other transportation costs. the repair. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment As a result, these parts may fit parts may also be used for repair. poorly, exhibit premature durability/ (U.S. and Canada) These parts are typically removed corrosion problems, and may not If the vehicle is involved in a from vehicles that were total losses perform properly in subsequent collision and it is damaged, in prior crashes. In most cases, collisions. Aftermarket parts are not have the damage repaired by a the parts being recycled are from covered by the GM New Vehicle qualified technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM failure related to such parts is not parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice covered by that warranty. repairs diminish the vehicle resale to maintain the vehicle's originally value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety Repair Facility be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of GM also recommends that you collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts choose a collision repair facility that are not covered by the GM New meets your needs before you ever Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any need collision repairs. Your dealer Genuine GM Collision parts are related failures are not covered by may have a collision repair center new parts made with the same that warranty. with GM-trained technicians and materials and construction methods Aftermarket collision parts are state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be as the parts with which the vehicle also available. These are made by able to recommend a collision was originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may repair center that has GM-trained Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. technicians and comparable ensure that the vehicle's designed equipment. appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Insuring the Vehicle If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information: company may require you to have Protect your investment in the . Driver name, address, and insurance that ensures repairs with GM vehicle with comprehensive telephone number. Genuine GM Original Equipment and collision insurance coverage. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver license number. There are significant differences Genuine Manufacturer replacement in the quality of coverage afforded . Owner name, address, and parts. Read the lease carefully, as by various insurance policy terms. telephone number. you may be charged at the end of Many insurance policies provide . the lease for poor quality repairs. Vehicle license plate number. reduced protection to the GM . vehicle by limiting compensation If a Crash Occurs Vehicle make, model, and for damage repairs by using model year. If there has been an injury, call aftermarket collision parts. . Vehicle Identification emergency services for help. Do not Some insurance companies will Number (VIN). not specify aftermarket collision leave the scene of a crash until all . Insurance company and policy parts. When purchasing insurance, matters have been taken care of. number. we recommend that you ensure Move that the vehicle will be repaired with the vehicle only if its position puts . General description of the GM original equipment collision you in danger, or you are instructed damage to the other vehicle. to move it by a police officer. parts. If such insurance coverage Choose a reputable repair facility is not available from your current Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts. insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved See “Collision Parts” earlier in this to another insurance carrier. in the crash. section. For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What Roadside Service (U.S. and Will You See after an Airbag Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside Inflates? on page 3‑28. Service (Mexico) on page 13‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Managing the Vehicle Damage initially value the repair using Service Publications Repair Process aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, Ordering Information In the event that the vehicle requires and insist on Genuine GM parts. Service Manuals damage repairs, GM recommends Remember, if the vehicle is leased, that you take an active role in its you may be obligated to have Service Manuals have the diagnosis repair. If you have a pre-determined the vehicle repaired with Genuine and repair information on the repair facility of choice, take the GM parts, even if your insurance engines, transmission, axle, vehicle there, or have it towed coverage does not pay the full cost. suspension, brakes, electrical, there. Specify to the facility that steering, body, etc. any required replacement collision If another party's insurance parts be original equipment parts, company is paying for the repairs, Service Bulletins either new Genuine GM parts you are not obligated to accept Service Bulletins give additional or recycled original GM parts. a repair valuation based on that technical service information Remember, recycled parts will insurance company's collision needed to knowledgeably service not be covered by the GM vehicle policy repair limits, as you have no General Motors cars and trucks. warranty. contractual limits with that company. Each bulletin contains instructions In such cases, you can have control Insurance pays the bill for the repair, to assist in the diagnosis and of the repair and parts choices service of the vehicle. but you must live with the repair. as long as the cost stays within Depending on your policy limits, reasonable limits. your insurance company may Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

Owner Information Current and Past Models Reporting Safety Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and Defects specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. information about the vehicle. Reporting Safety Defects The Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday Maintenance Schedule for all – 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government models. – For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty has a defect which could cause Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: death, you should immediately RETAIL SELL PRICE: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Traffic Safety Administration shipping fees. Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Without Portfolio: Owner Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. Manual only. Prices are subject to change If NHTSA receives similar RETAIL SELL PRICE: without notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and obligation. Allow ample time for shipping fees. investigation, and if it finds delivery. that a safety defect exists in a All listed prices are quoted in group of vehicles, it may order U.S. funds. Make checks payable a recall and remedy campaign. in U.S. funds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation To contact NHTSA, you may If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a like this, notify General Motors. call the Vehicle Safety Hotline safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Canada immediately, and notify Cadillac Customer Assistance (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to General Motors of Canada Limited. Center http://www.safercar.gov; or Call Transport Canada at Cadillac Motor Car Division write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: P.O. Box 33169 Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5169 Road Safety Branch 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In Canada, call 1 888 446 2000, 80 rue Noel ‐ ‐ ‐ Washington, D.C. 20590 or write: Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 You can also obtain Canadian Cadillac Customer Care other information about Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 motor vehicle safety from General Motors of Canada Limited http://www.safercar.gov. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Customer Information 13-21

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial This GM vehicle has a number of crash situation occurs; no data is sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that recorded by the EDR under normal information about the vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. data (e.g., name, gender, age, For example, the vehicle uses and crash location) is recorded. computer modules to monitor and The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as control engine and transmission law enforcement, could combine performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the EDR data with the type of conditions for airbag deployment personally identifying data routinely and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: acquired during a crash if so equipped, to provide antilock investigation. braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. data to help your dealer technician . service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio presets, seat positions, and . How fast the vehicle was temperature settings. traveling. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

13-22 Customer Information

To read data recorded by an EDR, OnStar® Navigation System special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle has a navigation needed. In addition to the vehicle an active OnStar system, that system, use of the system may manufacturer, other parties, such system may also record data in result in the storage of destinations, as law enforcement, that have the crash or near crash-like situations. addresses, telephone numbers, special equipment, can read the The OnStar Terms and Conditions and other trip information. information if they have access to provides information on data Refer to the navigation manual the vehicle or the EDR. collection and use and is available for information on stored data at www.onstar.com (U.S.) and for deletion instructions. GM will not access this data or or www.onstar.ca (Canada), share it with others except: with or by pressing the Q button the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the and speaking to an advisor. consent of the lessee; in response See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Customer Information 13-23

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Statement RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) connection with conveniences rules and with Industry Canada such as key fobs for remote door Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. locking/unlocking and starting, Operation is subject to the following and in-vehicle transmitters for two conditions: garage door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not 1. The device may not cause use or record personal information harmful interference. or link with any other GM system 2. The device must accept any containing personal information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

13-24 Customer Information

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is OnStar next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Services . Red: Indicates a problem. Emergency ...... 14-2 Security ...... 14-2 Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an Connections ...... 14-4 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push X to: for Emergency, Security, Navigation, OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Additional Services. or answer an incoming call. Information ...... 14-5 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands. Requires the available Directions and Connections service plan. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Push Q to connect to a live OnStar Services Navigation Advisor to: OnStar navigation requires the . Verify account information or Emergency Directions and Connections update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Get driving directions. Requires the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions the available Directions and connect to help in a crash even if or have them sent to the vehicle Connections service plan. you cannot ask for it. navigation screen. Destinations . Receive On-Demand Push ] to connect to an can also be forwarded to the Diagnostics for a check on the Emergency Advisor. GPS vehicle from Google Maps™ or vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar mapping database is continuously . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle location and can provide critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for Push ] to get a priority connection personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. to an Emergency Advisor available trained to offer critical assistance Turn-by-Turn Navigation 24/7 to: in emergency situations. Q . Get help for an emergency. 1. Push to connect to a live Security Advisor. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition . Get crisis assistance and 3. Directions are downloaded to the Block, and Roadside Assistance, evacuation routes. vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock 4. Follow the voice-guided the vehicle doors remotely, if it commands. is equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to with the last direction given, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. their Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, Say “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination Push Q, then request the Advisor “OK, route canceled.” 1. Push X. System responds: to download directions to the 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen Route Preview System responds with miles to to begin driving directions. the destination, then responds 1. Push X. System responds: Destinations can also be with OnStar ready, then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “ ” downloaded on the go. 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice For information about eNav, responds with the next three commands. Destination Download, maneuvers. and coverage maps visit www.onstar.com. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Connections End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored Number OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows Push X. System responds: calls to be made and received “Call ended.” 1. Push X. System responds: from the vehicle. The vehicle can “OnStar ready.” also be controlled from a cell phone Store a Name Tag for Speed through the OnStar mobile app. See Dialing 2. Say “Call .” System www.onstar.com for coverage maps. responds: “OK, calling 1. Push X. System responds: .” Hands-Free Calling “OnStar ready.” Verify Minutes and Expiration 1. Push X. System responds: 2. Say “Store.” System responds: Please say the number you Push X and say “minutes” then “OnStar ready.” “ would like to store.” “verify” to check how many minutes 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: 3. Say the entire number without remain and their expiration date. “Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: to call.” OnStar Mobile App “Please say the name tag.” 3. Say the entire number without With an iPhone® or 4. Pick a name tag. System pausing, including a “1” and “ Android™-based mobile device, the area code. System responds: ”About to store an OnStar mobile app can be . Does that responds: “OK calling.” downloaded. The vehicle can sound OK?” be remote started, if equipped, Retrieve My Number 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. or the doors can be unlocked from anywhere there is cell phone 1. Push X. System responds: System responds: “OK, storing service. It can also check the fuel OnStar ready. .” “ ” level, tire pressure, and oil life. 2. Say “My Number.” System It can connect to an OnStar Advisor responds: “Your OnStar anytime. For OnStar mobile app Hands-Free Calling number is.” compatibility or further information, see www.onstar.com. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, and major vehicle systems. Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn It also checks the tire pressures, eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling if the vehicle is equipped with the can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Tire Pressure Monitoring System. account information. If OnStar Not all OnStar services are If a diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle available everywhere or on all ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and an vehicles. For more information, may send a voice message to the a full description of OnStar Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account services, system limitations, information. and OnStar terms and conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Reactivation for Subsequent www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact Owners OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR Push Q and follow the prompts (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY to speak to an Advisor as soon as 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push Q possible after acquiring the vehicle. to speak with an Advisor. The Advisor will update vehicle records and will explain the OnStar service offers and options available. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar services require a vehicle hardware. OnStar service may not Services for People with electrical system, wireless service, work if the OnStar equipment is not Disabilities and GPS satellite technologies to be properly installed or it has not been available and operating for features properly maintained. If equipment Advisors provide services to help to function properly. These systems or software is added, connected, subscribers with physical disabilities may not operate if the battery is or modified, OnStar service may and medical conditions. discharged or disconnected. not work. Other problems beyond Push Q for help with: OnStar service cannot work unless OnStar’s control may prevent service such as hills, tall buildings, . Locating a gas station with an your vehicle is in a place where attendant to pump gas. OnStar has an agreement with tunnels, weather, electrical system a wireless service provider for design and architecture of the . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., service in that area, and the vehicle, damage to the vehicle that meets accessibility needs. in a crash, or wireless phone wireless service provider has . network congestion or jamming. Providing directions to the coverage, network capacity, closest hospital or pharmacy in reception, and technology See Radio Frequency urgent situations. compatible with OnStar’s Statement on page 13‑23 for service. Service involving information regarding Part 15 location information about the of the Federal Communications vehicle cannot work unless GPS Commission (FCC) rules and signals are available, unobstructed, Industry Canada Standards and compatible with the OnStar RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

TTY Users OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues OnStar has the ability to Number (PIN) Some OnStar services are disabled communicate to the deaf, A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot hard‐of‐hearing, or speech‐impaired the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or customers while in the vehicle. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the The available dealer‐installed TTY Assistance. You will be prompted vehicle has been off continuously system can provide in-vehicle to change the PIN the first time for five days. After five days, OnStar access to all of the OnStar services, when speaking with an Advisor. can contact Roadside Assistance except Virtual Advisor and OnStar To change the OnStar PIN, call and a locksmith to help gain access Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. OnStar and provide the Advisor to the vehicle. with the current number. Onstar.com Global Positioning The website provides access to Warranty System (GPS) account information, manages OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can the OnStar subscription, and warranted as part of the new-vehicle occur in a large city with tall allows viewing of videos of each limited warranty. The manufacturer buildings; in parking garages; service. Get subscription plan of the vehicle furnishes detailed around airports; in tunnels, pricing and sign up for OnStar warranty information. underpasses, or parking Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on garages; or in an area with the “My Account” tab on the Languages very dense trees. If GPS signals home page. The vehicle can be programmed are not available, the OnStar to respond in French or Spanish. system should still operate to Push Q and ask an Advisor. call OnStar. However, OnStar Advisors can speak French or could have difficulty identifying Spanish. the exact location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

. In emergency situations, OnStar Unable to Connect to OnStar Add-on Electrical Equipment can use the last stored GPS Message location to send to emergency The OnStar system is integrated responders. If there is limited cellular coverage into the electrical architecture of the or the cellular network has reached vehicle. Do not add any electrical . A temporary loss of GPS can maximum capacity, this message equipment. See Add-On Electrical cause loss of the ability to send may come on. Push Q to try the Equipment on page 9‑61. Added a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. electrical equipment may interfere The Advisor may give a verbal call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. with the operation of the OnStar route or may ask for a call back system and cause it to not operate. after the vehicle is driven into an Vehicle and Power Issues open area. Privacy OnStar services require a vehicle Cellular and GPS Antennas electrical system, wireless service, The complete OnStar Privacy and GPS satellite technologies to be Statement may be found at Avoid placing items over or near the www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive antenna to prevent blocking cellular available and operating for features to function properly. These systems users of wireless communications and GPS signal reception. Cellular are cautioned that the privacy of any reception is required for OnStar to may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. information sent via wireless cellular send remote signals to the vehicle. communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System Alarm System Check ...... 3-36 Anti-theft ...... 2-18 Accessories and How Does an Airbag All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-25, 9-28 Modifications ...... 10-4 Restrain? ...... 3-28 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Accessory Power ...... 9-21 Passenger Sensing Antenna Adaptive Forward System ...... 3-30 Multi-band ...... 7-18 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 What Makes an Airbag Anti-theft Adaptive Forward Inflate? ...... 3-27 Alarm System ...... 2-18 Lighting (AFL) Light ...... 5-26 What Will You See after an Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-38 Add-On Electrical Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-28 Antilock Brake Equipment ...... 9-61 When Should an Airbag System (ABS) ...... 9-29 Additional Information, ® Inflate? ...... 3-26 Warning Light ...... 5-22 OnStar ...... 14-5 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-25 Appearance Care Adjustable Throttle and Airbags Exterior ...... 10-97 Brake Pedal ...... 9-16 Adding Equipment to the Interior ...... 10-100 Adjustments Vehicle ...... 3-35 Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-5 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Ashtrays ...... 5-10 Thigh Support ...... 3-5 Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Audio Players ...... 7-19 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12 Servicing Airbag-Equipped CD ...... 7-19 Air Filter, Passenger Vehicles ...... 3-34 CD/DVD ...... 7-21 Compartment ...... 8-6 System Check ...... 3-23 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Audio System Brake C Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Pedal and Adjustable Calibration ...... 5-7 Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-47 Throttle ...... 9-16 California Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 System Warning Light ...... 5-21 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-47 Automatic Brakes ...... 10-22 Perchlorate Materials Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-22 Antilock ...... 9-29 Requirements ...... 10-3 Transmission ...... 9-24 Assist ...... 9-32 Warning ...... 10-3 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-12 Fluid ...... 10-23 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-42 Automatic Transmission Parking ...... 9-30 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Manual Mode ...... 9-26 System Messages ...... 5-33 Capacities and Shift Lock Control Braking ...... 9-4 Specifications ...... 12-2 Function Check ...... 10-26 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-16 Carbon Monoxide Auxiliary Bulb Replacement ...... 10-40 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-23 Devices ...... 7-29, 7-35 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-38 Liftgate ...... 2-14 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-32 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 B Cargo Headlamps ...... 10-32 Battery ...... 10-24 Cover ...... 4-3 High Intensity Discharge Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Management System ...... 4-4 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-32 Load Management ...... 6-9 Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-40 Voltage and Charging Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 Messages ...... 5-32 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-27 Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Bluetooth ...... 7-49, 7-51, 7-55, 7-62 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Cautions, Danger, and Cleaning Cooling System ...... 10-14 Warnings ...... iv Exterior Care ...... 10-97 Engine Messages ...... 5-34 CD Player ...... 7-19 Interior Care ...... 10-100 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Program ...... 13-14 Chains, Tire ...... 10-70 Rear ...... 8-5 Cover Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Clock ...... 5-7, 5-8 Cargo ...... 4-3 Check Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Engine ...... 10-7 Engine Light ...... 5-18 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-16 Cruise Control ...... 9-36 Child Restraints Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-88 Light ...... 5-27 Infants and Young Compass ...... 5-7 Messages ...... 5-33 Children ...... 3-39 Messages ...... 5-33 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lower Anchors and Compressor Kit, Tire Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Tethers for Children ...... 3-45 Sealant ...... 10-73 Offices ...... 13-5 Older Children ...... 3-37 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Securing ...... 3-54, 3-56 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Users ...... 13-6 Systems ...... 3-42 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Customer Information Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-21 Service Publications Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Coolant Ordering Information ...... 13-18 Engine ...... 10-15 Customer Satisfaction Engine Temperature Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Gauge ...... 5-14 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

D Driver Information E Center (DIC) ...... 5-27 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-16 E85 Fuel ...... 9-49 Driving Danger, Warnings, and ECO Button ...... 9-28 Characteristics and Cautions ...... iv Economy Mode Towing Tips ...... 9-53 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-21 Fuel ...... 9-28 Defensive ...... 9-3 Daytime Running Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-21 Drunk ...... 9-3 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Electrical Equipment, For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-24 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Add-On ...... 9-61 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-29, 7-35 Electrical System ® Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Diagnostics, OnStar ...... 14-5 Engine Compartment If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-10 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Fuses and Circuit Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Door Breakers ...... 10-41 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Instrument Panel Fuse Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Locks ...... 2-12 Block ...... 10-44 Winter ...... 9-8 Power Locks ...... 2-12 Overload ...... 10-41 Dual Automatic Climate Rear Seat Pass-through ...... 3-13 Rear Compartment Fuse Control System ...... 8-1 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3 Block ...... 10-46 DVD ® Drive Systems Emergency, OnStar ...... 14-2 Rear Seat Entertainment All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-25, 9-28 System ...... 7-37 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-21 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Engine Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Front Fog Lamp Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-12 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-21 Light ...... 5-27 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Front Seats Soon Light ...... 5-18 Adjustment ...... 3-4 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 F Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-10 Coolant ...... 10-15 Features Front Storage ...... 4-2 Coolant Temperature Memory ...... 1-8 Fuel ...... 9-46 Gauge ...... 5-14 Filter, Additives ...... 9-48 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-12 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-49 Cooling System Messages . . .5-34 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Economy Driving ...... 1-24 Cover ...... 10-7 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Economy Light ...... 5-25 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-3 Flat Tire ...... 10-71 Filling a Portable Fuel Exhaust ...... 9-23 Changing ...... 10-81 Container ...... 9-52 Gasoline Starting ...... 9-19 Floor Mats ...... 10-103 Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 Heater ...... 9-20 Fluid Foreign Countries ...... 9-47 Oil Life System ...... 10-10 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-47 Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Brakes ...... 10-23 Gauge ...... 5-12 Overheating ...... 10-18 Power Steering ...... 10-20 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Power Messages ...... 5-35 Washer ...... 10-21 Recommended ...... 9-46 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Fog Lamps Requirements, California . . . . .9-47 Running While Parked ...... 9-24 Front ...... 6-6 System Messages ...... 5-35 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Fuel Economy Gauge ...... 5-13 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-60 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-28 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-21 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Fuses General Information Headlamps (cont'd) Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Towing ...... 9-52 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-27 Fuses and Circuit Vehicle Care ...... 10-3 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 Breakers ...... 10-41 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Instrument Panel Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement Washer ...... 5-7 Block ...... 10-44 Program ...... 13-7 Heated Rear Compartment Fuse Rear Seats ...... 3-13 Block ...... 10-46 H Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-32 Heated and Ventilated Front G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Seats ...... 3-10 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-46 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 Programming ...... 5-46 Headlamps ...... 10-32 Heater Gasoline Adaptive Forward Engine ...... 9-20 Specifications ...... 9-47 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Gasoline Engine, Starting ...... 9-19 Aiming ...... 10-28 High-Speed Operation ...... 10-57 Gauges Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Engine Coolant Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Temperature ...... 5-14 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-32 Fuel ...... 5-12 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Hood ...... 10-5 Fuel Economy ...... 5-13 High Intensity Discharge Horn ...... 5-4 Odometer ...... 5-12 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-32 How to Wear Safety Belts Speedometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Properly ...... 3-15 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 5-10 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

I L Light Adaptive Forward Ignition Positions ...... 9-17 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-50 Lighting (AFL) Light ...... 5-26 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Lamps Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-9 Infants and Young Children, Cargo ...... 6-7 Lighting Restraints ...... 3-39 Courtesy ...... 6-7 Adaptive Forward ...... 6-3 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Entry ...... 6-8 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Dome ...... 6-7 Exit ...... 6-8 Introduction ...... iii Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Front Fog ...... 6-6 Lights License Plate ...... 10-40 J Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-18 Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Antilock Brake System Messages ...... 5-36 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 On Reminder ...... 5-27 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 K Reading ...... 6-8 Charging System ...... 5-18 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-36 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-17 Cruise Control ...... 5-27 Keyless Entry LATCH System Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-21 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-25 Keys ...... 2-2 Crash ...... 3-53 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-27 Tethers for Children ...... 3-45 Fuel Economy ...... 5-25 Liftgate High-Beam On ...... 5-26 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-14 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Lights (cont'd) M Messages (cont'd) High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Ride Control System ...... 5-37 Maintenance Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-26 Safety Belt ...... 5-38 Records ...... 11-15 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Service Vehicle ...... 5-38 Maintenance Schedule Security ...... 5-26 Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-38 Recommended Fluids StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-23 Tire ...... 5-38 and Lubricants ...... 11-13 Tire Pressure ...... 5-24 Transmission ...... 5-39 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-18 Traction Control System Vehicle ...... 5-32 Manual Mode ...... 9-26 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-24 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-39 Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-25 Traction Off ...... 5-23 Vehicle Speed ...... 5-40 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Washer Fluid ...... 5-40 Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Locks Mirrors Messages Door ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-22 Airbag System ...... 5-37 Power Door ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-38 Safety ...... 2-14 Rearview ...... 2-23 Battery Voltage and Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Convex ...... 2-21 Charging ...... 5-32 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Folding ...... 2-21 Brake System ...... 5-33 Lower Anchors and Tethers Heated ...... 2-22 Compass ...... 5-33 for Children (LATCH Manual Rearview ...... 2-23 Door Ajar ...... 5-34 System) ...... 3-45 Power ...... 2-21 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-34 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Tilt in Reverse ...... 2-23 Engine Oil ...... 5-35 Front Seats ...... 3-5 Monitor System, Tire Engine Power ...... 5-35 Pressure ...... 10-58 Fuel System ...... 5-35 Multi-band Antenna ...... 7-18 Key and Lock ...... 5-36 Lamp ...... 5-36 Object Detection System . . . . .5-37 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

N Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-37 P Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Navigation ® Park ® OnStar OnStar ...... 14-2 Shifting Into ...... 9-21 Additional Information ...... 14-5 Vehicle Data Recording Shifting Out of ...... 9-22 Connections ...... 14-4 and Privacy ...... 13-22 Parking Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Net Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-38 Emergency ...... 14-2 Cargo ...... 4-9 Brake ...... 9-30 Navigation ...... 14-2 Net, Convenience ...... 4-10 Brake and P (Park) Overview ...... 14-1 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 Mechanism Check ...... 10-26 Security ...... 14-2 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-23 System, In Brief ...... 1-25 Passenger Airbag Status O Operation, Infotainment Indicator ...... 5-17 Object Detection System System ...... 7-7 Passenger Compartment Air Messages ...... 5-37 Ordering Filter ...... 8-6 Odometer ...... 5-12 Service Publications ...... 13-18 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-30 Off-Road Outlets Perchlorate Materials Recovery ...... 9-5 Power ...... 5-9 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Oil Overheating, Engine ...... 10-18 Personalization Engine ...... 10-8 Overview, Infotainment Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Vehicle ...... 5-40 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Phone Messages ...... 5-35 Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Bluetooth ...... 7-49, 7-51, 7-55, 7-62 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Power R Rear Seat Door Locks ...... 2-12 Pass-through Door ...... 3-13 Radio Frequency Mirrors ...... 2-21 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-23 Outlets ...... 5-9 Heated ...... 3-13 Statement ...... 13-23 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-42 Radios Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-23 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Windows ...... 2-24 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-23 Reception ...... 7-18 Pregnancy, Using Safety Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Satellite ...... 7-14 Belts ...... 3-21 Recommended Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Privacy Fuel ...... 9-46 Rear Axle Radio Frequency Recommended Fluids and Limited-Slip ...... 9-35 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-23 Lubricants ...... 11-13 Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5 Program Records Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-14 Maintenance ...... 11-15 System ...... 7-47 Proposition 65 Warning, Recreational Vehicle Rear Seat Entertainment California ...... 10-3 Towing ...... 10-93 System ...... 7-37 Reimbursement Program, Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-47 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roads Safety Defects Reporting System ...... 2-3 Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 Canadian Government ...... 13-20 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-10 Roadside Service ...... 13-8, 13-10 General Motors ...... 13-20 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Roof U.S. Government ...... 13-19 Replacement Parts Sunroof ...... 2-27 Safety Locks ...... 2-14 Airbags ...... 3-36 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Safety System Check ...... 3-21 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-63 Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-36 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-14 Replacing LATCH System Running the Vehicle While Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-73 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-53 Parked ...... 9-24 Seats Replacing Safety Belt Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-22 S Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Reporting Safety Defects Safety Belts ...... 3-14 Heated and Ventilated Canadian Government ...... 13-20 Care ...... 3-22 Front ...... 3-10 General Motors ...... 13-20 Extender ...... 3-21 Heated, Rear ...... 3-13 U.S. Government ...... 13-19 How to Wear Safety Belts Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Restraints Properly ...... 3-15 Memory ...... 3-7 Where to Put ...... 3-44 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-17 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-5 Retained Accessory Messages ...... 5-38 Rear ...... 3-11 Power (RAP) ...... 9-21 Reminders ...... 5-15 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-23 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-22 Securing Child Ride Control Systems Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-21 Restraints ...... 3-54, 3-56 Limited Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Messages ...... 5-37 Selective ...... 9-35 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Security Shifting Steering (cont'd) Light ...... 5-26 Into Park ...... 9-21 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Out of Park ...... 9-22 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Vehicle ...... 2-18 Signals, Turn and Storage Selective Ride Control ...... 9-35 Lane-Change ...... 6-6 Mass Media (MEM) ...... 7-25 Service Spare Tire Storage Areas Accessories and Compact ...... 10-88 Armrest ...... 4-2 Modifications ...... 10-4 Specifications and Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Capacities ...... 12-2 Cargo Management System . . . 4-4 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-18 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Center Console ...... 4-2 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 StabiliTrak Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Maintenance, General OFF Light ...... 5-23 Front ...... 4-2 Information ...... 11-1 System ...... 9-34 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-32 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Publications Ordering Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-10 Storing the Tire Sealant Information ...... 13-18 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-25 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-14 Starting the Gasoline Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-10 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-38 Engine ...... 9-19 Sun Visors ...... 2-27 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-34 Starting the Vehicle Sunroof ...... 2-27 Shift Lock Control Function Messsages ...... 5-38 Symbols ...... iv Check, Automatic Steering ...... 9-4 System Transmission ...... 10-26 Fluid, Power ...... 10-20 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Heated Wheel ...... 5-3 Roof Rack ...... 4-11 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

INDEX i-13

T Tires (cont'd) Traction Sealant and Control System (TCS) ...... 9-32 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Compressor Kit ...... 10-73 Control System (TCS)/ Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Sealant and Compressor StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-24 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-20 Kit, Storing ...... 10-80 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-35 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Off Light ...... 5-23 Thigh Support Adjustment ...... 3-5 Terminology and Selective Ride Control ...... 9-35 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-16 Definitions ...... 10-53 Trailer Time ...... 5-7, 5-8 Uniform Tire Quality Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-61 Tires Grading ...... 10-67 Towing ...... 9-57 Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Wheel Alignment and Tire Transmission Chains ...... 10-70 Balance ...... 10-69 Automatic ...... 9-24 Changing ...... 10-81 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-69 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-12 Compact Spare ...... 10-88 When It Is Time for New Messages ...... 5-39 Designations ...... 10-52 Tires ...... 10-64 Transportation Program, Different Size ...... 10-67 Towing Courtesy ...... 13-14 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-53 Turn and Lane-Change Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59 Equipment ...... 9-60 Signals ...... 6-6 Inspection ...... 10-62 General Information ...... 9-52 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Messages ...... 5-38 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-93 Pressure ...... 10-57 Trailer ...... 9-57 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-61 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58 Vehicle ...... 10-93 Rotation ...... 10-63 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

i-14 INDEX

U Vehicle Care Wheels Storing the Tire Sealant Alignment and Tire Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-38 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Balance ...... 10-69 Uniform Tire Quality Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Different Size ...... 10-67 Grading ...... 10-67 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-6 Replacement ...... 10-69 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-46 Visors ...... 2-27 When It Is Time for New Operation ...... 5-49 Tires ...... 10-64 Programming ...... 5-46 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-44 Using This Manual ...... iv W Warning Windows ...... 2-24 V Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Power ...... 2-24 Warning Lights, Gauges, Windshield Vehicle and Indicators ...... 5-10 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Canadian Owners ...... iii Warnings ...... iv Winter Control ...... 9-4 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Driving ...... 9-8 Identification Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-27 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Wipers Load Limits ...... 9-10 Messages ...... 5-40 Rear Washer ...... 5-6 Messages ...... 5-32 Washer, Headlamps ...... 5-7 Personalization ...... 5-40 Reminder Messages ...... 5-39 Remote Start ...... 2-10 Security ...... 2-18 Speed Messages ...... 5-40 Towing ...... 10-93